SERVICE
MANUAL
M OBILE
984X SERIES (UHF)
988X SERIES (800 MHZ)
989X SERIES (900 MHZ)
25 or 40 Watts (UHF); 15 or 30 Watts (800/900 MHz)
13.6 VDC
Part No. 242-98xx-xxx
Remote-Mount
First Printing
January 2001
Supersedes: Part No. 001-9800-200, 9/99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Microphone Amplifier (U303B),
High-Pass Filter (U303C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Summing Amplifier (U303D), Pre-Emphasis/
Limiter (U303A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Shift Register (U800, U801) and Digital
Potentiometer (U802) Programming. . . . . . . 3-15
February 2001
ii
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
Buffer Amplifier (Q801), Tx/Tx Switch
5
PARTS LIST
Front Panel Assembly and Mechanical Parts . . . 5-1
UHF RF and PA Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
800/900 MHz RF and PA Boards . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Audio/Logic Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
9800-Series Radio Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
9800-Series Remote Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
DC Power Cable and Hardware Kit . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Accessory Wire Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Amplified Dynamic Microphone . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
15 Watt, 4.7-Ohm Speaker (Black). . . . . . . . . . 5-30
(CR801/CR802) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Shift Register (U800, U801) and Digital
Potentiometer (U802) Programming . . . . . . 3-27
Power Control (U500A/B, Q500-Q503) . . . . . 3-31
Exploded Views
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Front and Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Bottom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Remote Control Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Remote Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
6
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND
COMPONENT LAYOUTS
Amplified Dynamic Microphone . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Transceiver Top Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Transceiver Bottom Photo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Interconnect Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Interface Board Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Display Board
Top View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Bottom View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
RPI (P.N. 023-9800-000)
Board Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Programming Cable (P.N. 597-2002-200) . . . 6-6
Component Locator Guides
Determining Synthesizer Counter Divide
UHF RF Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
800/900 MHz RF Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Audio/Logic Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
430-470 MHz RF
RF Board Schematic (Revised Board . . . . . . 6-15
PA Board Schematic (25W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
RF Board Layout (Revised Board) . . . . . . . . 6-16
VCO Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
PA Board Layout (25W). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
PA Board Schematic (40W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
PA Board Layout (40W). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
RF Board Schematic (Unrevised Board) . . . 6-20
RF Board Layout (Unrevised Board) . . . . . . 6-21
Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
February 2001
iii
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)
LIST OF TABLES
470-512 MHz RF
RF Board Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
PA Board Schematic (25W). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
VCO Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
PA Board Layout (25W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
PA Board Schematic (40W). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
PA Board Layout (40W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
800/900 MHz RF
RF Board Schematic (800/900 MHz). . . . . . 6-27
PA Board Schematic (15W). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
RF Board Layout (800 MHz). . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
RF Board Layout (900 MHz). . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
VCO Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
PA Board Layout (15W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
PA Board Schematic (30W). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
PA Board Layout (30W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
LIST OF FIGURES
800/900 MHz Audio/Logic Board
Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-33
Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
February 2001
iv
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL
The data version of the 98xx transceiver has a
front panel that is blank except for the programming
jack. For servicing information on data models, refer
to the LTR manual just described.
1.1.1 GENERAL
This service manual contains installation and
service information for all current 9800 series mobile
transceivers. These include the UHF 984x, 800 MHz
988x, and 900 MHz 989x models.
The Multi-Net version of the 98xx transceiver has
a data interface that supports external data equipment.
For information on this interface and the serial control
protocol it uses, refer to the Multi-Net manual
described in the preceding section.
This manual does not include operation, program-
ming, or alignment information. This information is
covered by a separate operation/programming manual
(addendum) for each operating protocol as follows:
NOTE: External data equipment is currently not
supported by the LTR-Net and SMARTNET/SmartZone
versions of this transceiver.
Protocol
Operation and Programming
Manual
1.2 TRANSCEIVER DESCRIPTION
®
98xx Multi-Net
98xx LTR-Net
001-9880-400
001-9800-600/-601
001-9800-501
1.2.1 GENERAL
™
™
98xx SMARTNET /
The 98xx-series transceivers combine the latest
two-way radio features and technology into a rugged
and dependable package for the business, industrial,
and public safety markets. These transceivers are digi-
tally synthesized, microcomputer-controlled, and field
programmable.
®
SmartZone
Therefore, use this manual to install and service
98xx transceivers, and use the above manual for oper-
ation, programming, and tuning information.
NOTE: The above Multi-Net manual also includes
98xx servicing information but has not been updated
with the latest changes that are in this manual.
1.2.2 AVAILABLE FREQUENCY BANDS
UHF Models
®
1.1.2 LTR , LOW TIER, AND DATA MODELS
• 430-470 MHz or 470-512 MHz models available.
NOTE: LTR, low tier, and data versions of the 98xx
transceiver are no longer available.
• All currently available models are dual bandwidth
(12.5/25 kHz). Therefore, they can be programmed
to operate on both types of channels.
The LTR versions of the 98xx are covered by
LTR 98xx Service Manual, Part No. 001-9800-200.
This is a complete LTR manual that includes LTR
operation and programming information and 98xx
hardware servicing information. There are also -201
and -202 revisions that should accompany this manual.
• High power (40W) or medium power (25W) models
available.
800 MHz Models
The LTR models of the 98xx mobile were avail-
able in both high and low tier versions, and the Multi-
Net, LTR-Net, and SMARTNET/SmartZone models
are available in only the high tier version. Therefore,
only high tier models are covered by this manual. For
servicing information on low tier models, refer to the
LTR manual described in the preceding paragraph.
• Full band (806-824 MHz) operation.
• All currently available models are dual bandwidth
(12.5/25 kHz).
• High power (30W) and medium power (15W)
models available.
February 2001
1-1
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GENERAL INFORMATION
900 MHz Models
programming software. Programming is described in
• Full band (896-902 MHz) operation.
1.2.6 TRANSCEIVER ALIGNMENT
• Only narrow band (12.5 kHz) models are available
because the 900 MHz band has always had a 12.5
kHz channel spacing.
Alignment is performed using the standard
Personality programming setup and special Radio
Tune software. There are only two or three adjust-
ments that are made by physically adjusting a compo-
nent on the PC board. All other adjustments are set
digitally. The desired setting is selected using the
computer, and it is then automatically stored in the
transceiver memory. If the manual adjustments do not
need to be readjusted, transceiver alignment can
usually be performed without removing the covers.
Alignment is described in separate manuals as
• High power (30W) and medium power (15W)
models available.
1.2.3 FRONT AND REMOTE MOUNTING
High tier models are available in both front- and
remote-mount versions, and low tier models were
available in a front mount version only. Remote mount
versions are intended to be mounted in a remote loca-
tion up to approximately 17 feet away from the control
unit such as the vehicle’s trunk. Front mount versions
are intended to be mounted within reach of the
operator.
1.3 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN
The breakdown of the part number used to
LTR-Net and Multi-Net models, digits 4-7 of this
number are displayed briefly at power up.
The control unit connects to the remote pigtail
cable coming from the back panel of the transceiver.
This cable is standard with remote mount models and
optional with front mount models. The remote control
unit uses the high tier front panel assembly. A Remote
Conversion Kit is available for converting a front
mount high tier model to remote mounting (see Table
1-3). The transceiver does not have dual-control capa-
bility. Therefore, either the front panel or a remote
control unit can be used for control, but not both.
Table 1-1 Part Number Breakdown
242 - 9 8 x x -x x x x
Options [1]
Band
B/N = Comp/Data
C/O = Compander
D/P = Data Cable
E/Q = Enc/Comp
1 = VHF*
4 = UHF
8 = 800 MHz
9 = 900 MHz
F/T = Enc/Comp/Dat
G/U = Comp/Acsry
H/V = Horn/Acsry
1.2.4 NPSPAC MODELS (800 MHZ ONLY)
Type
1 = Low tier, dual BW
2 = Mid tier, dual BW*
3 = High tier, dual BW
4 = Low tier, 12.5 kHz
5 = Mid tier, 12.5 kHz*
6 = High tier, 12.5 kHz
8 = High tier rem, dual BW
0 = High tier rem, 12.5 kHz
I/W = Enc/Comp/
Acsry Cable
All 800 MHz 988x transceivers capable of oper-
ating on 25 kHz channels meet the stricter specifica-
tions established by NPSPAC (National Public Safety
Panel Advisory Committee) for public safety frequen-
cies from 821-824 and 866-869 MHz. Since deviation
is less on NPSPAC channels, an additional screen is
may be displayed by the tuning software with 800
MHz models for setting NPSPAC deviation. Then
when a public safety channel is selected, the deviation
automatically changes to the level set in this screen.
[1] N-W models are
LTR-Net upgradeable
Config.
2 =Mid Pwr std
3 = High Pwr std
7 = M.P. no acc
8 = H.P. no acc
Signaling
2 = LTR
3 = SMARTNET
4 = Multi-Net
5 = Smartzone
6 = LTR-Net
8 = Data LTR
9 = Data M-Net
0 = Conv only*
Freq Range
1.2.5 PROGRAMMING
0 = Full band (800/
900 MHz)
3 = 430-470 MHz
5 = 470-512 MHz
Transceiver programming is performed using a
PC-compatible computer, the E.F. Johnson Remote
Programming Interface (RPI), and E.F. Johnson
* These configurations are currently not available
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
1-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Table 1-3 98xx Accessories (Continued)
1.4 TRANSCEIVER IDENTIFICATION
Accessory
Part No.
The transceiver identification number is printed
on a label that is attached to the chassis. The informa-
This number is stored electronically and can be read
using the programming software.
Standard Key Cap Kits (5 key caps)
Multi-Net
587-9840-001
587-9840-002
587-9840-003
LTR-Net
SMARTNET/SmartZone
Optional Key Cap Kits (20+ key caps)
Multi-Net/LTR-Net
Table 1-2 Identification Number Breakdown
587-9840-004
587-9840-105
SMARTNET/SmartZone
Model
From P.N.
Revision Manufacture
Warranty
Plant Number
Letter
Date
Microphones
Standard amplified dynamic
Standard DTMF w/lighted keypad
WR 805 DTMF (weather resistant)
Desk-type
250-0740-300
250-0751-021
589-0016-029
250-0742-010
250-0151-010
98xx
x
A
10 0
A
12345
Type
1 = Low pwr LTR
2 = High pwr LTR
A = Waseca
Last Digit of Year
Week No. of Year
Remote Speaker, 5”, 15W, 4.7 ohm
3 = High pwr Data MN
4 = Low pwr LTR-Net
5 = High pwr LTR-Net
6 = Low pwr Multi-Net
7 = High pwr Multi-Net
8 = Low pwr Data LTR
9 = High pwr Data LTR
0 = Low pwr Data MNet
A = SMARTNET/SmartZone
Remote conversion kit
250-9800-001
597-9800-009
597-9800-011
NOTE: Low power = 25W
UHF, 15W 800/900 MHz;
High power = 40W UHF,
30W 800/900 MHz)
Remote control extension cable, 11 ft.
Remote control pigtail cable (for xcvr)
Accessory cable components
Accessory pigtail cable
597-9800-003
023-9750-011
597-9800-001
Accessory wire kit
Data/accessory cable kit (both cables
included, w/o data connector)
1.5 ACCESSORIES
Data pigtail cable (data cable only w/o data 597-9800-005
connector)
The accessories available for this transceiver are
of most of these accessories.
Compander kit
250-9800-310
SC20-4xx
®
Encryption kit, Transcrypt SC20-4xx
Desktop Power Supply
15 A, 117 VAC
Mounting Accessories - The -030 mounting kit
contains mounting knobs and four self-drilling screws.
The -610 kit contains mounting knobs, a remote
mounting bracket, and four self drilling screws. The
10- and 22-ft. cable kits include a fused power cable
and microphone hanger with a ground wire
239-0226-113
239-0226-213
023-8610-914
15 A, 230 VAC
Wedge mounting pedestal kit (includes
10 ft. power cable)
Programming Accessories
Table 1-3 98xx Accessories
Remote Programming Interface (RPI) 023-9800-000
Cable, RPI to transceiver
597-2002-200
597-5900-002
Accessory
Mounting Accessories
Part No.
Cable, RPI to computer, 6 ft.
(DB9F to DB9M)
Programming software (see manual
023-9800-030
023-9800-040
023-9800-410
023-9800-422
017-2229-005
017-2229-010
Front mounting kit
Remote mounting kit
10 ft. DC power cable and hardware kit
22-ft. DC power cable and hardware
Standard mounting bracket
Low-profile mounting bracket
Key Cap Kit - A key cap kit which includes five caps
labeled for common functions is standard with each
transceiver. Optional kits are also available. Refer to
Section 2.8 for more key cap information.
February 2001
1-3
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Microphones and Speaker - The microphones have
an impedance of 620 ohms, and all DTMF models
have backlighted keypad but no memory for storing
numbers. The WR805 microphone is environmentally
sealed against such things as rain, sand, and dust. The
desk microphone has a monitor button that can be
locked down if desired.
Desktop Accessories - The -113 and -213 power
supplies include a pedestal for mounting the trans-
ceiver and also include an internal speaker. The wedge
mounting pedestal includes a 10-ft power cable. Also
required when this pedestal is used is one of the power
supplies and the -010 low profile mounting bracket.
Programming Accessories - This RPI has design
enhancements required for Flash programming the
9800-series transceivers. It also has jacks for injecting
a microphone audio signal and monitoring receive
audio when aligning the transceiver. Earlier RPIs
(such as 023-9750-000 and 023-5810-000) can be used
to program personality information if desired.
The remote 15-watt speaker can be used instead
of the internal speaker. It is non-amplified and weather
resistant, and has a 6-ft. cable. It plugs into the
external speaker jack in the back panel (with both
front and remote mount applications), and the internal
speaker is automatically disabled when it is used.
Remote Mounting Components - The remote
conversion kit converts the front panel of a front
mount high tier transceiver to a remote control unit. It
includes a blank front cover for the transceiver, a
housing and 5-ft. control cable for the front panel, and
a 1-ft. pigtail cable for connecting the control unit to
the transceiver. If the control unit is to be mounted
more than approximately 6 feet from the transceiver,
1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTY
The warranty statement for this transceiver is
available from your product supplier or from the
Warranty Department, E.F. Johnson Company, 299
Johnson Avenue, P.O. Box 1249, Waseca, MN 56093-
0514. This information may also be requested from the
Warranty Department by phone as described in
Section 1.7. The Warranty Department may also be
contacted for Warranty Service Reports, claim forms,
or any other questions concerning warranties or
warranty service.
Accessory Cable - The -003 pigtail cable installs in
the transceiver, and the wire kit is used to connect
accessories to this cable. Included in the wire kit are
two 22-ft. and three 2-ft. wire assemblies that can be
used as desired. The accessory cable is required if such
things as ignition switch control of power or the horn
information.
1.7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE
The Customer Service Department of the E.F.
Johnson Company provides customer assistance on
technical problems and the availability of local and
factory repair facilities. Regular Customer Service
hours are 7:30 a.m. - 5:30 p.m. Central Time,
Data/Accessory Cable - The -001 cable assembly
includes a data pigtail cable that plugs into J301 on the
audio/logic board and also the accessory pigtail
described above. The -005 cable assembly is a data
cable only without the accessory cable. Neither cable
includes the connector that interfaces with the data
equipment, so it must be user supplied and installed.
Installation of this cable is described in Section 2.7.
Monday - Friday. The Customer Service Department
can be reached at the following telephone numbers:
Toll-Free: 1-800-328-3911
(From within continental United States only)
International: (507) 835-6911
Compandor and Encryption Kits - The compandor
kit includes a board assembly that installs in the option
wire-outs on the audio/logic board to provide
companding. Likewise, the encryption kit includes a
board assembly that connects to the other option wire-
outs on the audio/logic board. Contact your sales
representative for more information on available
encryption options.
FAX: (507) 835-6969
E-Mail: First Initial/Last [email protected]
(You need to know the name of the person you
want to reach. Example: [email protected])
NOTE: Emergency 24-hour technical support is also
available at the 800 and preceding numbers during off
hours, holidays, and weekends.
February 2001
1-4
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GENERAL INFORMATION
When your call is answered, you will hear a brief
message informing you of numbers that can be entered
to reach various departments. This number may be
entered during or after the message using a tone-type
telephone. When you enter some numbers, another
number is requested to further categorize the type of
information you need.
number on your paperwork in case you need to call the
repair lab about your unit. These numbers are refer-
enced on the repair order making it easier and faster to
locate your unit in the lab.
Return Authorization (RA) numbers are not
necessary unless you have been given one by the Field
Service Department. RA numbers are required for
exchange units or if the Field Service Department
wants to be aware of a specific problem. If you have
been given an RA number, reference this number on
the Factory Repair Request Form sent with the unit.
The repair lab will then contact the Field Service
Department when the unit arrives.
You may also contact the Customer Service
Department by mail. Please include all information
that may be helpful in solving your problem. The
mailing address is as follows:
E.F. Johnson Company
Customer Service Department
299 Johnson Avenue
P.O. Box 1249
1.9 REPLACEMENT PARTS
Waseca, MN 56093-0514
EFJohnson replacement parts can be ordered
directly from the Service Parts Department. To order
parts by phone, dial the toll-free number as described
number and quantity of each part ordered. EFJohnson
dealers also need to give their account number. If there
is uncertainty about the part number, include the desig-
nator (C512, for example) and the model number of
the equipment the part is from.
1.8 FACTORY RETURNS
Repair service is normally available through local
authorized EFJohnson Land Mobile Radio Service
Centers. If local service is not available, the equipment
can be returned to the factory for repair. However, it is
recommended that you contact the Customer Service
Department before returning equipment. A service
representative may be able to suggest a solution to the
problem making return of the equipment unnecessary.
You may also send your order by mail or FAX.
The mailing address is as follows and the FAX number
is shown in Section 1.7.
Be sure to fill out a Factory Repair Request Form
#271 for each unit to be repaired, whether it is in or
out of warranty. These forms are available free of
or by requesting them when you send a unit in for
repair. Clearly describe the difficulty experienced in
the space provided and also note any prior physical
damage to the equipment. Include this form in the
shipping container with each unit. Your telephone
number and contact name are important as there are
times when the technicians may have specific ques-
tions that need to be answered in order to completely
identify and repair a problem.
E.F. Johnson Company
Service Parts Department
299 Johnson Avenue
P.O. Box 1249
Waseca, MN 56093-0514
1.10 INTERNET HOME PAGE
The E.F. Johnson Company has a site on the
World Wide Web that can be accessed for information
on the company about such things as products,
systems, and regulations. The address is
http://www.efjohnson.com.
When returning equipment for repair, it is also a
good idea to use a PO number or some other reference
February 2001
1-5
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GENERAL INFORMATION
UHF 984x SPECIFICATIONS
The following are general specifications intended for use in testing and servicing this transceiver. For current
advertised specifications, refer to the specification sheet available from your sales representative. Specifications
are subject to change without notice.
GENERAL
Frequency Range
430-470 MHz and 470-512 MHz
Operating Modes
Systems and Groups Selectable
LTR (trunked) and Conventional (non-trunked)
Low Tier: Up to 16 system/group combinations
High Tier: Variable from 100 1-group systems up to 40 16-group systems
Dash (low tier), Dash or Remote (high tier)
Any frequency within the range
12.5 kHz (2.5 kHz maximum deviation)
25 kHz (5 kHz maximum deviation)
(12.5 kHz or dual bandwidth models available)
2.0 PPM from –22° to +140° F (–30° to +60° C)
2.1” x 6.0” x 7.5” (HxWxD)
Mounting Location
Transmit/Receive Separation
Channel Spacing
Frequency Stability
Dimensions
Weight
3.5 lbs (1.59 kg)
Power Requirement
Current Drain
13.6 volts DC nominal, negative ground
300 mA maximum (receive standby)
1.5 A maximum (receive, rated audio output)
10.0 A maximum (transmit, 25 W output)
15.0 A maximum (transmit, 40 W output)
Parts 15 and 90
FCC Compliance
RECEIVER
Sensitivity (12 dB SINAD)
Selectivity
Spurious and Image Rejection
Intermodulation
0.35 µV
–70 dB at 25 kHz, –60 dB at 12.5 kHz
–70 dB
–70 dB
Hum and Noise
–45 dB at 25 kHz, –40 dB at 12.5 kHz
Any spread within the range
5 watts (external 4.7-ohm speaker), 3 watts (internal 8-ohm speaker)
Less than 5% at 1 kHz with 60% deviation
+1, –3 dB per octave de-emphasis per standard TIA
50 ohms
Maximum Frequency Spread
Audio Power Output
Audio Distortion
Audio Response
RF Input Impedance
TRANSMITTER
RF Power Output
25W Version - 25 watts (adjustable to 2-25 watts)
40W Version - 40 watts (adjustable to 10-40 watts)
–70 dB
–40 dB (25 kHz), –35 dB (12.5 kHz)
25 kHz - 16K0F3E (voice) 16K0F1D (data)
Less than 3% at 1 kHz with 40% modulation
6 dB per octave pre-emphasis per standard TIA
Any spread within the band
Spurious and Harmonic Emissions
FM Hum and Noise
Audio Modulation
Audio Distortion
Audio Frequency Response
Maximum Frequency Spread
RF Output Impedance
Duty Cycle
50 ohms
20% standard TIA
February 2001
1-6
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GENERAL INFORMATION
800 MHz 988x SPECIFICATIONS
The following are general specifications intended for use in testing and servicing this transceiver. For current
advertised specifications, refer to the specification sheet available from your sales representative. Specifications
are subject to change without notice.
GENERAL
Frequency Range
Transmit - 806-824 MHz Std., 851-869 MHz conv. talk-around
Receive - 851-869 MHz
Operating Modes
Systems and Groups Selectable
LTR (trunked) and Conventional (non-trunked)
Low Tier: Up to 16 system/group combinations
High Tier: Variable from 100 1-group to approx. 40 16-group systems
Dash (low tier), Dash or Remote (high tier)
45 MHz standard, 0 MHz conventional talk-around
12.5 kHz (2.5 kHz maximum deviation)
25 kHz (5 kHz max deviation std, 4 kHz max NPSPAC)
1.5 PPM from –22° to +140° F (–30° to +60° C)
2.1” x 6.0” x 7.5” (HxWxD)
Mounting Location
Transmit/Receive Separation
Channel Spacing
Frequency Stability
Dimensions
Weight
3.5 lbs (1.59 kg)
Power Requirement
Current Drain
13.6 volts DC nominal, negative ground
300 mA maximum (receive standby)
1.5 A maximum (receive, rated audio output)
7.0 A maximum (transmit, 15 W output)
11.0 A maximum (transmit, 30W output)
Parts 15 and 90
FCC Compliance
RECEIVER
Sensitivity (12 dB SINAD)
Selectivity
Spurious and Image Rejection
Intermodulation
0.35 µV
–70 dB at 25 kHz, –60 dB at 12.5 kHz
–70 dB
–70 dB
Hum and Noise
–40 dB at 25 kHz, –35 dB at 12.5 kHz
Any spread within the range
5 watts (external 4.7-ohm speaker), 3 watts (internal 8-ohm speaker)
Less than 5% at 1 kHz with 60% deviation
+1, –3 dB per octave de-emphasis per standard TIA
50 ohms
Maximum Frequency Spread
Audio Power Output
Audio Distortion
Audio Response
RF Input Impedance
TRANSMITTER
RF Power Output
Medium power version - 15 watts (adjustable to 2-15 watts)
High power version - 30 watts (adjustable to 10-30 watts)
–70 dB
–45 dB (25 kHz), –38 dB (12.5 kHz)
25 kHz - 16K0F3E (voice) 19K6F1D (data)
NPSPAC - 14K0F3E (voice) 17K6F1D (data)
Less than 5% at 1 kHz with 40% modulation
6 dB per octave pre-emphasis per standard TIA
50 ohms
Spurious and Harmonic Emissions
FM Hum and Noise
Audio Modulation
Audio Distortion
Audio Frequency Response
RF Output Impedance
Duty Cycle
20% standard TIA
February 2001
1-7
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GENERAL INFORMATION
900 MHz 989x SPECIFICATIONS
The following are general specifications intended for use in testing and servicing this transceiver. For current
advertised specifications, refer to the specification sheet available from your sales representative. Specifications
are subject to change without notice.
GENERAL
Frequency Range
Transmit - 896-902 MHz Std., 935-941 MHz conv. talk-around
Receive - 935-941 MHz
Operating Modes
Systems and Groups Selectable
LTR (trunked) and Conventional (non-trunked)
Low Tier: Up to 16 system/group combinations
Mid Tier: Up to 16 systems with up to 16 groups each
High Tier: Variable from 100 1-group to approx. 40 16-group systems
Dash (low tier), Dash or Remote (high tier)
39 MHz standard, 0 MHz talk-around
12.5 kHz
Mounting Location
Transmit/Receive Separation
Channel Spacing
Frequency Stability
Dimensions
1.5 PPM from –22° to +140° F (–30° to +60° C)
2.1” x 6.0” x 7.5” (HxWxD)
Weight
3.5 lbs (1.59 kg)
Power Requirement
Current Drain
13.6 volts DC nominal, negative ground
300 mA maximum (receive standby)
1.5 A maximum (receive, rated audio output)
7.0 A maximum (transmit, 15 W output)
11.0 A maximum (transmit, 30W output)
Parts 15 and 90
FCC Compliance
RECEIVER
Sensitivity (12 dB SINAD)
Selectivity
0.35 µV
–65 dB
Spurious and Image Rejection
Intermodulation
–70 dB
–70 dB
Hum and Noise
–38 dB
Maximum Frequency Spread
Audio Power Output
Audio Distortion
Audio Response
RF Input Impedance
Any spread within the range
5 watts (external 4.7-ohm speaker), 3 watts (internal 8-ohm speaker)
Less than 5% at 1 kHz with 60% deviation
+1, –3 dB per octave de-emphasis per standard TIA
50 ohms
TRANSMITTER
RF Power Output
Medium power version - 15 watts (adjustable to 2-15 watts)
High power version - 30 watts (adjustable to 10-30 watts)
–70 dB
Spurious and Harmonic Emissions
FM Hum and Noise
–40 dB
Audio Modulation
Audio Distortion
Audio Frequency Response
Maximum Frequency Spread
RF Output Impedance
Duty Cycle
12.5 kHz - 11K0F3E (voice) 11K6F1D (data)
Less than 5% at 1 kHz with 40% modulation
6 dB per octave pre-emphasis per standard TIA
Any spread within the band
50 ohms
20% standard TIA
February 2001
1-8
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INSTALLATION
SECTION 2 INSTALLATION
2
3
10 ft
1
8
7
Antenna
Install
15A Fuse
4
10
6
2
6 ft
Optional
5
11
9
Optional
Speaker
Miniature UHF
Jack
Item
No.
Item
No.
Description
Part No.
Description
Screw, No. 10 self-drilling (4)
Part No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Amplified dynamic microphone
Tri-knob (2)
250-0740-300
547-0016-008
017-2229-005
023-3514-001
7
8
9
575-9077-545
10-ft. DC power cable & hardware 023-9800-410
Accessory pigtail cable (optional) 597-9800-003
Standard mounting bracket
Microphone hanger
10 Accessory wire kit (optional)
023-9750-011
Screw, 4-24 x 5/16” sheet metal (3) 575-3604-010
Hanger grounding wire assembly 023-7171-911
11 5”, 4.7 ohm external spkr (optional) 250-0151-010
Figure 2-1 Front Mount Installation Components
2.1 GENERAL
2.1.2 PERFORMANCE TESTS
2.1.1 SCOPE OF INSTRUCTIONS
Although each transceiver is carefully tested and
aligned at the factory, it is good practice to verify
transceiver performance before it is placed in service.
Performance tests are located in Sections 7.5 and 7.6.
Since each installation is somewhat unique, the
installation instructions which follow are intended
only as a general guide to installing this transceiver.
February 2001
2-1
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INSTALLATION
2.1.3 TRANSCEIVER PROGRAMMING
addition, do not place any other objects in the
deployment area.
The transceiver needs to be programmed before it
is placed in service unless it was ordered as factory
programmed. Programming instructions are located in
normally shipped with preprogrammed factory test
channels and test parameters.
2.2.2 INSTALLATION COMPONENTS
The following mounting kits are used to install
the transceiver. These components and other compo-
nents are shown in Figure 2-1.
2.1.4 REQUIRED POWER SOURCE
Mounting Kit, Part No. 023-9800-030
This transceiver is designed for installation in
vehicles which have a nominal 12-volt, negative
ground electrical system (negative battery terminal
connected directly to the chassis). If the vehicle has
some other type of electrical system, a voltage
converter is required.
• Two tri-knobs for attaching the transceiver to the
mounting bracket
• Four No. 10 self-drilling screws
Universal Cable and Hardware Kit
Part No. 023-9800-410 (10 ft)
Part No. 023-9800-422 (22 ft)
2.2 MOUNTING THE TRANSCEIVER
• 10 ft or 22 ft fused power cable
• Microphone clip and ground wire
• One 7A and one 15A fuse (7A not used)
2.2.1 SELECTING A MOUNTING LOCATION
Front mount transceivers are designed for
mounting in a location within convenient reach of the
operator such as the dash, console, or floor. Remote
mount models are designed for mounting in a remote
location such as under a seat or in the trunk that is up
to 6 feet (or up to 17 feet with optional extension
cable) from the control unit.
2.2.3 ATTACHING MOUNTING BRACKET
Either Standard Mounting Bracket, Part No. 017-
2229-005, or Low Profile Mounting Bracket, Part No.
017-2229-010, can be used to mount the transceiver.
Proceed as follows:
1. Check the area underneath the selected mounting
surface for such things as wires, electrical compo-
nents, and brake and gas lines that could be
damaged when the mounting bracket screws are
installed. Then install the mounting bracket using
the included self-tapping screws or other screws if
desired.
WARNING
The mounting location of the transceiver or control
unit can affect safe operation of the vehicle. Follow
these precautions when mounting this transceiver:
• Mount it where it does not interfere with operation
of the vehicle controls.
2. Install the transceiver in the bracket using the
included knobs.
• Mount it where the operator can easily see the
display and reach the controls.
3. With front mount transceivers, install the included
microphone hanger in a convenient location using
the included sheet metal screws or others. For
proper operation of functions such as the monitor
mode and scan, the hanger must be connected to
chassis ground. If required, ground the hanger using
the included ground wire.
• Mount it where it will be least likely to cause injury
in case of an accident.
• Airbags deploy with great force. Therefore, do not
mount it anywhere near the deployment area. In
February 2001
2-2
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INSTALLATION
7
NEG
+
POS
6 ft.
9
6
8
10
11
17
5 ft.
5
Antenna
4
13
15
12
16
Miniature
UHF Jack
14
11 ft.
2
1
3
Item
No.
Item
No.
Description
Part No.
Description
Hanger ground wire assembly
Part No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Low profile mounting bracket
Screw, No. 10 self-drilling (4)
Tri-knob (2)
017-2229-010
575-9077-545
547-0016-008
9
023-7171-911
250-0740-300
---
10 Amplified dynamic microphone
11 Remote control unit
Accessory pigtail cable (optional) 597-9800-003
Accessory wire kit (optional) 023-9750-011
12 Tri-knob (2)
547-0016-008
017-2227-057
575-9077-545
596-6400-030
13 Mounting bracket, control unit
14 Screw, No. 10 self-drilling (4)
15 Flat washer, vulcanized (2)
10-ft. DC power cable & hardware 023-9800-410
22-ft DC power cable & hardware 023-9800-422
7
8
Microphone hanger
023-3514-001
16 Extension control cable, 11 ft (opt.) 597-9800-009
17 5”, 4.7 ohm external spkr (optional) 250-0151-010
Screw, 4-24 x 5/16” sheet metal (3) 575-3604-010
Figure 2-2 Remote Mount Installation Components
2.3 POWER CABLE INSTALLATION
NOTE: With LTR-Net models, do not connect the
power cable to a switched power source such as the
ignition switch or a relay. Always use the front panel
power switch or the ignition sense input described in
externally with LTR-Net models, the de-registration
message cannot be sent and the current user settings
are not saved.
It is recommended that both wires of the power
cable be connected directly to the vehicle battery.
Connection of either wire to other points may result in
increased interference from the vehicle’s electrical
system. If noise is still a problem with both wires
connected to the battery, a noise filter should be used.
February 2001
2-3
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INSTALLATION
Strain Relief Grommet
Accessory Pigtail Cable
J101
R170
Figure 2-3 Accessory Cable Installation
Proceed as follows to install the power cable:
6. Plug the power cable into the transceiver and recon-
nect the negative battery cable.
1. Before beginning power cable installation, remove
the negative cable from the battery to prevent
damage from accidental short circuits.
7. Install the antenna according to the manufacturer’s
instructions. This transceiver has a miniature UHF
connector. If the antenna has some other type, an
adapter is required. Check VSWR. Reflected power
should be less than 4% of forward power (VSWR
less than 1.5 to 1).
2. Route the red and blue wires of the power cable to
the vehicle battery. You may need to cut the cable if
it must be routed through an opening that is not
large enough to clear the fuseholder. The -422 kit
includes butt splice connectors that can be used to
splice the cable back together.
2.4 ACCESSORY CABLE INSTALLATION
3. Connect the red power cable to the positive (+)
battery terminal. To minimize the chance of a short
circuit occurring in an unfused part of the power
cable, the fuseholder should be as close as possible
to the battery terminal.
2.4.1 GENERAL
If transceiver power is to be controlled by the
vehicle’s ignition switch, a horn alert installed,
or other accessory connector outputs utilized, the
optional accessory pigtail cable is installed in the
accessory wire kit which includes two 8-pin connec-
tors which plug into the pigtail cable, two 22-ft and
three 2-ft wire assemblies, and a fuseholder assembly.
These components are installed as required for each
application. Proceed as follows to install this cable.
4. Connect the blue power cable wire to the negative
(–) battery terminal.
5. Both 7- and 15-ampere fuses are included with the
power cable. Install the 15-ampere fuse in this
application.
February 2001
2-4
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INSTALLATION
Pin
Function
Accessory Cable
From Transceiver
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Speaker Out*
Sw Bat Out
NC
Horn Alert
Ground
Ign Sense
Output D
NC
Pin 8
Insert Pin With
Tang Up
* This is a low level output (see
Pin 1
Figure 2-4 Accessory Cable Connector
2.4.2 ACCESSORY PIGTAIL INSTALLATION
• The horn alert (LTR-Net/Multi-Net) may be auto-
matically disabled when the ignition switch is on.
1. Remove the bottom cover of the transceiver to
access the audio/logic board.
• A transceiver power turn-off delay can be
programmed. Standby current (receive mode, audio
squelched) is about 1 ampere.
2. Plug the pigtail cable from the kit into J101 as
one way.
• With LTR-Net models, the de-registration message
3. Position the strain relief in the external speaker jack
Removing R170
4. If installing the ignition sense function, proceed to
the next section to remove R170. Otherwise,
reinstall the bottom cover.
When the ignition sense function is used, resistor
R170 on the audio/logic board must be removed. The
general location of this resistor is shown in Figure 2-3,
fully remove R170, taking care not to damage board
traces or adjacent components.
2.4.3 CONNECTING IGNITION SENSE WIRE
NOTE: If the ignition sense function is not used, no
transceiver modifications are required and this
section can be skipped. However, then be sure that the
Ignition Sense Delay Time is set to “Forever/Infinite”.
If it is not, improper transceiver operation may result
when starting the vehicle.
General
When the ignition sense line is connected, the
following additional functions are provided:
• The transceiver turns on and off with the vehicle
ignition switch (if the front panel power switch is
on).
Figure 2-5 R170 Location Diagram
February 2001
2-5
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INSTALLATION
Installing Ignition Sense Wire Assembly
For this output to operate properly, the audio
amplifier requires an 8-ohm load. Therefore, if not
using the internal speaker and no speaker is connected
to the external speaker jack, connect an 8-ohm, 5-watt
resistor to the external speaker jack.
The ignition sense input is connected using the
connector with the 22-foot red wire pre-installed in pin
6. The white jumper between pins 1 and 3 is not used
with this transceiver, so it can be clipped off or left as
is. It is used only Summit or Viking HT/GT trans-
ceivers to route audio to the internal speaker. The other
connector and wire assemblies in the kit can also be
used if desired.
®
®
Sw Bat Out (pin 2) - This output can provide a
switched battery output current of up to 1.5 A
(including the current supplied to the microphone
connector). This current is limited by fuse F100 on the
audio/logic board. CAUTION: Do not change this fuse
to one with a higher current rating because PC board
damage may result.
connected to a 13.6-volt source that is switched by the
vehicle ignition switch. Connect this wire using the
included fuseholder and 1-amp fuse. Be sure to install
the fuse as close as possible to the connection point so
that it provides optimum short circuit protection.
2.4.4 CONNECTING HORN ALERT WIRE
Output D (pin 7) - This output is available with LTR-
Net/Multi-Net models only. It is controlled by the
menu OPTION parameter or by an option switch
programmed for that function. It can also be controlled
by several I/O functions (see Appendix B).
NOTE: The horn alert feature is not available with
SMARTNET/SmartZone models.
To utilize the horn alert, the horn alert output of
the accessory connector is connected and special
programming is required. When the horn alert sounds,
pin 4 of the accessory connector goes low. The
disabled condition is a high impedance state.
2.5 REMOTE CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION
2.5.1 GENERAL
NOTE: Install the remote mount transceiver, power
cable, and accessory cable as described in Sections
Maximum sink current of the horn alert output is
500 mA. Therefore, some type of horn alert driver
circuit is usually required. If connecting to a relay, a
diode should be connected across the relay coil with
the cathode toward the battery side. This protects
Q100 on the audio/logic board when the relay de-
energizes.
No special control unit programming or PC board
modifications are required prior to installing the
remote control unit. An diagram showing a remote
this diagram, the control unit has a 5-ft pigtail cable
and the transceiver has a 1-ft pigtail cable. These
cables can be directly connected if the control unit is
mounted within approximately 6-ft of the transceiver.
Otherwise, the optional 11-ft extension cable can be
used to allow a mounting distance of up to approxi-
mately 17 feet.
The horn alert output is connected by using one
of the 22- or 2-foot wire assemblies included in the
Accessory Wire Kit. Insert the pin of the wire
assembly into the pin 4 slot of the connector as shown
alert driver.
2.4.5 OTHER ACCESSORY CABLE OUTPUTS
2.5.2 MOUNTING REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
Speaker Output (pin 1) - This is a low-level, volume
controlled, speaker output. It provides drive to an
external device such as an audio power amplifier. The
input impedance of the external device should be
greater than 20k ohms.
1. Check the area underneath the selected mounting
surface for such things as wires, electrical compo-
nents, and brake and gas lines that could be
damaged when the mounting bracket screws are
February 2001
2-6
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INSTALLATION
Data Pigtail Cable
Two User-Definable Wires
Strain Relief
Accessory
Pigtail Cable
J301
J701
Figure 2-6 Data Cable Installation (-001 Cable Shown)
installed. Then install the mounting bracket using
the included self-tapping screws or other screws if
desired.
internal speaker is automatically disabled when an
external speaker is used.
The impedance of the external speaker must not
be less than 4.0 ohms. Using a speaker with an imped-
ance less than 4.0 ohms could result in audio ampli-
fier U306 overheating and does not provide 5 watts of
power. Therefore, to allow for tolerances, a speaker
with a nominal impedance of 4.7 ohms is recom-
mended. The E.F. Johnson remote speaker listed in
speaker has a 6-ft cable, and in some applications
(such as remote mounting) an extension cable may be
required to connect it to the transceiver.
2. Install the control unit in the bracket using the
included knobs and vulcanized washers (the
washers are installed between the bracket and
control unit).
3. Install the included microphone hanger in a conve-
nient location using the included sheet metal screws
or other screws. For proper operation of functions
such as the monitor mode and scan, the hanger must
be connected to chassis ground. If required, ground
the hanger using the included ground wire.
2.7 DATA CABLE INSTALLATION
2.6 USING AN EXTERNAL SPEAKER
CAUTION
Power output with the internal 8-ohm speaker in
the front panel or remote control unit is approximately
3 watts. For up to 5 watts of power, a 4.7-ohm external
speaker can be used. This speaker is plugged into the
external speaker jack on the back of the transceiver.
This is a standard 1/8”, two-conductor phone jack. The
DO NOT apply power a transceiver that has one of the
data cables installed without first properly terminating
the wires of that cable. These wires carry differing
potentials and transceiver damage may result if they
inadvertently contact each other.
February 2001
2-7
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INSTALLATION
Table 2-1 Data Cable Wire Chart
2.7.1 GENERAL
The optional data pigtail cable is supported by
Multi-Net versions only. It is installed when a modem
or some other type of data device is to be connected to
the transceiver. This cable connects the data equip-
ment to data connector J301 on the audio/logic board.
descriptions of each follow.
J301 Pin No.
Function
Wire Color
White
1
2
Sw Bat Out
Rx Filt Out
Tx Filt In
TxD
Green
3
Yellow
Blue
4
5
RxD
Orange
Gray
6
Transmit
IN2
7
Brown
Data/Accessory Pigtail Cable, Part No. 597-9800-001
8
Ext Serv Req
Option 1
Output C
Ext Pwr Sw
8V Out
White/Red
White/Green
White/Black
White/Blue
Red
This cable is a combination data and accessory
pigtail cable. It does not include a connector for inter-
facing with the data equipment. The wires are untermi-
nated and connected to a user-supplied connector as
desired. The cable has 15 conductors. All 13 pins of
J301 are brought out, and there are two additional
wires that can be connected inside the transceiver as
desired.
9
10
11
12
13
NC
NC
Ground
Black
User Defined
User Defined
Purple
Pink
Data Pigtail Cable, Part No. 597-9800-005
2.8 KEY CAP KITS
This is a data cable only (it does not include the
accessory cable). The data cable is similar to the one
included with the -001 cable. It has 15 unterminated
wires, and a user supplied connector is installed as
desired.
NOTE: To remove a key cap, insert a tool with a sharp
tip in the slot on the bottom of the cap and carefully
pry against the front panel to release the cap.
2.8.1 MULTI-NET AND LTR-NET MODELS
2.7.2 DATA CABLE INSTALLATION
Key Cap Kit, Part No. 587-9840-001, is standard
with each Multi-Net transceiver and includes the five
caps indicated below.
1. Remove the bottom cover of the transceiver to
access the audio/logic board.
FCN
SCAN
A/D
TA
AUX
the data cable into J301. If also installing the acces-
sory cable, plug the 7-pin connector into J701. Refer
information.
Key Cap Kit, Part No. 587-9840-002, is standard
with each LTR-Net transceiver and includes the five
caps indicated by an asterisk (*) in the list which
follows.
the data cable wires to the user supplied connector
as required for the data equipment being used.
An optional key cap kit, Part No. 587-9840-004,
is also available which includes all of the caps in the
following list:
4. If required, install the purple and pink wires to the
desired points in the transceiver.
FCN*
TA
C/G
CPND
EMER
(Blank) (Blank)
SCAN*
AUX
PRI
MHNG
ENCPT
A/D*
ROAM*
PAGE
USR2
MICPA
CALL
TEL*
HORN
MON
HOME
USR1
STLH
Rx PA
5. Position the strain relief grommet of the accessory/
data cable in the external speaker jack slot of the
bottom cover. bottom cover.
BANK
February 2001
2-8
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INSTALLATION
2.8.2 SMARTNET/SMARTZONE MODELS
Key Cap Kit, Part No. 587-9840-003, is included
with each SMARTNET/SmartZone transceiver. This
kit includes the five key caps listed below.
EMER F1
F2
F3
SCAN
Key Cap Kit, Part No. 587-9840-105, is also
included with each transceiver. This kit includes the
key caps shown below.
F1
F2
F3
HORN
F4
C/S
SCAN
DISP
BKLHT MSG
PRIED SELSQ MON
RESP NUIS STATUS TXPWR (Blank)
ALERT EMER RWS TONES (Blank)
TGSEL PHONE
February 2001
2-9
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
SECTION 3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
3.1 GENERAL TRANSCEIVER DESCRIPTION
(F300, 0.6A) limits the current of the 8-volt supply fed
to modem jack J301. For information on power distri-
3.1.1 INTRODUCTION
NOTE: A block diagram of the audio and data
processing circuitry on the audio/logic board is
3.1.3 SYNTHESIZER
The synthesizer output signal is the transmit
frequency in the transmit mode and the receive first
injection frequency in the receive mode. The synthe-
sizer also provides the receiver second injection signal
by tripling the TCXO frequency.
The 9800-series transceivers contain the PC
board assemblies listed below. Components are
mounted on only the top side of all boards. Therefore,
most components can be changed without removing
the board from the chassis.
Channels are selected by programming the main
divider in synthesizer integrated circuit U804 to divide
by a certain number. This programming is provided by
microcontroller U101 on the audio/logic board. The
minimum frequency resolution is 6.25 or 10 kHz. The
frequency stability of the synthesizer is determined by
the stability of TCXO U806 (Temperature Compen-
sated Crystal Oscillator). The TCXO has a frequency
stability of ± 2.0 PPM (UHF) or ± 1.5 PPM (800/900
MHz) from –22° to +140° F (–30 to +60° C).
Audio/Logic - Control logic and audio processing.
Display - This board contains the LCD display and
controller and interface microcontroller.
Interface - This small board provides the electrical
connections between the display and audio/logic
boards, and contains the front panel rotary controls
and microphone jack.
3.1.4 AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD
RF Board - Receiver, synthesizer, and exciter.
PA Board - Transmitter power amplifier.
Microcontroller U101 on the audio/logic board
provides transceiver control functions including
synthesizer programming, system and group scan,
data encoding and decoding, squelch, and gating of
audio and data signals. The audio/logic board also has
analog circuitry which provides filtering, amplifica-
tion, and other processing of the audio, data, and Call
Guard signals.
General descriptions of the main sections such as
the receiver, synthesizer, and exciter follow, and
detailed descriptions are located in later sections.
3.1.2 CIRCUIT PROTECTION (FUSES)
The U101 operating program is stored in Flash
EPROM U108. This type of memory can be repro-
grammed in the field using the standard programming
setup and special programming software. This allows
the operating software to be easily updated without the
need to change a microprocessor or EPROM. Flash
EPROM memory devices retain data indefinitely
without the need for battery backup, and can be repro-
grammed many times.
Circuit protection is provided by a 15-ampere in-
line power cable fuse, 4-ampere fuse F500 on the RF
board (in the unswitched battery supply line from the
PA board), and by voltage regulators which automati-
cally limit current. The 15-ampere power cable fuse
protects the power amplifier module and final stages
on the power amplifier board, and the 4-ampere fuse
protects the remainder of the circuitry. In addition,
there are two fuses on the audio/logic board. One fuse
(F100, 2A) limits the current of the switched battery
supply fed to accessory connector J101, the micro-
phone jack, and also the display board. The other fuse
Parameters which change from transceiver to
transceiver such as programmed system and groups
and option key programming are also stored in the
February 2001
3-1
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
POWER DISTRIBUTION (ALL MODELS)
Flash EPROM and also EEPROM U102. This infor-
mation is programmed when data is downloaded to the
transceiver by the programming software described in
Section 4.
3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION AND SWITCHING
3.2.1 POWER SWITCHING CONTROL
A diagram of the power distribution and
power switching is performed on the RF board by
Q510 and other transistors. This switch is controlled
by the front panel power switch, the ignition sense
For the front panel on-off switch to be detected, Q109
must be turned on by a high signal applied through
R170 or from the ignition switch. R170 is installed if
the ignition switch is not used to control power. Q107
and Q108 provide power switch on and ignition on
signals to the microcontroller so that it can sense those
conditions.
A second microcontroller (U2) on the display
board controls the front panel display and tri-color
indicator and also detects the option switch, Select
switch, and microphone on/off hook state. Control
information is exchanged between U101 and this
microcontroller via a serial bus. The use of a second
microcontroller minimizes the number of interconnec-
tions that are required between the audio/logic and
display boards. The operating program for this micro-
controller is permanently stored on the chip and cannot
be changed.
3.1.5 RECEIVER
Q110 allows the microcontroller to hold power
on for a time after it has been turned off by the power
or ignition switch. For example, when the microcon-
troller senses that power was switched off by the front
panel switch, it holds power on for a short time so that
switch settings can be saved to memory. It also holds
power on when a power-off delay is used. Once power
turns off, power is also removed from the microcon-
troller. Therefore, power can be turned on only by the
power and ignition switches.
The receiver is a double conversion type with the
following intermediate frequencies:
UHF Models - 45 MHz and 450 kHz
800 MHz Models - 52.950 MHz and 450 kHz
900 MHz Models - 45 MHz and 450 kHz
Two bandpass filters in the front end attenuate the
image, half IF, injection, and other frequencies outside
the selected receive band. Receiver selectivity is
enhanced by a four-pole crystal filter and two 450 kHz
ceramic filters.
NOTE: The front panel power switch is a push on,
push off type (pressing it toggles between open and
closed). It is not a momentary switch.
3.1.6 TRANSMITTER
3.2.2 SUPPLY SWITCHING
The transmitter amplifies the synthesizer signal to
produce a power output of up to either 25 or 40 watts
(UHF) or 15 or 30 watts (800/900 MHz) at the antenna
jack. Frequency modulation of the transmit signal is
performed by modulating the synthesizer TCXO and
VCO frequencies. A control circuit senses forward
power to maintain constant power output. It also
senses final amplifier current and cuts back power if it
becomes excessive.
When power is turned on by the front panel
power switch, the base of Q514 on the RF board is
grounded through the power switch. Q514 then turns
on which also turns on the Darlington amplifier
formed by Q511 and Q512. These transistors are
turned on by a 13.6-volt signal applied through R535.
Series-pass transistor Q510 is then turned on and 13
volts appears on its collector. The diodes in CR505
and CR506 become forward biased only if the 8-volt
supply applied to the collector of Q514 becomes
shorted. This provides current limiting which prevents
damage to the transistors.
The use of a digital potentiometer allows the
power output to be set from the front panel when the
test mode is selected and also allows two different
power levels to be programmed for each system. The
microcontroller also monitors power amplifier
ambient temperature and voltage and cuts back power
or disables the transmitter if either are excessive.
Q513 controls the Q511 base current in order to
maintain approximately a 0.8-volt drop across the
emitter and collector of Q510. This provides noise
February 2001
3-2
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
POWER DISTRIBUTION (ALL MODELS)
Unsw Bat
Power Amplifier
Board
RF Board
Unsw Bat
Audio/Logic
Board
J201 J302
4
2
R533
Transceiver
Sw Bat
5V
Regulator
Power
Cable
Power
Connector
Sw Bat
8V
Vcc
Unsw Bat
Switch
Q510
F500
4A
15A
Fuse
J600
J501
Sw Bat
8V
U105
1
2
10
5
CR600
8V
Regulator
F100
2A
High Tier
Transient
Suppressor
Sw Bat
U501
11 15
Front Panel
On-Off Sw
J100
11 12
8V Tx
Switch
8V Tx
On-Off Sw
J3
On-Off
Latch
(A/L Bd)
Interface
Board
+
Sw Bat
Chassis
Ground
Q504
Vehicle
Battery
R2
Low Tier
High
Tier Only
From Shift
Reg U801
J2
J1
2
5
5.5V
5.5V
J1
Regulator
From Latch
U112 A/L Bd
Microphone
Jack
Sw Bat
U502
Display Board
Figure 3-1 Power Distribution and Switching
Audio/Logic Board
RF Board
Interface Board
(High Tier Only)
Power Switch
Sense
Ignition On
Sense
Supply
Switching
Circuit
To uC,
Pin 60
To uC,
Pin 62
Sw Bat
Q107
Q108
Unsw Bat
Front Panel
Q510
On-Off Sw
J3
Q109
J302 J201
18 5
J100
1 20
Power On-Off Latch
U113A-D
Q110
Unsw Bat
R170
Low Tier Only
Power Hold
From Shift Reg
U111, Q7
From Ignition
Switch
Note: Arrows Indicate Signal Flow.
This Resistor Installed If
Ignition Sense Not Connected
Figure 3-2 Power On-Off Control Circuit
filtering of the 13.6-volt supply. The emitter of Q513
is biased at about 4.5 volts by R538 and R542 (with a
battery voltage of 13.6 volts). CR504 mirrors the base-
emitter voltage of Q513, and the voltage across R541
is the same as the voltage across R542 when the
voltage applied to R536 is approximately 12.8 volts.
voltage filtering provided by C565. This reduces the
amount of noise applied to circuits powered by the
switched 13.6-volt supply such as audio power ampli-
fier U306. Additional filtering of the switched and
unswitched battery supplies is provided by C548-
C553. Resistor R534 turns Q514 off when power is
turned off.
Noise pulses less than 1.6 volt P-P then do not
appear on the output of Q510 because of the emitter
February 2001
3-3
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)
3.3 AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD DIGITAL CIRCUIT
3.3.1 MICROCONTROLLER (U101)
General
Temporary data storage is provided by an internal
1K x 8 RAM in microcontroller U101 and by external
8K x 8 RAM U107. These devices are used as a
“scratchpad” during program execution.
The control logic is based on an MC68HC11F1
eight-bit microcontroller (U101). This device has an
internal 1K-byte static RAM and 512-byte EEPROM
but no internal ROM or EEPROM. Therefore, all
program memory is contained in the external flash
memory device (U108). In addition, the microcon-
troller has several general purpose input and output
pins, an eight-channel A/D converter, and synchro-
nous (SPI) and asynchronous (SCI) serial ports. The
A/D converter port allows analog signals to be moni-
tored such as the power amplifier temperature, RSSI
signal, and vehicle battery voltage.
Reset
The microcontroller resets when power is turned
on and also when the 5-volt supply drops below the
normal range. Reset clears several internal registers
and restarts the operating program. This prevents
improper operation which may result during low -
voltage conditions.
The microcontroller resets itself automatically for
4064 clock cycles when power is applied to the VCC
input. Low-voltage reset is triggered by low-voltage
sensor U100. When the 5-volt supply drops to approx-
imately 4.25 volts, the RESET output goes low. This
resets the microcontroller and also inhibits operation
for as long as it is low. The microcontroller also has
internal reset circuits which trigger reset if problems
occur with the clock signal, illegal op codes, or the
watchdog timer circuit.
Separate buses are used for data and memory
addressing. The data bus consists of D0-D7, and the
address bus consists of A0-A15. The operating speed
of the microcontroller is set by crystal Y100. The 9.38
MHz frequency of this crystal is divided by an internal
divider to produce a lower internal operating
frequency.
Memory
Reset is also triggered when the transceiver is
Flash programmed. A low pulse is created by C363
and R421 when the MODA/MODB inputs of the
microcontroller are pulled low to initiate this program-
ming. This automatically places the microcontroller in
the flash programming mode. However, reset does not
occur when flash programming is complete, so power
must be turned off and then on again to resume normal
operation.
The operating program and most of the person-
ality information used by the microcontroller is stored
in 128K x 8 Flash EPROM U108. The use of a Flash
memory device allows the program to be conveniently
updated using the standard programming setup and
special Flash programming software. This eliminates
the need to replace the microcontroller or a memory
device such as an EPROM. To reprogram the Flash
device, the microcontroller is placed in a special boot-
strap mode by turning power on with the MODA/
MODB inputs pulled low. This is done by the RPI by
applying 20 volts to the PTT pin of the microphone
jack.
Data Bus
A bi-directional data bus consisting of D0-D7 is
used to transfer data in and out of the microcontroller.
It is used to transfer parallel data in and out of memory
chips U107 (high tier only) and U108, and also
program latches U110-U112. The logic level on the
R/W pin determines the direction of data on the data
bus. If it is high, data is read into U101, and if it is
low, data is written out. The E output goes high to
indicate when data on the data bus is valid or when an
external device can place data on the data bus.
Radio tuning information is stored in the 512-
byte EEPROM in microcontroller U101. External 4K
x 8 EEPROM U102 is used in high tier and data
models to store additional personality information. An
EEPROM can be programmed many times, does not
require a constant power supply, and retains data
indefinitely.
February 2001
3-4
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)
Address Bus
The address bus consisting of A0-A15 is used for
PE7 - This input senses the voltage on the IN3 pin of
Option 1 slot wire-out W301.
addressing the memory location in U107 or U108 that
data is being written to or read from. In addition, it
provides chip select signals to latches U110-U112.
memory and I/O addressing.
Serial Peripheral Interface Port (SPI), OR Gate (U103)
This serial port is formed by the MOSI, MISO,
and SCK pins (31, 30, 32) of the microcontroller. It is
a synchronous port which means that a clock signal is
used to indicate when data on the data line is valid.
This port has both master and slave configurations and
in this application, the master configuration is always
used. In the master configuration the microcontroller
generates the clock and other signals.
A/D Converter Inputs
VRH/VRL - These inputs provide the reference volt-
ages for the A/D converter circuitry. R115 and C105
attenuate noise present in the 5-volt supply applied to
VRH.
MOSI (Master Out, Slave In) - This is the serial data
output for the port.
PE0 - RSSI (Receive Signal Strength Indicator) input
from limiter/detector U201 in the receiver. This signal
is used along with the squelch signal to determine
when valid data may be present and when to unmute
the receive audio.
MISO (Master In, Slave Out) - This is the serial data
input for this port.
SCK - Serial clock output. This pin provides the clock
signal to all devices served by this port.
PE1 - Battery voltage input. The switched 13.6-volt
supply is divided down by R161 and R168 to provide
a 0-5 volt input. If the battery voltage is excessively
high, the transmitter is disabled.
This port provides two-way serial data communi-
cation with EEPROM U102 (high tier and data
models) and microcontroller U2 on the display board
(high tier only). In addition, it provides programming
data to the RF board for shift registers U800 and
U801, digital potentiometer U802, and synthesizer IC
ming data to shift register U305 (on the audio/logic
board) which controls the squelch level.
PE2 - Power amplifier temperature input from ther-
mistor R601 on the PA board. The DC voltage of this
signal decreases as temperature increases.
PE3 - Lock detect input from synthesizer IC U804. If
this signal is high (near 5 volts) the synthesizer is
locked on frequency (see Section 3.7.6).
OR gates U103A-D provide routing of the serial
port signals to the RF and display boards. When the
PD5 output (pin 33) of the microcontroller goes low,
U103A and U103B route the data and clock signals to
the RF board and shift register U305. Then when the
Q4 output (pin 15) of latch U110 goes low, U103D
routes the clock signal to the display board and U103C
routes the display board data signal to the MISO pin.
When communicating with the display board, PD5
goes high to block the data path through U103A and
U103B.
PE4 - Power switch sense input. This input is high
when the power switch is on and low when it is off.
When the off condition is sensed, the microcontroller
saves the current settings and then powers down the
transceiver by turning Q110 off (see Section 3.2.1).
PE5 - Ignition switch sense input. This input is low
when the ignition switch is on and high when it is off.
The microcontroller senses the ignition switch to
control such features as the power-off delay and horn
alert.
Asynchronous Serial Communications Interface (SCI)
PE6 - This input senses the voltage on the IN2 pin of
data modem connector J301 and Option 2 slot wire-out
W311.
This is a full duplex serial port formed by the
RxD (data input) and TxD (data output) pins (28, 29)
of the microcontroller. This port uses a standard non-
February 2001
3-5
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)
return-to-zero (NRZ) format consisting of one start bit,
eight or nine data bits, and one stop bit.
and the data appears on data bus lines D0-D7. Chip
select is performed by pulling the CE1 input (pin 20)
low. The CE2 input is always pulled high by R114.
The A13 and A14 address lines can be connected by
changing jumpers if a 16K or 32K part is required.
Data is read from U107 by pulling the OE input (pin
22) low. Likewise, data is written by pulling the WE
input (pin 27) low. See the U104 description which
follows for more information.
This port is used to provide data communication
with the computer used to program the transceiver.
Connection is made via the front panel microphone
connector. Another use for this port is data communi-
cation with an external data device such as a modem.
Connection is made via connector J301. Communica-
tion cannot occur simultaneously over both of these
paths.
Flash EPROM (U108)
Other General Purpose Inputs and Outputs
to 128K bytes of data. The memory space is arranged
as 32K of common code space and twelve 8K blocks
of bank code space. The A15 line of the microcon-
troller determines if common or bank code space is
selected. When A15 is high, common space is
The PA0-PA7 pins are used for general purpose
inputs and outputs as follows:
PA0 - Input for PTT signal from the microphone jack
and W302/W312 option slot wire-outs. This signal is
low when the transmitter is keyed.
selected, and when it is low, bank space is selected.
The A15 line controls the four two-input multi-
plexers in U109. When A15 is low, the A input is
connected to Y which routes the PG0-PG3 outputs of
the microcontroller to U108. PG0-PG3 then select the
desired bank. Then when A15 is high, the B input is
routed to Y and the A13-A15 address lines of the
microcontroller are routed to U108.
PA1 - Input for the receive LTR or Call Guard data
signal.
PA2 - Service request input from microcontroller U2
on the display board. This tells U101 that it has data to
send on the SPI bus described previously.
PA3 - Input from the Option 1 pin of modem
connector J301.
Therefore, when a data read or write to U108
occurs, the lower 13 bits of the address are specified
by address lines A0-A12 and the rest of the address is
specified as just described. The data appears on data
bus lines D0-D7. Data is read from U108 by pulling
the OE input (pin 24) low, and data is written by
pulling the WE input (pin 31) low. Refer to the
following U104 description for more information.
Chip select is provided by pulling the CE input (pin
22) low.
PA4/PA5 - Transmit LTR/Call Guard data output.
These two outputs are used to create a pseudo sine-
PA6 - Output for supervisory tones generated by the
microcontroller such as busy and out-of-range.
3.4.4). When the received signal strength increases to
the squelch threshold level, this input goes high. The
microcontroller uses this information to determine
when receive data is valid and to control audio
muting.
Read/Write Strobe Select (U104A-D)
NAND gates U104C and U104B select the read
and write signals applied to U107 and U108. When a
memory read occurs, the R/W output of the microcon-
troller goes high. This signal is inverted by U104C and
applied to the OE of U108. When a memory write
operation occurs, the R/W output of the microcon-
troller goes low. U104B is then enabled by the high
output of U104C, and the high E signal is inverted by
U104B and applied to the WE pin of U107 and to
U104D.
3.3.2 MEMORY AND LATCH PROGRAMMING
RAM U107
When a data read or write to U107 occurs, the
location in U107 is selected by address lines A0-A12,
February 2001
3-6
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)
NAND gates U104A and U104D provide gating
of the write signal to U108. Data is written to this
device only during Flash programming. Therefore,
when Flash programming occurs, the Q3 output (pin
16) of shift register U111 goes high which enables
U104A. A double inversion of the write signal then
occurs and it is applied to the WE input of U108.
translation from 5-volt logic levels of U111 to the 8-
volt logic levels of U307B.
From U301B the receive audio/data signal is fed
to audio, data, and squelch circuits. Refer to the
following descriptions for more information.
3.4.2 RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING
Latch Programming (U106, U110-U112)
Bandpass Filter (U301C, U301D)
Decoder U106 provides chip select to octal
latches U110, U111, and U112. When data is written
to U106 address space, a low signal is applied to chip
select input G2A (pin 4) and a high signal is applied to
chip select input G1 (pin 6). The three address bits
applied to the A, B, and C inputs of U106 select one of
the eight outputs. When an output is selected, it goes
low.
U301C and U301D form a bandpass filter which
passes frequencies in the 300-3000 Hz range. This
attenuates frequencies below 300 Hz such as LTR data
and Call Guard signaling, and frequencies above 3
kHz such as noise. These stages also provide 6 dB per
octave de-emphasis to remove the pre-emphasis that
was added to the signal when it was transmitted.
Data is latched by U110-U112 on a rising edge of
a clock signal from U106. Therefore, when the U106
output is disabled, data is latched. The outputs of the
latches are enabled when the OC input (pin 1) is low,
and the outputs are a high impedance state when it is
high.
Mute Gate (U307C), Summing Amplifier (U301A)
The receive audio signal is then routed via the
option wireouts to mute gate U307C. This gate mutes
the signal when no carrier is being received or if the
message is intended for someone else. It is controlled
by the Q5 output (pin 14) of latch U110. When the
audio signal is muted, this output is high. This signal is
then inverted by Q301 resulting in a low signal on the
control input (pin 6) of gate U307C.
3.4 RECEIVE AUDIO/DATA PROCESSING
NOTE: A block diagram of the audio and data
processing circuitry is shown in Figure 3-3.
U301A is a summing amplifier which combines
the supervisory tone signal from microcontroller pin
36 (PA6) with the receive audio signal. Supervisory
tones include the busy and intercept tones and other
beeps that are heard by the user. C320 provides addi-
tional feedback of the higher frequencies present in the
square-wave output of the microcontroller. C323 and
R352 also provide shaping of this signal.
3.4.1 AMPLIFIER (U301B)
The demodulated receive audio/data signal from
limiter/detector U201 in the receiver is applied to
amplifier U301B. The gain of this amplifier is
controlled by analog switch U307B. The gain is higher
for narrow-band (12.5 kHz) channels to compensate
for the lower detected signal level that results from the
lower deviation used with those channels. The gain is
approximately four with narrowband channels and two
with wideband (25 kHz) channels.
Audio Power Amplifier (U306)
The output signal from U301A is fed to the
microphone connector through C321 and to audio
power amplifier U306. This is a 5-watt (with an 8-ohm
load) bridge-type amplifier. Therefore, both outputs
are connected directly to the speaker and neither
speaker terminal is grounded. This device is internally
protected from damage resulting from shorting either
output to ground or B+, or shorting across the outputs.
The control input of U307B (pin 5) is low for
narrowband channels and high for wideband chan-
nels. When it is high, the switch is closed and R327 is
switched into the circuit. This adds more feedback
which decreases the gain. The control signal comes
from the Q0 output (pin 19) of latch U111. Transistor
Q305 inverts this signal and also provides level
February 2001
3-7
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)
Rx Audio Gate Control
From
Supervisory Tones
Logic
RECEIVE AUDIO
Amplifier
Bandpass Filter/
De-Emphasis
300-3000 Hz
Summing
Amplifier
Q301
Audio
Amplifier
Speaker
U307C
Rx Audio/Data
From
Receiver
U301C,
U301D
U306
U301B
U307B
U301A
8V
Rx Audio
Gate
Gain Adjust
From
Logic
Digital Volume
Front Panel
Volume Control
(9842)
Control
(98x1)
Q302
RECEIVE DATA
U309
Low-Pass Filter
Data
Audio Mute Control
Digital Receive Data
< 140/211 Hz
Detector
From Logic
To Logic
U300B,
U300C
U300D,
U300A
Filter Bandwidth Control
Squelch Signal
From Logic
To Logic
Q300
SQUELCH
Bandpass Filter
Comparator
U304B
U304A
Digital
Squelch
Control
From
Logic
Serial Data
U305
TRANSMIT AUDIO
Microphone
Amplifier
High Pass Filter
> 300 Hz
Pre-Emphasis/
Limiter
Splatter Filter
> 3 kHz
Mic Audio
Gate
Amplifier
Microphone
Tx
Audio
U302B,
U302C
U303D
U303B
U303C
To Synthesizer
U303A
U308B
Q307
Mic Audio Gate Control
From
Logic
Tx
Data
Gate
Low Pass Filter
< 140/211 Hz
TRANSMIT DATA
Analog Transmit Data
Data
U304A
To Synthesizer
From
Logic
Tx Audio Gate Control
From
Logic
Figure 3-3 Audio and Data Processing Circuitry Block Diagram
Pin 5 is the input of an internal gain control stage. controlled by the Q7 output (pin 12) of latch U110.
Gain increases in proportion to increases in the DC
voltage on this pin. With the low tier models, volume
control is provided by a D/A converter formed by shift
register U309 and several resistors. The six-bit output
controls the volume in 64 steps. U309 is programmed
mid and high tier models, the front panel volume
control is part of a voltage divider which includes
R356 and R426.
When this output goes high, inverter/level translator
Q302 turns on which grounds the volume control input
of U306 and mutes the speaker.
3.4.3 RECEIVE DATA PROCESSING
The receive audio/data signal from amplifier
U301B is applied to a low-pass filter formed by
U300B and U300C. This filter attenuates voice and
harmonic frequencies occurring above the data band.
If the voltage on pin 5 falls below approximately
0.4 volt DC, the output is muted. Speaker muting is
February 2001
3-8
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)
The passband of this filter is controlled by the Q1
output (pin 18) of latch U111. When LTR or digital
Call Guard data or low-frequency Call Guard tones are
received, this output goes high which turns Q300 on.
This switches additional capacitance into the circuit
and the filter cut-off frequency decreases to approxi-
mately 150 Hz. Then when high-frequency Call Guard
tones are received, the output goes low and turns Q300
off. This increases the cut-off frequency to approxi-
mately 220 Hz.
The receive audio, data, and noise signal from
amplifier U301B is applied to a bandpass filter and
amplifier formed by U304A and other components.
This stage attenuates voice frequencies and LTR and
Call Guard signaling so that only noise frequencies in
the range of approximately 7-8 kHz are passed. The
output signal of U304A is applied across a resistor
network which sets the input level to a rectifier. Ther-
mistor R318 provides temperature compensation of
this network.
From U300C the data signal is fed to a DC resto-
ration circuit formed by U300D and U300A. This
circuit converts it from an analog signal floating at half
supply to a digital signal at 0 and 5 volt levels that can
be detected by the microcontroller. U300D is a stan-
dard noninverting amplifier with a gain set by R308,
R316, and R317 (R317 is AC grounded by C309).
C304 charges through the forward biased diode in
CR300 and discharges through R306. C303 discharges
through the other diode in CR300. When the voltage
on pin 6 of comparator U304B rises above the refer-
ence on pin 5, the output goes low. For example, when
received signal strength is low, more noise is rectified
which causes the voltage on pin 6 of U304B to
increase and the output on pin 7 to go low (squelched
condition). A voltage divider formed by R416 and
R417 reduces the 8-volt output of U304B to the 5-volt
level required by the microcontroller.
Two attenuation levels are selected by gate
U307D similar to gate U307B described in Section
3.4.1. When wideband (25 kHz) channels are selected,
the control input (pin 12) of U307D is high and R317
is effectively shorted which increases gain. The gain
of U300D is approximately 3 with wideband channels
and 2 with narrow-band channels. This compensates
for excess amplification of the data signal in the
narrowband mode by U301B.
The squelch threshold level is set by a D/A
converter formed by shift register U305 and several
resistors. The eight-bit output of U305 can control the
reference voltage applied to U304B in 256 steps. U305
is programmed by the SPI serial port described in
Section 3.3.1. R310 provides hysteresis to the
threshold level to prevent intermittent squelching
when receiving a weak or fading signal.
The CR301 diodes charge and discharge C309 to
establish a DC reference on pin 2 of comparator
U300A. This reference voltage is the average of the
positive and negative alternations of the data signal.
When pin 3 of U300A rises above the reference on pin
2, the output goes high (8 volts) and vice versa.
Voltage divider R304/R311 provides the 5-volt level
required by the microcontroller.
3.5 TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA PROCESSING
NOTE: A block diagram of the audio and data
processing circuitry is shown in Figure 3-3.
3.5.1 MICROPHONE AMPLIFIER (U303B),
HIGH-PASS FILTER (U303C)
3.4.4 SQUELCH CIRCUIT (U304A, U304B)
The microcontroller uses the output from the
squelch circuit and also the RSSI output of the limiter/
and unmute the receive audio and also when valid data
may be present. The squelch circuit is controlled by
the amount of noise present in the receive audio signal.
When no signal or a weak signal is being received,
there is a large amount of noise present. Conversely,
when a strong signal is received, there is very little
noise present.
The microphone audio signal is coupled by C349
to amplifier U303B which provides a gain of approxi-
mately two. R410, R414, and C354 provide a bias
voltage of approximately 3.2 volts on the nonin-
verting input. An 8-volt supply voltage to the micro-
phone amplifier is provided by R401, C348, and R406.
From U303B the microphone signal is coupled by
C350 to a high-pass filter formed by U303C and
several other components. This filter attenuates
February 2001
3-9
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)
frequencies below 300 Hz that could cause interfer-
ence with LTR data and Call Guard signals.
3.5.4 TRANSMIT DATA CIRCUIT (U302D,
U302A)
Gate U308B blocks the microphone signal when
microphone audio is not transmitted such as during the
data handshake to set up the call. A high signal on pin
5 closes the gate and passes the signal. This gate is
controlled by the Q6 output (pin 13) of latch U110.
Transistor Q307 functions as an inverter and level
translator.
The transmit LTR data and Call Guard tone/data
signals are generated by the microcontroller on pins 37
and 38. The four logic combinations possible with
these two outputs are applied to a resistor network
consisting of R389, R392, R386, and R395. This
network creates a four-step pseudo sine wave from the
digital outputs. This signal is applied to a low-pass
filter formed by U302D and U302A. This filter attenu-
ates harmonics present in the signal which provides
smoothing of the stepped sine wave.
3.5.2 SUMMING AMPLIFIER (U303D), PRE-
EMPHASIS/LIMITER (U303A)
The passband of this filter is controlled by Q306
which switches additional capacitance into the circuit.
When LTR or digital Call Guard data or low-
U303D amplifies the transmit audio signal and
also the transmit data signal from an optional modem
if one is used. Jumper R398 is installed to route the
modem signal to U303D and the filtering circuitry, or
jumper R399 is installed to route a wideband signal
directly to the synthesizer so that it bypasses the
filtering circuitry. U308A closes when wideband (25
kHz) channels are selected. This bypasses R403 which
provides a higher deviation level with those channels.
frequency tone Call Guard signaling is being trans-
mitted, Q306 is turned on and the cut-off frequency
decreases to approximately 150 Hz. Then when a
high-frequency tone Call Guard signal is being trans-
mitted, Q306 is turned off and the cut-off frequency
increases to approximately 220 Hz. Q306 is controlled
by the same signal used to control Q300 in the receive
data circuit (see Section 3.4.3).
NOTE: If the wideband data input is used, the external
device must provide FCC-approved modulation
limiting and splatter filter circuitry and a stable DC
level.
U308C provides gating of the transmit data
signal. When the control input (pin 6) is high, the gate
is closed and the signal is passed. Test gate U307A is
used in the test mode to bypass the data filter to
provide the wideband data signal required for setting
modulation balance. Q303 and Q308 provide level
translation and inversion. The transmit data signal is
then fed to digital potentiometer U802 on the RF
board which sets the data deviation level. Refer to
Section 3.7.4 for more information.
The output signal from U303D is then routed via
the option wireouts to U303A which provides limiting
and 6 dB per octave pre-emphasis. This stage is an
amplifier which limits by saturating. Limiting prevents
over-modulation caused by high-level input signals.
R370 and R378 set the input level to the next stage,
and C334 provides DC blocking.
3.6 DISPLAY BOARD
3.5.3 SPLATTER FILTER (U302B, U302C)
Control of most display board functions is
provided by microcontroller U2. This device contains
a 2K byte ROM and 128 byte RAM and has 20 I/O
lines. It communicates with microcontroller U101 on
the audio/logic board via the SPI serial bus consisting
of SCK, MOSI, and MISO lines (see Section 3.3.1).
When there is data to send to the audio/logic board,
such as if an option switch is pressed, U2 issues a
service request on the Service Request Out line (J1,
pin 6).
U302B and U302C form a five-pole, low-pass
splatter filter which attenuates frequencies above
3 kHz. This prevents adjacent channel interference.
Frequencies over 3 kHz may be produced if limiting
occurs in the limiter stage just described. The signal is
then fed to digital potentiometer U802 on the RF
board which sets the deviation level. Refer to Section
3.7.4 for more information.
February 2001
3-10
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
DISPLAY DESCRIPTION
The functions controlled by U2 are as follows:
divides the 14.850 MHz reference oscillator signal by
297. The TCXO frequency stability is 2.0 PPM, so this
is also the stability of the synthesizer (and the second
injection signal which is derived from the TCXO
frequency).
• Display controller U1 programming
• Backlight control
• Transmit/Busy indicator CR4 control
• Front panel option switch detection
• Front panel Select switch detection
• Microphone hanger off-hook detection.
The VCO-derived input to the phase detector (fV)
is the VCO frequency divided down by programmable
dividers in synthesizer U804. The prescaler and main
divider are programmed for each channel to produce
an input frequency to the phase detector (fV) that is
the same as the 50 kHz reference frequency (fR) when
the VCO is oscillating on the correct frequency. Refer
operation.
The use of a separate microcontroller on the
display board minimizes the number of interconnec-
tions required with the audio/logic board because
separate lines are not required for each of the
preceding functions.
When the front panel Select switch is pressed, the
two PBNO lines are shorted together. Then when it is
rotated clockwise, low pulses appear on the CW line,
and when it is rotated counterclockwise, low pulses
appear on the CCW line. The contrast and viewing
angle of the display are set by potentiometer R46.
3.7.2 VOLTAGE-CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
Introduction
The VCO module is a separate assembly that is
soldered directly to the RF board and covered by a
metal shield. It uses a ceramic substrate that can easily
be damaged by excessive heat; therefore, it is recom-
mended that modules which have been removed using
a standard soldering iron not be reused. In addition, the
VCO center frequency is set by laser tuning ceramic
resonator L101. Therefore, it is not possible to adjust
this frequency if it changes as the result of changing a
part. For these reasons, the VCO is considered not field
serviceable.
3.7 SYNTHESIZER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
(UHF MODELS)
3.7.1 INTRODUCTION
The synthesizer block diagram is part of the RF/
sizer output signal is produced by a VCO (Voltage
Controlled Oscillator) located in a separate module
attached to the RF board. The frequency of the VCO is
controlled by a DC voltage from the phase detector in
synthesizer integrated circuit U804.
Oscillator (Q102)
The VCO is formed by bipolar transistor Q102,
ceramic resonator L101, and several capacitors and
varactor diodes. It oscillates at the transmit frequency
in the transmit mode and 45 MHz below the receive
frequency in the receive mode (the first injection
frequency).
The phase detector senses the phase and
frequency difference between a highly stable signal
from the reference oscillator (fR) and a frequency
produced by dividing down the VCO signal (fV).
When the signal from the VCO is the same as the refer-
ence frequency, the VCO is on the correct frequency. If
the VCO-derived signal is not the same, the VCO
control voltage increases or decreases to change the
VCO frequency until they are the same. The VCO is
then “locked” on frequency.
Biasing of Q102 is provided by R108 and R112,
and stabilization is provided by R114. Inductor L102
functions as an RF choke, and an AC voltage divider
formed by C112, C115, and C119 starts and maintains
oscillation and matches Q102 to the tank circuit.
The reference input (fR) to the phase detector is
produced by dividing down the signal from reference
oscillator U806. The fR input is 50 kHz for all UHF
channels. Therefore, the reference divider in U804
The tank circuit consists of laser tuned inductor
L101, varactor diodes CR101, CR103-CR106, and
several capacitors. Inductor L101 is laser trimmed to
February 2001
3-11
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION
set the VCO to the center of the operating band when
the control voltage is at its midpoint.
frequency is selected when both control lines are low,
and the highest frequency is selected when both are
high.
The output signal on the collector of Q102 is
coupled by C108 to a cascode buffer amplifier formed
by Q100 and Q101. This is a shared-bias amplifier
which provides amplification and also isolation
between the VCO and stages which follow. C113
provides impedance matching on the input, and the
resistors in the circuit provide biasing and stabilization
(R100 also provides current limiting). C100, C101,
and C106 are RF decoupling capacitors, and C105
provides an AC ground on the base of Q100.
For example, when Shift 1 goes low, CR104 is
forward biased by current flowing through R103 and
L105. Capacitor C111, which is part of the tank
circuit, is then effectively AC grounded through
CR104 and C107/C123. The control line is isolated
from tank circuit RF by choke L105 and decoupling
capacitor C104. The Shift 1 and Shift 2 logic signals
for each band segment are listed in Section 4.3.3.
The output signal on the collector of Q101 is
directly coupled to the emitter of Q100. Impedance
matching on the output of Q100 is provided by L100,
C102, and C103. Resistor R102 lowers the Q of L100
to make is less frequency selective. The VCO signal is
then fed to buffer Q801 and synthesizer chip U804 on
the RF board.
Frequency Control and Modulation
Fine VCO frequency control is performed by
varying the DC voltage across varactor diodes CR103
and CR106 (coarse control is provided as described in
the preceding description). As the DC voltage applied
to a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its capaci-
tance decreases. Therefore, the VCO frequency
increases as the control voltage increases and vice
versa. The amount of frequency change produced by
CR103 is set by series capacitor C118 and varactor
diode CR106. The control line is isolated from tank
circuit RF by L103 and C122.
VCO Frequency Shifting
In a particular UHF band, the VCO must be
capable of producing frequencies from the receiver
first injection frequency for the lowest channel up to
the transmit frequency for the highest channel. Since
the first injection frequency is 45 MHz below the
receive frequency and the frequency band could be up
to approximately 42 MHz wide, this results in a
required VCO frequency spread of up to 87 MHz. If
this large frequency shift was achieved only by
varying the VCO control voltage, the VCO gain would
be undesirably high. Instead, capacitance is switched
in and out of the tank circuit to provide a coarse shift
in frequency and fine shift is provided by the control
voltage.
The VCO is frequency modulated in a similar
manner. Another capacitance leg of the tank circuit is
formed by C116 and CR101. The audio and data
modulation signal is applied across varactor diode
CR101, and a fixed bias from a voltage divider formed
by R853 and R854 is applied through R851 to pin 5.
Isolation and filtering of this DC supply is provided by
C838, C839, C840, and R852. Refer to Section 3.7.4
for more information on modulation.
3.7.3 ACTIVE FILTER (Q800), BUFFER
AMPLIFIER (Q801)
This switching is provided by PIN diodes CR104
and CR105 and controlled by a logic signal from the
Q0 and Q1 outputs (pins 4 and 5) of shift register
U800. When a PIN diode is forward biased, it presents
a very low impedance to RF signals. Conversely, when
it is reverse biased, it presents a very high impedance
to RF signals.
Q800 functions as a capacitance multiplier to
provide a filtered 5.5-volt supply to the VCO. Resistor
R827 provides bias, and C814 provides the capaci-
tance that is multiplied. CR800 decreases the time
required to charge C814 when power is turned on. If a
noise pulse or other voltage change appears on the
collector, the base voltage does not change signifi-
cantly because of C814. Therefore, base current does
not change and the voltage on the emitter remains
constant.
Forward biasing one of these PIN diodes adds
capacitance to the tank circuit which lowers its reso-
nant frequency. Capacitance is added to the circuit
when the control signal is low. Therefore, the lowest
February 2001
3-12
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION
Part of the VCO output signal is fed out of the
VCO on pin 2 and applied to a second harmonic filter
formed by C842 and L802. A 50-ohm load is provided
by R855, with C841 providing impedance matching.
audio signal is applied to pins 2 and 4 which are the
wiper and one leg of a potentiometer. It is fed out on
pin 3 which is the other leg of the potentiometer (see
Figure 3-4). Likewise, the data signal is fed in on pins
22 and 24 and out on pin 23.
Part of the VCO signal is also fed out of the VCO
on pin 1 and applied to a 50-ohm, 3 dB pad formed by
R842, R839, and R843. The signal is then fed to buffer
amplifier Q801. Impedance matching is provided by
C822, C826, and L801, and temperature-compensated
bias is provided by R830, R833, R844, and CR801.
Transistor Q801 provides isolation and also amplifies
the signal to produce an output level of approximately
0 dBm. Capacitors C817 and C813 decouple RF
signals, and L800, C818, C827, R836, R837, and
R847 provide impedance matching and the proper
signal levels to the receiver and exciter. R832 lowers
the Q of L800 to make it less frequency selective.
These variable resistors set the modulation level
of the audio and data signals and also allow the micro-
controller to provide frequency compensation. This
compensation is required because modulation tends to
increase as the VCO frequency increases (tank circuit
capacitance decreases).
The output signals on pins 23 and 3 of U802 are
then combined with the wideband data signal and
applied to summing amplifier U803. The output signal
from U803 is then applied to the reference oscillator
on pin 1 and also to a potentiometer on pin 19 of
U802. The output on pin 18 of U802 is applied to the
VCO on pin 5. This modulates both the reference
oscillator and VCO, and the potentiometer in U802
adjusts the balance of these signals.
3.7.4 VCO AND TCXO MODULATION
NOTE: If the wideband data input is used, the external
device must provide FCC-approved modulation limit-
ing and splatter filter circuitry and a stable 2.5 VDC
reference level.
3.7.5 SYNTHESIZER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
(U804)
Both the reference oscillator and VCO are modu-
lated in order to provide the required frequency
response. If only the VCO was modulated, the phase
detector in U804 would sense the frequency change
and change the control voltage to counteract the
change, especially at the lower audio frequencies. If
only the reference oscillator was modulated, the VCO
frequency would not change fast enough, especially at
the higher audio frequencies. By modulating both, a
relatively flat response is provided to all modulation
frequencies.
Introduction
A block diagram of synthesizer IC U804 is shown
following stages. The basic operation of U804 is
• Reference divider
• Main divider
• Prescaler (÷64/65)
• Phase and lock detectors
• Charge pump and divider programming circuitry.
Separate audio, data, and wideband data modula-
tion signals are applied to the synthesizer on J201, pins
18, 17, and 16, respectively. The data signal includes
LTR and Call Guard signaling, while the wideband
data signal comes directly from an external device
such as a modem without passing through the limiting
and filtering circuitry.
Channel Programming
Channels are selected by programming the main
divider in U804 to divide by a certain number. This
programming is performed by the microcontroller over
the SPI serial data bus which consists of CLOCK,
previously described, this divider is programmed so
that when the VCO is oscillating on the correct
frequency, the fR and fV inputs to the phase detector
are the same frequency.
The levels of the audio and data signals are set by
digitally controlled variable resistors in U802. These
resistors are adjusted in 256 steps by serial data from
February 2001
3-14
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION
Operation
main phase detector is 50 kHz for all channels (either
6.25 or 10 kHz channel spacing). The 14.850 MHz
reference oscillator frequency is divided by 297 to
produce this signal. Fractional-N division with modulo
5 or 8 selection allows the loop frequency to be 5 or 8
times the channel spacing. Modulo 8 is used to allow
6.25 kHz (12.5 kHz) channel spacing.
3575 input pulses. It then divides by 64 for 85 x 64 or
5440 input pulses. The overall divide number K is
therefore 3575 + 5440 or 9015. The VCO frequency of
450.750 MHz divided by 9015 equals 50 kHz which is
the fR input to the phase detector.
If the VCO frequency is not evenly divisible by
50 kHz, there is also a fractional-N number
programmed that provides the required fractional
divide number. Refer to the 800/900 MHz description
The fV input is produced by dividing down the
VCO frequency applied to the RF IN input. The first
divider is a prescaler which is a special counter
capable of operating at relatively high frequencies.
This counter divides by 64 and 65 in this application.
This divides a signal in the 400 MHz range down to
approximately 6 MHz. For each main divider output
pulse, the prescaler divides by 65 for a certain number
of pulses and then 64 for an additional number of
pulses. The number counted in each mode is deter-
mined by the programming of the “N” and “A” divide
numbers. The basic operation is as follows:
NOTE: The formulas for calculating the N and A
divide numbers are described in Section 4.3.5.
3.7.6 LOCK DETECT
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the
LOCK output of U804 (pin 18) is a logic high voltage.
Then when the synthesizer is unlocked, this voltage is
low. A locked condition exists when the phase differ-
ence at the TCXO input is less than one cycle.
3.7.7 CHARGE PUMP
The main divider begins counting down from the
“A” number. Then when zero is reached, it begins
counting down from the “N” number until zero is
reached. The cycle then repeats. While it is counting
down the “A” number, the prescaler divides by 65, and
while it is counting down the “N” number, it divides
by 64.
The charge pump circuit in U804 charges and
discharges C833-C836 in the loop filter to produce the
VCO control voltage. Resistors connected to the RN
and RF pins set the charge current. The RF pin resis-
tance is set by a digitally controlled potentiometer in
U802. This resistance changes with the frequency
band in order to minimize fractional-N spurious
signals. The loop filter provides low-pass filtering
which controls synthesizer stability and lockup time
and suppresses the loop reference frequency (50 kHz).
To illustrate the operation of these dividers, an
example will be used. Assume a transmit frequency of
450.750 MHz is selected. Since the VCO oscillates on
the transmit frequency in the transmit mode, this is the
frequency that must be produced by the VCO. To
produce this frequency, the “N” and “A” divide
numbers are programmed as follows:
3.7.8 SHIFT REGISTER (U800, U801) AND
DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER (U802)
PROGRAMMING
Shift register U800 functions as an I/O port
expander, and shift register U801 functions as a D/A
converter to provide a 256-step output voltage for
adjusting transmitter power. In addition, the Q7 output
of U801 provides the transmit/receive signal. U802
contains four digitally controlled potentiometers that
are also adjustable in 256 steps.
N = 83
A = 55
To determine the overall divide number of the
prescaler and main divider, the number of input pulses
required to produce one main divider output pulse can
be determined. Although the programmed “N” number
is 83 in this example, the divide number is always two
higher (85) because of reset cycles and other effects.
Therefore, the prescaler divides by 65 for 55 x 65 or
These devices are cascaded together on the serial
bus so that data is shifted out of one device into
February 2001
3-15
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION
(1) CLOCK
(2) DATA
Serial Input + Program Latches
V
DD (7, 15, 20)
(3) STROBE
÷N
FMOD
÷A
F INC
(4, 12) Vss
(5) RF
IN
Prescaler
Modulus
Control
÷64/65
Prescaler
Fractional
Accumulator
Main Dividers
(6) RF
IN
RF (17)
RN (16)
(19) TEST
f
V
Normal
Output
Charge
Pump
Main
Phase
Detector
PHP (14)
f
R
Speed-Up
Output
Charge
Main
Reference
Select
Pump
Integral
Output
Charge
Pump
Reference Divider
(8) REF
IN
÷2 ÷2 ÷2
PHI (13)
÷R
LOCK (18)
PHA (11)
RA (9)
(10) AUX
IN
V
V
SSA
DDA
Figure 3-5 Synthesizer Chip U804 Block Diagram
another. Programming is performed using the SPI
serial port of the microcontroller described in Section
3.3.1. The input to the internal shift register of these
devices is the DATA pin (U800/U801) or SDI pin
(U802), and the output of the last shift register stage in
U800 and U801 is the QS pin. Therefore, serial data
on the Data line from the audio/logic board (J201, pin
14) is first shifted into U801, then U800, and then
U802.
3.8 RECEIVER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (UHF
MODELS)
NOTE: The receiver block diagram is shown in
3.8.1 FRONT END FILTER
The receive signal is fed from the antenna switch
circuit on the PA board to the receiver front end on the
RF board. The signal is fed through a section of
microstrip that is part of a quarter-wave line for the
antenna switch. Also part of the antenna switch circuit
more antenna switch information.
Data is clocked through the devices by the
CLOCK signal (J201, pin 13) when the STROBE
input (J201, pin 12) is high and latched when it goes
low. Synthesizer IC U804 is also programmed by the
SPI port. However, data does not pass through the
other devices, and it is controlled by different
STROBE signal (J201, pin 1).
The receive signal is applied to a two-pole band-
pass filter formed by ceramic resonators L200 and
L201, several capacitors, and PIN diodes CR201 and
February 2001
3-16
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
UHF RECEIVER DESCRIPTION
CR202. The function of this filter is to attenuate
frequencies outside the receive band such as the first
injection, image, and half IF frequencies. The pass-
band frequency of the filter is shifted in four steps
using PIN diodes. These diodes are controlled by
microcontroller through the Q2 and Q3 outputs of shift
register U800. The control signals for each of four
ance matching with the filter is provided by L203,
C227, C228, C234, and C235. Resistor R209 lowers
the Q of L203 to make it less frequency selective.
C222-C226 decouple various unwanted AC signals
from the circuit.
3.8.3 FIRST MIXER (Q202), INJECTION
AMPLIFIER (Q204)
The PIN diodes present a very low impedance at
RF frequencies when forward biased and a very high
impedance when reverse biased. This allows them to
be used to switch capacitance in and out of the filter.
For example, when the lowest segment of the
frequency band is selected, both control signals are
high and the diodes are forward biased by current
flowing through R201-R204. Therefore, C207, C208,
C218, and C219 are effectively connected to ground
through CR201 and CR202 which lowers the passband
frequency of the filter.
Q202 is a dual-gate MOSFET mixer. Impedance
matching at one gate is provided by C245, R214, and
L207. The first injection frequency from the synthe-
sizer is applied to the other gate. Since the first IF is 45
MHz and low-side injection is used, the injection
frequency is 45 MHz below the receive frequency.
The signal from the synthesizer is amplified by
Q204. A 3 dB pad on the output, consisting of R225-
R227, sets the input level to the mixer. A low-pass
filter network formed by C262-C264 and L211 attenu-
ates spurious frequencies occurring above the injection
frequency band. Q203 provides a stable bias current
ture compensation is provided by CR206 which
mirrors the voltage drop across the base-emitter junc-
tion of Q204.
Ceramic resonators L200 and L201 have a very
high Q and therefore cause very little receive signal
loss. Capacitors on the input and output of the filter
provide impedance matching with the adjoining
stages.
Impedance matching on the output of mixer Q202
is provided at 45 MHz by L208, C251, and C252. The
signal is then fed to Z204 which is a four-pole crystal
filter with a nominal –3 dB bandwidth of 15 kHz. This
filter attenuates wideband noise, adjacent channels,
frequencies resulting from intermodulation, and other
undesired frequencies. Impedance matching on the
input is provided by C251, C252, C266, C268, and
L213; impedance matching on the output is provided
by C270, C271, C272, L215, and R228.
3.8.2 RF AMPLIFIER (Q201)
RF amplifier Q201 improves and stabilizes
receiver sensitivity and also recovers filter losses.
Several capacitors on the input and also L202 provide
impedance matching. CR203 protects the base-emitter
junction of Q201 from damage caused by high level
input signals.
The bias current of Q201 is fixed at a constant
level by Q200. The collector current of Q201 flows
through R207. The voltage drop across that resistor
(and therefore the current) is set by R205 and R206.
For example, if current through R207 attempts to
increase, the emitter voltage of Q200 decreases. Q200
then conducts less and turns Q201 off slightly to main-
tain a constant bias current. This provides a stable bias
over changes in temperature.
3.8.4 SECOND MIXER/DETECTOR (U201)
Second Mixer
U201 contains second mixer, IF amplifier,
detector, RSSI, and audio amplifier stages as shown in
Figure 3-6. The 45 MHz IF signal is applied to pin 2
which is the input of an internal IF amplifier stage.
From the IF amplifier the signal is internally fed to the
mixer which combines it with the 44.550 MHz second
injection frequency to produce a second IF of 450
kHz.
The output signal of Q201 is fed to another two-
pole bandpass filter similar to the one on the input of
Q201 as described in the preceding section. Imped-
February 2001
3-17
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
UHF RECEIVER DESCRIPTION
are then forward biased and CR207/CR208 reverse
biased. This routes the 450 kHz IF signal through
Z202 and blocks it from Z206. If a wideband channel
is selected, the opposite occurs. For more information
on the operation of PIN diodes, refer to Section 3.8.1.
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
IF
Gnd
Limiter
Amp
RSSI
Mixer
Quad
Oscillator
The filtered 450 MHz IF signal is then applied to
pin 18, amplified by an internal amplifier, and then fed
back out on pin 16 and applied to ceramic filter Z205.
This filter is identical to Z206 and provides additional
attenuation of wideband noise. The loss introduced by
each ceramic filter is approximately 12 dB.
-
-
+
+
Vreg
Audio
7
E
B
2
9
3
4
8
10
1
5
6
Figure 3-6 Limiter/Detector U201 Block
Diagram
Limiter/Detector
The 44.550 MHz injection frequency on pin 4 is
produced by tripling the 14.850 MHz frequency of
reference oscillator U806. To do this, a portion of the
reference oscillator signal is applied to Q207 which is
an amplifier with the output tuned for the third
harmonic of the reference oscillator frequency. This
output tuning is provided by a two-pole bandpass filter
formed by L219, C287, C288, L217, and C290. The
output level of this filter is approximately 0.25 V rms.
The signal from Z205 is applied to an internal
limiter connected to pin 14. The limiter amplifies the
450 kHz signal and then limits it to a specific value to
remove amplitude variations. From the limiter, the
signal is fed internally to the quadrature detector. An
external phase shift network connected to pin 10 shifts
the phase of one of the detector input signals 90° at
450 kHz (the other input is unshifted in phase). When
modulation occurs, the frequency of the IF signal
changes at an audio rate as does the phase of the
shifted signal. The detector, which has no output with
a 90° phase shift, converts this phase shift into an
audio signal. Inductor L219 is tuned to provide
maximum undistorted output from the detector.
Ceramic Filters (Z202/Z206, Z205)
The 450 kHz output of the internal mixer is fed
out of U201 on pin 20. It is then routed through
ceramic filter Z202 for narrow-band (12.5 kHz) chan-
nels and through Z206 for wideband (25 kHz) chan-
nels. Z202 has a nominal bandwidth at the –3 dB
points of 8 kHz, and Z206 has a nominal bandwidth of
15 kHz. The function of this filter is to attenuate wide-
band noise present in the IF signal.
The audio signal is then fed internally to an audio
amplifier. The gain of this stage is set at about three by
R255 and R256. The audio output signal on pin 8 is
then fed to the audio/logic board.
Routing of the IF signal to the appropriate filter is
provided by Q205 and Q206, PIN diodes CR207-
CR210, and several resistors and capacitors. It is
controlled by the microcontroller through the Q4
output of shift register U800. This output is low for
narrow-band channels and high for wideband
channels.
Also in U201 is an RSSI detector which provides
a temperature compensated RSSI (Receive Signal
Strength Indicator) signal on pin 5. This is a low
impedance (2k ohm) output with a dynamic range of
70 dB. It provides an indication of IF signal strength
which changes in proportion to changes in signal
strength. It is routed to an A/D input of the microcon-
troller (pin 59) and used along with the squelch signal
to determine receive signal strength. R259/C304 and
R258/C303 provide low pass filtering, and C305 and
C306 decouple RF on the audio and RSSI output lines.
If a narrow-band channel is selected, a low signal
is applied to the base of Q205. That transistor then
turns off and inverter Q206 turns on. CR209/CR210
February 2001
3-18
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
UHF TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION
3.9 TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
(UHF MODELS)
Impedance matching on the output is provided by
L502, C570, C531, L506, and C532. Second amplifier
Q507 is similar in design to Q506. These stages
together produce about 20 dB of gain. The 8-volt
supply to Q506 and Q507 is switched by Q504 similar
to the revised 430-470 MHz version just described.
NOTE: A transmitter block diagram is in Figure 3-4.
3.9.1 FIRST AND SECOND AMPLIFIERS
Revised 430-470 MHz and all 470-512 MHz Models
3.9.2 THIRD AMP AND PREDRIVER
The input signal to the exciter is the transmit
frequency from buffer amplifier Q801 in the synthe-
sizer. It is at a level of approximately 0 dBm and is
applied to first amplifier Q509. Impedance matching
on the input of Q509 is provided by C540, C552,
L503, C550, C551, and L504. Biasing is provided by
R531 and R535, and C526/C527 and C521/C523
decouple RF signals. Impedance matching on the
output is provided by L501, C541, C555, and C556.
Second amplifier Q510 is similar in design to Q509.
These stages together produce about 20 dB of gain.
Revised 430-470 MHz and all 470-512 MHz Models
From Q510 the signal is fed to third amplifier
Q511 which is a power MOSFET that provides
approximately 10 dB of gain. Impedance matching
with Q510 is provided by L502, C542, C557. L505,
and C543. Resistors R532 and R534 lower the Q of
the input matching circuit which improves stability.
The gate of Q511 is biased by R527 and R528. Decou-
pling of RF signals is provided by C528/C529 and
C516/C517.
Power to Q509 is switched on in the transmit
mode by Q506 and Q507. This switch is controlled by
the microcontroller through the Q7 output (pin 11) of
shift register U801. This output is high in the transmit
mode and low in the receive mode. This signal also
controls the antenna switch circuit on the PA board
Supply voltage to Q511 is from the power control
the supply voltage to change the power output of Q511
in order to maintain constant transmitter power output.
Impedance matching with between Q511 and
predriver Q512 is provided by several capacitors and
sections of microstrip. Microstrip is a form of trans-
mission line with distributed series inductance and
shunt capacitance. The characteristic impedance is
determined by the width of the microstrip and the PC
board material and thickness (distance from ground
plane).
This transmit 8V supply is not delayed which
allows Q509 and the transmitter frequency to stabilize
before power is produced. The delayed PTT signal is
applied to the RF board on J201, pin 2. This signal
controls the power control circuit described in Section
3.9.6. The emitters of Q505 and Q507 are grounded
through Q508. That transistor is turned off when the
logic is in an undetermined state such as during Flash
programming. This ensures that the transmitter is
turned off during these times.
Class C biasing of Q512 is provided by L506 and
ferrite bead EP2. Several more capacitors and sections
of microstrip on the output of Q512 provide matching
with the 50-ohm input impedance of the power ampli-
fier. This stage provides a gain of approximately 10
dB, resulting in a power input to the PA board of up to
approximately 8 watts.
Unrevised 430-470 MHz Models
The input signal to the exciter is the transmit
frequency from buffer amplifier Q801 in the synthe-
sizer. It is at a level of approximately 0 dBm and is
applied to first amplifier Q506. Impedance matching
on the input of Q506 is provided by C529, C537,
L505, and C530. The input level is set by R528 and
R530. Biasing is provided by R520 and R525, and
C525/C526 and C520/C521 decouple RF signals.
Unrevised 430-470 MHz Models
From Q507 the signal is fed to third amplifier
Q508 which provides approximately 10 dB of gain.
Impedance matching with Q507 is provided by L503,
C571, C533, C538, L504, L507, C579, and C539.
Biasing is provided by R5542, R555, and R532.
February 2001
3-19
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
UHF TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION
Impedance matching between Q508 and Q509 is 3.9.4 ANTENNA SWITCH
provided by L501, several capacitors, and two sections
of microstrip (microstrip is described in the preceding
section). Resistor R523 lowers the Q of L501 to make
it less frequency selective. Q508 is powered by the
switched battery supply. AC signals are decoupled
from this supply by C517-C519 and ferrite bead
EP500.
The antenna switch circuit consists of Q602,
CR601, CR603, several other components, and also a
section of microstrip and CR200 on the RF board. This
circuit switches the antenna to the receiver in the
receive mode and the transmitter in the transmit mode.
Switching transistor Q602 is controlled by the
transmit signal from the Q7 output (pin 11) of shift
register U807. This is the same signal that controls
transmit 8-volt supply switch Q506/Q507. This signal
is high in the transmit mode and low in the receive
mode. Therefore, Q602 turns on in the transmit mode
and current flows from the collector of final amplifier
Q601 through L601, CR601/R602, L606, R608/
CR603, R609, and R610.
Predriver Q509 is an RF power MOSFET. The
gate is biased at approximately one-half the drain
voltage by R519 and R522. Capacitors C512-C516,
C522, and C523 provide decoupling of AC signals.
R524 and R527 lower the Q of the input matching
circuit which improves stability.
Supply voltage to Q509 is from the power control
the supply voltage to change the power output of Q509
in order to maintain constant transmitter power output.
RF choke L500, ferrite bead EP501, and several
capacitors isolate the power control circuit from RF
signals. Several capacitors and sections of microstrip
on the drain of Q509 provide an output impedance of
50 ohms to the power amplifier board. This stage
provides a gain of approximately 10 dB, resulting in a
power input to the PA board of up to approximately 8
watts.
Diodes CR601 and CR603 are PIN diodes like
When a PIN diode is forward biased, it presents a very
low impedance. Therefore, the transmit signal has a
low-impedance path through CR601 to the directional
coupler and C614. With CR603 also forward biased, it
effectively connects L606 to AC ground through
C652. A parallel resonant circuit is then formed by
L606 and C643 which presents a high impedance into
the receiver for the transmit signal.
Further receiver isolation in the transmit mode is
provided by a grounded quarter-wave line. This
quarter-wave line is formed by the section of micro-
strip connected to C650/C651 and another section on
the RF board. The receiver end of this quarter-wave
line is AC grounded by PIN diode CR200 on the RF
board. This diode is forward biased in the transmit
mode by the 8-volt transmit supply applied through
R200. When one end of a quarter-wave line is
grounded, the other end presents a high impedance to
the quarter-wave frequency (the transmit frequency
band in this case). C650 and C651 on the PA board
provide impedance matching.
3.9.3 DRIVER (Q600), FINAL (Q601)
Driver Q600 on the power amplifier board is used
with high power (40 watt) versions only. It is matched
to the 50 ohms by several capacitors and sections of
microstrip on the input. Class C self bias is provided
by L608 and ferrite bead EP603. From Q600 the signal
is fed to final amplifier Q601 which is similar in
design to Q600. Each stage has a gain of approxi-
mately 5 dB, resulting in an output power from Q601
of approximately 55 watts.
The supply voltage to these stages is the
unswitched battery supply. Therefore, power is
applied even when transceiver power is turned off.
Two RF chokes, a ferrite bead, and several capacitors
isolate this supply from RF signals. Current to final
amplifier Q601 flows through R600, and the power
control circuit monitors transmitter current by sensing
the voltage drop across it.
In the receive mode, all three PIN diodes are
reverse biased. Therefore, CR601 presents a high
impedance into the transmitter for the receive signal,
L606 presents a low impedance because it is no longer
resonant, and the quarter-wave line presents a low
impedance because it is no longer grounded by
CR200.
February 2001
3-20
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
UHF TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION
3.9.5 DIRECTIONAL COUPLER, LOW-PASS U500A, Q500/Q502 Operation
FILTER
The forward power signal from the directional
coupler is applied to pin 2 of amplifier U500A. This is
a DC signal that increases in proportion to forward
power. The other input to U500A is a DC voltage from
a D/A converter formed by shift register U801 and
several resistors. This stage is similar in design to D/A
voltage from this D/A converter sets the reference
voltage on pin 3 which sets the power output of the
transmitter.
The transmit signal is fed to a directional coupler
formed by adjacent sections of microstrip. The
forward component of output power is rectified by
CR602 and developed across R607 and fed to the
power control circuit. Reverse power is not detected in
this transceiver.
From the directional coupler the transmit signal is
fed to a low-pass harmonic filter formed by L602-
L604 and several capacitors. This filter attenuates
harmonic frequencies occurring above the transmit
band. R603 dissipates static buildup on the antenna.
U500A is a difference amplifier which amplifies
the difference between the reference voltage on pin 3
and the forward power signal on pin 3. The turn-on
time of U500A is controlled by the time constant of
C502 and R508. Negative AC feedback to prevent
oscillation is also provided by C502. This circuit oper-
ates as follows: Assume the output power attempts to
increase. The DC voltage applied to U500A, pin 2
then increases which causes the output voltage on pin
1 to decrease. Transistors Q502 and Q500 then turn off
slightly which decreases the supply voltage to
The ambient power amplifier temperature is
sensed by thermistor R601. The resistance of a ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases. R601 and
R143 on the audio/logic board form a voltage divider,
and the voltage across this divider is monitored by an
A/D converter input of the microcontroller (pin 63). If
the PA temperature increases above limits set in soft-
ware, the power is first cut back. Then if it continues
to rise, the transmitter is turned off.
3.9.6 POWER CONTROL (U500A/B, Q500-Q503)
predriver Q509 (or third amplifier Q511). The output
power then decreases to maintain a constant power
output. R510 and R513 limit the voltage gain of Q500
and Q503 to approximately two.
Introduction
The power control circuit maintains a constant
power output as changes occur in temperature and
voltage. It does this by varying the supply voltage to
predriver Q509 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) or third
amplifier Q511 (all others). This changes the power
output of that stage which in turn controls the power
output of the transmitter. The power control circuit
senses forward power to control power output. The
current to final amplifier Q601 is also sensed, but it
affects power output only if it becomes excessive.
Gradual power shutdown then occurs.
Delayed PTT
Transistor Q503 is used to delay power output for
a short time after the transmitter is keyed. This allows
the synthesizer and the exciter to stabilize so that the
transmitter does not transmit off-frequency. The signal
which controls Q503 is from the Q2 output (pin 17) of
latch U111 on the audio/logic board. In the receive
mode this output is low, so Q503 is off. Pin 2 of
U500A is then pulled high by the 8-volt supply
applied through R505 and CR503. This causes the
output on pin 1 of U500A to go low which shuts off
power to Q509 (or Q511). Then when the transmitter
is keyed, the Q503 control signal goes high after a
short delay. Q503 then turns on and diode CR503 is
reverse biased. Only the forward power signal is then
applied to pin 2 of U500A.
The power output level is set in 127 steps by D/A
converter U801 that is controlled by the microcon-
troller. This allows power to be adjusted from the front
panel using the test mode and also different power
levels to be programmed for each system. In addition,
it allows the microcontroller to cut back power when
power amplifier temperature is excessive as just
described.
February 2001
3-21
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
800/900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION
Over Current Shutdown
signal by 350. The TCXO frequency stability is 1.5
PPM, so this is also the stability of the synthesizer
(and the second injection signal which is derived from
the TCXO frequency).
Current to final amplifier Q601 on the PA board
is monitored by sensing the voltage drop across R680.
Pins 5 and 6 of U500B are effectively connected
across this resistor. As current increases, the voltage
on U500B, pin 6 decreases which causes the output
voltage on pin 7 to increase. The gain of each U500B
input is set at ten by R509/R504 and R507/R502.
The VCO-derived input to the phase detector (fV)
is the VCO frequency divided down by programmable
dividers in synthesizer U804. The prescaler and main
divider are programmed for each channel to produce
an input frequency to the phase detector (fV) that is
the same as the 50 kHz reference frequency (fR) when
the VCO is oscillating on the correct frequency. Refer
operation.
Emitter biasing for Q501 is provided by R506
and R511. Normally, the output voltage of U500B is
not high enough to turn on Q501. However, if current
becomes excessive, for example because of an antenna
mismatch, Q501 begins turning on. This decreases the
base voltage of Q502 which turns off Q500 slightly
and cuts back power output.
3.10.2 VOLTAGE-CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
Introduction
3.10 SYNTHESIZER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
(800/900 MHz MODELS)
The VCO module is a separate assembly that is
soldered directly to the RF board and covered by a
metal shield. It uses a ceramic substrate that can easily
be damaged by excessive heat; therefore, it is recom-
mended that modules which have been removed using
a standard soldering iron not be reused. In addition, the
VCO center frequency is set by laser tuning ceramic
resonator L907. Therefore, it is not possible to adjust
this frequency if it changes as the result of changing a
part. For these reasons, the VCO is considered not field
serviceable.
3.10.1 INTRODUCTION
The synthesizer block diagram is part of the RF/
sizer output signal is produced by a VCO (Voltage
Controlled Oscillator) located on a separate module
attached to the RF board. The frequency of the VCO is
controlled by a DC voltage from the phase detector in
synthesizer integrated circuit U804.
Oscillator (Q902)
The phase detector senses the phase and
frequency difference between a highly stable signal
from the reference oscillator (fR) and a frequency
produced by dividing down the VCO signal (fV).
When the signal from the VCO is the same as the
reference frequency, the VCO is on the correct
frequency. If the VCO-derived signal is not the same,
the VCO control voltage increases or decreases to
change the VCO frequency until they are the same.
The VCO is then “locked” on frequency.
The VCO is formed by bipolar transistor Q902,
ceramic resonator L907, and several capacitors and
varactor diodes. It oscillates at the transmit frequency
in the transmit mode and 52.950 (800 MHz) or 45
MHz (900 MHz) below the receive frequency in the
receive mode (the first injection frequency).
Biasing of Q902 is provided by R906 and R908,
and stabilization is provided by R912. Inductor L906
functions as an RF choke, and C924 is an AC bypass
capacitor. An AC voltage divider formed by C913,
C917, and C921 starts and maintains oscillation and
matches Q902 to the tank circuit.
The reference input (fR) to the phase detector is
produced by dividing down the signal from reference
oscillator U806. The fR input is 50 kHz for all 800 and
900 MHz channels. Therefore, with 900 MHz models,
the reference divider in U804 divides the 14.850 MHz
reference oscillator signal by 297, and with 800 MHz
models, it divides the 17.500 MHz reference oscillator
The tank circuit consists of laser tuned inductor
L907, varactor diodes CR902-CR904, and several
capacitors. Inductor L907 is laser trimmed to set the
February 2001
3-22
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
800/900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION
VCO to the center of the operating band when the
control voltage is at its midpoint.
800 and 900 MHz). The logic levels on pins 3 and 4 of
the VCO are as follows:
The output signal on the collector of Q902 is
coupled by C911 to a buffer amplifier formed by Q901
and Q903. This is a shared-bias amplifier which
provides amplification and also isolation between the
VCO and stages which follow. C918 provides imped-
ance matching on the input, and the resistors in the
circuit provide biasing and stabilization (R913 also
provides current limiting). C901, C902, and C908 are
RF decoupling capacitors, and C909 and C919 provide
an AC ground on the emitters of Q901 and Q903.
Pin 3
Pin 4
Normal Mode
Talk-Around Mode
H (5.5V)
L (0V)
L (0V)
H (5.5V)
In the normal mode, CR901 is forward biased by
current flowing through R903, L905, CR901, and
L902. Capacitors C907 and C912 are then effectively
AC grounded through CR901 and C905. The control
lines are isolated from tank circuit RF by L902/C903,
L905/C906, C811, C812, C823, and C824.
The output signal on the collector of Q903 is fed
through C914 to synthesizer U804. A 50-ohm load is
provided by R855, and C841, C842, and C849 provide
impedance matching. Likewise, the output signal on
the collector of Q901 is fed through C904 to buffer
lowers the Q of L903 to make is less frequency
selective.
Frequency Control and Modulation
Fine VCO frequency control is performed by
varying the DC voltage across varactor diodes CR903
and CR904 (coarse control is provided as described in
the preceding description). As the DC voltage applied
across a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its
capacitance decreases. Therefore, the VCO frequency
increases as the control voltage increases and vice
versa. The amount of frequency change produced by
CR903 and CR904 is set by series capacitor C922. A
DC ground is provided by L908, and the control line is
isolated from tank circuit RF by L909 and C925.
VCO Frequency Shifting
In the applicable 800 or 900 MHz band, the VCO
must be capable of producing frequencies from the
lowest receiver first injection frequency up to the
highest talk-around mode transmit frequency. At 800
MHz, the lowest VCO frequency is 798.0625 MHz
(52.950 MHz below the lowest receive frequency of
851.0125 MHz) and the highest talk-around frequency
is 869.9875 MHz. Therefore, the VCO frequency band
spread is approximately 72 MHz. If this large
frequency shift was achieved only by varying the VCO
control voltage, the VCO gain would be undesirably
high. Instead, capacitance is switched in and out of the
tank circuit to provide a coarse frequency shift.
The VCO is frequency modulated in a similar
manner. Another capacitance leg of the tank circuit is
formed by C915, C920, and varactor diode CR902.
The audio and data modulation signal is applied across
CR902, and a fixed bias from a voltage divider formed
by R853 and R854 is applied through R851 to pin 5.
Isolation and filtering of this DC bias is provided by
C838, C839, C840, and R852. Refer to the next
section for more information on modulation.
This switching is provided by PIN diode CR901
which is controlled by the logic signals from the Q0
and Q1 outputs (pins 4 and 5) of shift register U800.
Q803 and Q804 function as inverters and drivers.
When a PIN diode is forward biased, it presents a very
low impedance to RF signals. Conversely, when it is
reverse biased, it presents a very high impedance.
3.10.3 VCO AND TCXO MODULATION
NOTE: If the wideband data input is used, the external
device must provide FCC-approved modulation
limiting and splatter filter circuitry and a stable 2.5
VDC reference level.
Both the reference oscillator and VCO are modu-
lated in order to provide the required frequency
response. If only the VCO was modulated, the phase
detector in U804 would sense the frequency difference
and change the control voltage to counteract it, espe-
Forward biasing of PIN diode CR901 adds capac-
itance to the tank circuit which lowers its resonant
frequency. The diode is forward biased in the normal
mode and reverse biased in the talk-around mode (both
February 2001
3-24
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
800/900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION
cially at the lower audio frequencies. Conversely, if
only the reference oscillator was modulated, the VCO
frequency would not change fast enough, especially at
the higher audio frequencies. By modulating both, a
relatively flat response is provided for all modulation
frequencies.
of C814. Therefore, base current does not change and
the voltage on the emitter remains constant.
3.10.5 BUFFER AMPLIFIER (Q801), TX/TX
SWITCH (CR801/CR802)
Separate audio, data, and wideband data modula-
tion signals are applied to the synthesizer on J201, pins
18, 17, and 16, respectively. The data signal includes
LTR and Call Guard signaling, and the wideband data
signal (if used) comes directly from an external device
such as a modem and does not pass through the
limiting and filtering circuitry.
The output signal on pin 2 of the VCO is applied
to buffer amplifier Q801. Impedance matching on the
input is provided by C822, a section of microstrip, and
C826. Microstrip is a form of transmission line with
distributed series inductance and shunt capacitance.
The characteristic impedance is determined by the
width of the microstrip and the PC board material and
thickness (distance from ground plane). This stage
provides isolation and also amplifies the signal to
produce an output level of approximately 0 dBm.
The levels of the audio and data signals are set by
digitally controlled variable resistors in U802. These
resistors are adjusted in 256 steps by serial data from
audio signal is applied to pins 2 and 4 which are the
wiper and one end of a potentiometer. It is fed out on
pin 3 which is the other end of the potentiometer (see
Figure 3-7). Likewise, the data signal is fed in on pins
22 and 24 and out on pin 23. These variable resistors
set the modulation level of the audio and data signals
and also allow the microcontroller to provide
frequency compensation. This compensation is
required because modulation tends to increase as the
VCO frequency increases (tank circuit capacitance
decreases).
The bias current of Q801 is fixed at a constant
level by Q802. The collector current of Q801 flows
through R830. The voltage drop across that resistor
(and therefore the current) is set by R836 and R837.
For example, if current through R830 attempts to
increase, the emitter voltage of Q802 decreases. Q802
then conducts less and turns Q801 off slightly to main-
tain a constant bias current. This provides a stable bias
over changes in temperature.
Capacitors C813, C817, C827, and C844
decouple RF signals, and a section of microstrip and
C818 provide impedance matching with the transmit/
receive switch. R832 lowers the Q of the microstrip to
make it less frequency selective.
The output signals on pin 23 and 3 are then
combined with the wideband data signal and applied to
summing amplifier U803. The output signal from
U803 is then applied to the reference oscillator on pin
1 and also across the potentiometer connected to pin
19 of U802. The output on pin 18 is applied to the
VCO on pin 5. This modulates both the reference
oscillator and VCO. The resistor across pins 19 and 18
of U802 adjusts the balance of these signals.
The transmit/receive switch formed by CR801,
CR802, and several other components switches the
VCO signal to the receiver in the receive mode and the
transmitter in the transmit mode. CR801 and CR802
are PIN diodes similar to CR901 described in Section
3.10.2. Therefore, they present a very low impedance
when forward biased and a very high impedance when
reverse biased.
3.10.4 ACTIVE FILTER (Q800)
Q800 functions as a capacitance multiplier to
provide a filtered 7.0-volt supply to the VCO. Resistor
R827 provides bias, and C814 provides the capacitance
that is multiplied. CR800 decreases the time required
to charge C814 when power is turned on. If a noise
pulse or other voltage change appears on the collector,
the base voltage does not change significantly because
These diodes are controlled by the Q2 signal from
shift register U800. This signal is high in the transmit
mode and low in the receive mode. Therefore, when
the transmitter is keyed, both Q805 and Q806 turn on
and CR801 and CR802 are forward biased by the
current flowing through Q806, R856, L800, CR801,
CR802, R857, and Q805.
February 2001
3-25
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
800/900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION
This effectively AC grounds the receiver end of
the quarter-wave line through CR802 and C847. When
one end of a quarter-wave line is grounded, the other
end presents a high impedance to the quarter-wave
frequency. Therefore, the VCO signal is blocked from
the receiver by the quarter-wave line and has a low
impedance path through CR801 to the transmitter.
tional-N division with modulo 5 or 8 selection allows
the loop frequency to be 5 or 8 times the channel
spacing. With 800 and 900 MHz channels, modulo 8 is
used to allow 6.25 kHz (12.5 kHz) channel spacing.
The fV input is produced by dividing down the
VCO frequency applied to the RF IN input. The first
divider which divides this signal is a prescaler which
is a special counter capable of operating at relatively
high frequencies. The prescaler divides by 64 and 65
which reduces a signal in the 800 MHz range down to
approximately 12 MHz. For each main divider output
pulse (fV), the prescaler divides by 65 for a certain
number of pulses and then 64 for an additional number
of pulses. The number counted in each mode is deter-
mined by the programming of the “N” and “A”
numbers. The basic operation is as follows:
In the receive mode, both diodes are reverse
biased. The quarter-wave line is then no longer
grounded and provides a low impedance path to the
receiver while CR802 provides a high impedance into
the transmitter. L801/C846 and L800/C845 improve
isolation by neutralizing the slight capacitance of
CR801 and CR802 when they are reverse biased.
3.10.6 SYNTHESIZER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
(U804)
The main divider begins counting down from the
“A” number. Then when zero is reached, it begins
counting down from the “N” number until zero is
reached. The cycle then repeats. While it is counting
down the “A” number, the prescaler divides by 65, and
while it is counting down the “N” number, it divides
by 64.
Introduction
A block diagram of synthesizer IC U804 is shown
contains the following stages. The basic operation of
U804 was described in Section 3.10.1.
• Reference (R) divider
To illustrate the operation of these dividers, an
example will be used. Assume a transmit frequency of
813.4875 MHz is selected (800 MHz FCC channel
300). Since the VCO oscillates on the transmit
frequency in the transmit mode, this is the frequency
that must be produced by the VCO. To produce this
frequency, the “N” and “A” divide numbers are
programmed as follows:
• Main divider
• Prescaler (÷64/65)
• Phase and lock detectors
• Charge pump and divider programming circuitry
Channel Programming
Channels are selected by programming the main
divider in U804 to divide by a certain number. This
programming is performed by the microcontroller over
the SPI serial data bus which consists of CLOCK,
previously described, this divider is programmed so
that when the VCO is oscillating on the correct
frequency, the fR and fV inputs to the phase detector
are the same frequency.
N = 239
A = 13
To determine the overall divide number of the
prescaler and main divider, the number of prescaler
input pulses required to produce one main divider
output pulse can be determined. Although the “N”
number is 239 in this example, the actual divide
number is always two higher (241) because of reset
cycles and other effects. Therefore, the prescaler
divides by 65 for 13 x 65 or 845 input pulses. It then
divides by 64 for 241 x 64 or 15,424 input pulses.
Operation
main phase detector is 50 kHz for all channels. The
reference oscillator frequency is divided by 350 (800
MHz) or 297 (900 MHz) to produce this signal. Frac-
Since the VCO frequency is not evenly divisible
by 50 kHz, there is also a fractional-N number
programmed that provides the required fractional
February 2001
3-26
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
800/900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION
divide number. In this example the fractional-N incre-
ment is .75 x 8 (modulo N) or 6. This causes the pres-
caler to divide by 65 for one additional output pulse
for 6 of 8 main divider cycles. This produces a divide
number that is .75 higher. Therefore, with the
preceding example, the overall divide number K is 845
+ 15,424 + .75 or 16,269.75. The VCO frequency of
813.4875 MHz divided by 16,269.75 equals 50 kHz
which is the fR input to the phase detector.
3.3.1. The input to the internal shift register of these
devices is the DATA (U800/U801) or SDI (U802) pin,
and the output of the last shift register stage in U800
and U801 is the QS pin. Therefore, serial data on the
Data line from the audio/logic board (J201, pin 14) is
first shifted into U801, then U800, and then U802.
Data is clocked through the devices by the
CLOCK signal (J201, pin 13) when the STROBE
input (J201, pin 12) is high and latched when it goes
low. Synthesizer IC U804 is also programmed by the
SPI port. However, data does not pass through the
other devices because it is controlled by a different
STROBE signal (J201, pin 1).
NOTE: The formulas for calculating the “N” and “A”
divide numbers are described in Section 4.3.5.
3.10.7 LOCK DETECT
When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the
LOCK output of U804 (pin 18) is a logic high voltage.
Then when the synthesizer is unlocked, this voltage is
low. A locked condition exists when the phase differ-
ence at the TCXO input is less than one cycle.
3.11 RECEIVER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
(800/900 MHz MODELS)
NOTE: The receiver block diagram is in Figure 3-7.
3.11.1 FRONT END FILTER
3.10.8 CHARGE PUMP
The receive signal is fed from the antenna switch
circuit on the PA board to the receiver front end on the
RF board. The signal is fed through a quarter-wave
line that is part of the antenna switch as are C202,
antenna switch information. The receive signal is then
applied to bandpass filter Z200. With 800 MHz
models, this is a three-pole filter with a center
frequency of 860 MHz and a bandwidth of 18 MHz.
With 900 MHz models, it is a two-pole filter with a
center frequency of 938 MHz and a bandwidth of 6
MHz. This filter attenuates frequencies outside the
receive band such as the first injection, image, and half
IF frequencies.
The charge pump circuit in U804 charges and
discharges C833-C837 in the loop filter to produce the
VCO control voltage. Resistors connected to the RN
and RF pins set the charge current. The RF pin resis-
tance is set by a digitally controlled potentiometer in
U802. This resistance changes with the frequency
band in order to minimize fractional-N spurious
signals. The loop filter provides low-pass filtering
which controls synthesizer stability and lockup time
and suppresses the loop reference frequency (50 kHz).
3.10.9 SHIFT REGISTER (U800, U801) AND
DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER (U802)
PROGRAMMING
3.11.2 RF AMPLIFIER (Q201)
Shift register U800 functions as an I/O port
expander, and shift register U801 functions as a D/A
converter to provide a 256-step output voltage for
adjusting transmitter power. In addition, the Q7 output
of U801 provides the delayed transmit signal. U802
contains four digitally controlled potentiometers that
are adjustable in 256 steps.
RF amplifier Q201 improves and stabilizes
receiver sensitivity and also recovers filter losses. A
section of microstrip and C214 provide impedance
matching on the input. CR203 protects the base-
emitter junction of Q201 from damage caused by high
level input signals.
These devices are cascaded together on the serial
bus so that data is shifted out of one device into
another. Programming is performed using the SPI
serial port of the microcontroller described in Section
The bias current of Q201 is fixed at a constant
level by Q200. The collector current of Q201 flows
through R207, and the voltage drop across that resistor
(and therefore the current) is set by R205 and R206.
February 2001
3-27
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
800/900 MHz RECEIVER DESCRIPTION
For example, if current through R207 attempts to
increase, the emitter voltage of Q200 decreases. Q200
then conducts less and turns Q201 off slightly to main-
tain a constant bias current. This provides a stable bias
over changes in temperature.
from intermodulation, and other undesired frequen-
cies. Impedance matching between this filter and
U201 is provided by C271, C272, L215, and R228.
3.11.4 SECOND MIXER/DETECTOR (U201)
The output signal of Q201 is fed to another band-
pass filter similar to the one on the input described in
the preceding section. Impedance matching with the
filter is provided by a section of microstrip on the
collector and C227. Resistor R209 lowers the Q of the
microstrip to make it less frequency selective. C222-
C226 decouple various unwanted AC signals from the
circuit.
Introduction
U201 contains second mixer, IF amplifier,
detector, RSSI, and audio amplifier stages as shown in
pin 1 which is the input of an internal IF amplifier
stage.
Second Mixer
3.11.3 FIRST MIXER (Q202), CRYSTAL
FILTER (Z204)
From the IF amplifier the signal is internally fed
to the mixer which combines it with the 52.500 MHz
(800 MHz models) or 44.550 MHz (900 MHz models)
second injection frequency to produce a second IF of
450 kHz.
The signal from Z201 is then applied to mixer
Q202. A 3-dB pad on the output of Z201 formed by
R215-R217 sets the input level to the mixer. Imped-
ance matching between the pad and mixer is provided
by a section of microstrip and C245.
The injection frequency on pin 4 is produced by
tripling the frequency of reference oscillator U806. To
do this, part of the reference oscillator signal is applied
to tripler Q207. This stage is an amplifier with the
output tuned for the third harmonic of the reference
oscillator frequency. This output tuning is provided by
a two-pole bandpass filter formed by L219, C287,
C288, L217, and C290. The output level of this filter
is approximately 0.25 V rms.
Q202 is biased by constant current source Q203
similar to Q200 described in the preceding section.
The injection signal is applied to the emitter of Q202
and is at a level of approximately 10 dBm. With 800
MHz models, the injection frequency is 52.950 MHz
below the receive frequency, and with 900 MHz
models, it is 45 MHz below the receive frequency.
Filtering of the injection signal is provided by two-
pole bandpass filter Z203. With 800 MHz models, it
has a center frequency of 807 MHz and a bandwidth of
18 MHz; and with 900 MHz models, it has a center
frequency of 893 MHz and a bandwidth of 6 MHz.
Ceramic Filters (Z202/Z206, Z205)
The 450 kHz output of the internal mixer is fed
out of U201 on pin 20 and routed to ceramic filter
Z202 for all 900 MHz and 800 MHz narrow-band
(12.5 kHz) channels, or Z206 for 800 MHz wideband
(25 kHz) channels. Z202 has a nominal bandwidth at
the –3 dB points of 8 kHz, and Z206 has a bandwidth
of 15 kHz. The function of these filters is to attenuate
wideband noise present in the IF signal.
The 52.950 or 45.000 MHz output signal of mixer
Q202 is then applied to crystal filter Z204. Impedance
matching between Q202 and 50-ohm, 3 dB pad R210-
R212 is provided by L220, C231, and C232. Resistor
R214 lowers the Q of L220 to make it less frequency
selective. Matching between the pad and Z204 is
provided by C265, C266, C268, and L213.
Routing of the IF signal to the appropriate filter is
provided by Q205 and Q206, PIN diodes CR207-
CR210, and several resistors and capacitors. It is
controlled by the microcontroller through the Q4
output of shift register U800. This output is low for
narrow-band channels and high for wideband
channels.
Z204 is a four-pole crystal filter. With 800 MHz
models it has a center frequency of 52.950 MHz and a
-3 dB bandwidth of 15 kHz, and with 900 MHz
models it has a center frequency of 45 MHz and a -3
dB bandwidth of 7.5 kHz. This filter attenuates wide-
band noise, adjacent channels, frequencies resulting
February 2001
3-28
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
800/900 MHz TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION
If a narrowband channel is selected, a low signal
is applied to the base of Q205. That transistor is then
turned off and inverter Q206 turned on. CR209/CR210
are then forward biased and CR207/CR208 reverse
biased. This routes the 450 kHz IF signal through
Z202 and blocks it from Z206. If a wideband channel
is selected, the opposite occurs. For more information
on the operation of PIN diodes, refer to Section 3.11.1.
3.12 TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
(800/900 MHz MODELS)
NOTE: The transmitter block diagram is located in
3.12.1 PREDRIVER (Q506), DRIVER (Q507)
The input signal to the exciter is the transmit
frequency from buffer amplifier Q801 in the synthe-
sizer. It is at a level of approximately 0 dBm and is
applied to predriver Q506. Impedance matching on the
input of Q506 is provided by C529, C515, two
sections of microstrip (see description in Section
3.10.5), R518, and C516. Biasing is provided by
R519, R520, R522, and R523. Various AC signals are
decoupled from the DC supply by C520, C525, C526,
C528, and C531.
The filtered 450 MHz IF signal is then applied to
pin 18, amplified by an internal amplifier, and fed
back out on pin 16 and applied to ceramic filter Z205.
This filter is identical to Z206 and provides additional
attenuation of wideband noise. The loss introduced by
each ceramic filter is approximately 12 dB.
Limiter/Detector
The signal from Z205 is applied to an internal
limiter connected to pin 14. The limiter amplifies the
450 kHz signal and then limits it to a specific value to
remove amplitude variations. From the limiter, the
signal is fed internally to the quadrature detector. An
external phase shift network connected to pin 10 shifts
the phase of one of the detector input signals 90° at
450 kHz (the other input is unshifted in phase). When
modulation occurs, the frequency of the IF signal
changes at an audio rate as does the phase of the
shifted signal. The detector, which has no output with
a 90° phase shift, converts this phase shift into an
audio signal. L218 is tuned to provide maximum
undistorted output from the detector.
The 8-volt supply voltage to this stage is switched
on in the transmit mode by Q505 and Q504. This
switch is controlled by the microcontroller through the
Q7 output (pin 11) of shift register U801. This output
is high in the transmit mode and low in the receive
mode. This signal also controls the antenna switch
This transmit 8V supply is not delayed which
allows Q505 and the transmitter frequency to stabilize
before power is produced. The delayed PTT signal is
applied to the RF board on J201, pin 2. This signal
controls the power control circuit described in Section
3.12.5. The emitters of Q503 and Q505 are grounded
through Q509. That transistor is turned off when the
logic is in an undetermined state such as during Flash
programming. This ensures that the transmitter is
turned off during these times.
The audio signal is then fed internally to an audio
amplifier. The gain of this stage is set at about three by
R255 and R256. The audio signal is then fed out on
pin 8 and routed to the audio/logic board.
From Q506 the transmit RF output signal is then
applied to driver Q507. Impedance matching between
Q506 and Q507 is provided by several capacitors and
sections of microstrip and L501. Resistor R521 lowers
the Q of the parallel microstrip which makes it less
frequency selective. Q507 is biased for class C opera-
tion by L504 and ferrite bead EP501.
Also in U201 is an RSSI detector which provides
a temperature compensated RSSI (Receive Signal
Strength Indicator) signal on pin 5. This is a low
impedance (2k ohm) output with a dynamic range of
70 dB. The DC voltage of this output changes in
proportion to IF signal strength. This signal is routed
to an A/D input of the microcontroller (pin 59) and
used along with the squelch signal to determine
receive signal strength. R259/C304 and R258/C303
provide low pass filtering of the audio and RSSI
signals, and C305 and C306 decouple RF.
Supply voltage to Q507 is from the power control
the supply voltage of Q507 which changes its power
output to maintain constant transmitter power output.
February 2001
3-29
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
800/900 MHz RECEIVER DESCRIPTION
RF chokes L502 and L503, ferrite bead EP502, and
several capacitors isolate the power control circuit
from RF signals.
Switching transistor Q602 is controlled by the
transmit signal from the Q7 output (pin 11) of shift
register U801. This is the same signal that controls
transmit 8-volt supply switch Q505/Q504. This signal
is high in the transmit mode and low in the receive
mode. Therefore, Q602 turns on in the transmit mode
and current flows from the collector of Q601 through
R610, R609, CR604, L604, CR602/R602, and L602.
In addition, 8 volts is applied through R200 to CR200
located at the input of the receiver on the RF board.
A 50-ohm, 3 dB pad formed by R529-R531
provides an output impedance of 50 ohms at the J602.
Impedance matching between Q507 and this pad is
provided by two sections of microstrip, C524, and
C527. Power output at J602 is typically up to 250
milliwatts.
3.12.2 POWER AMPLIFIER MODULE (U600),
FINAL (Q651)
CR200, CR602 and CR604 are PIN diodes like
is forward biased, it presents a very low impedance.
Therefore, in the transmit mode the transmit signal has
a low-impedance path to the antenna through CR602
and coupling capacitor C621.
Power amplifier module U600 on the PA board
has approximately 19 dB of gain. Pins 2, 3, and 4 of
U600 are the supply voltage inputs to three separate
gain stages. The supply voltage on pin 2 (VS1) is
switched by Q600 and limited to 12 volts by CR601
and R600. Switch Q600 is controlled by the same
signal used to control 8V transmit switch Q505/Q504
The signal is blocked from the receiver by two
grounded quarter-wave lines. A discrete quarter-wave
line is formed by C635, C622, and L604 is effectively
AC grounded on the receiver end by CR604 and C633.
When one end of a quarter-wave line is grounded, the
other end presents a high impedance to the quarter-
wave frequency. Therefore, this line presents a high
impedance into the receiver for the transmit signal.
Further receiver isolation is provided by another
quarter-wave line in the receiver. This line is grounded
through C202 by CR200.
The supply voltage applied to pins 3 and 4 (VS2/
VS3) is the unswitched battery from the power jack
fed through R601. Therefore, power is applied to these
pins of U800 even when transceiver power is turned
off. The power control circuit senses transmitter
current by monitoring the voltage drop across R601.
The output signal on U600, pin 5 is then applied
to Q651 (30 watt models only). With lower power
models, Q651 is not used. Amplifier Q651 provides
approximately 5 dB of gain. The output impedance on
U600, pin 5 is 50 ohms, and it is matched to Q651 by a
section of microstrip, C651, C652, and C653. Class C
bias of Q651 is provided by L651. The unswitched
battery supply applied to Q651 is isolated from RF by
L602, EP601, and several capacitors. Impedance
matching is provided on the output by C654-C656,
C614, and two sections of microstrip.
In the receive mode, all three PIN diodes are
reverse biased. Therefore, CR602 presents a high
impedance into the transmitter for the receive signal,
and since the two quarter-wave lines into the receiver
are no longer grounded, there is a low-impedance path
into the receiver. L604 presents a low impedance
because it is no longer grounded by CR604, and the
quarter-wave line presents a low impedance because it
is no longer grounded by CR200. Resistors R602 and
R608 improve the isolation provided by CR602 and
CR604 when they reverse biased (receive mode).
3.12.3 ANTENNA SWITCH
The antenna switch circuit consists of Q602,
CR602, CR604, several other components, and also a
quarter-wave section of microstrip and CR200 on the
RF board. This circuit switches the antenna to the
receiver in the receive mode and the transmitter in the
transmit mode.
3.12.4 DIRECTIONAL COUPLER, LOW-
PASS FILTER
A directional coupler is formed by adjacent
sections of microstrip near C621. The forward compo-
nent of output power is rectified by CR603 and devel-
February 2001
3-30
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
800/900 MHz TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION
oped across R606 and then fed to the power control
circuit. Reverse power is not detected in this
transceiver.
fier temperature or transceiver voltage is excessive as
U500A, Q500/Q502 Operation
From the directional coupler the transmit signal is
fed to a low-pass harmonic filter formed by C624-
C627 and several sections of microstrip. This filter
attenuates harmonic frequencies occurring above the
transmit band. R607 dissipates static buildup on the
antenna.
U500A is a differential amplifier which ampli-
fies the difference between the reference voltage on
pin 3 and the forward power signal on pin 2. The
forward power signal from the directional coupler is a
DC signal that increases in proportion to forward
power. The reference input is a DC voltage from the
D/A converter formed by shift register U801 and
several resistors. This stage is similar to U305
The ambient power amplifier temperature is
sensed by thermistor R601. The resistance of a ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases. This ther-
mistor forms a voltage divider with R143 on the audio/
logic board, and the voltage across this divider is
monitored by an A/D converter input of the microcon-
troller (pin 63). If the PA temperature increases above
limits set in software, the power is first cut back. Then
if it continues to rise, the transmitter is turned off.
effectively sets the power output of the transmitter.
The turn-on time of U500A is controlled by the
time constant of C502 and R508. Negative AC feed-
back to prevent oscillation is also provided by C502.
This circuit operates as follows: Assume the output
power attempts to increase. The DC voltage applied to
U500A, pin 2 then increases which causes the output
voltage on pin 1 to decrease. Transistors Q502 and
Q500 then turn off slightly which decreases the supply
voltage to driver Q507. The output power then
decreases to maintain a constant power output. R510
and R513 limit the voltage gain of Q500 and Q503 to
approximately two.
3.12.5 POWER CONTROL (U500A/B, Q500-
Q503)
Introduction
The power control circuit maintains a constant
power output as changes occur in temperature and
voltage. It does this by varying the supply voltage to
driver Q507. This changes the power output of that
stage which in turn controls the power output of the
transmitter.
Delayed PTT
Transistor Q503 is used to delay power output for
a short time after the transmitter is keyed. This allows
the synthesizer, Q506 in the exciter, and the first stage
of PA module U600 to stabilize so that the transmitter
does not transmit off-frequency. The signal which
controls Q503 is from the Q2 output (pin 17) of latch
U111 on the audio/logic board. In the receive mode,
this output is low which turns Q503 off. U500A, pin 2,
is then pulled high by 8 volts applied through R505
and CR503. The output of U500A on pin 1 is then low
which shuts off power to Q507. Then when the trans-
mitter is keyed, Q503 turns on after a short delay and
diode CR503 is no longer forward biased. Only the
forward power signal is then applied to pin 2 of
U500A.
The primary signal sensed to control power
output is forward power from the directional coupler.
The current to final amplifier Q601 is also sensed, but
it affects power output only if it becomes excessive.
Gradual power shutdown then occurs.
The power output level is set in 127 steps by the
microcontroller through D/A converter U801. This
allows power to be adjusted from the front panel using
the test mode and also different power levels to be
programmed for each system. In addition, it allows the
microcontroller to cut back power when power ampli-
February 2001
3-31
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
800/900 MHz TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION
Over Current Shutdown
Current to the second and third amplifier stages in
power module U600 on the PA board is monitored by
sensing the voltage drop across R601. Pins 5 and 6 of
U500B are effectively connected across this resistor.
As current increases, the voltage on U500B, pin 6
decreases which causes the output voltage on pin 7 to
increase. The gain of each U500B input is set at about
ten by R509/R504 and R502/R507.
Emitter biasing for Q501 is provided by R506 and
R511. Normally, the output voltage of U500B is not
high enough to turn on Q501. However, if current
becomes excessive, for example because of an antenna
mismatch, Q501 begins turning on. This decreases the
base voltage of Q502 which turns off Q500 slightly
and cuts back power output. Over-current shutdown is
disabled in 15-watt models because CR500 is not used.
February 2001
3-32
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SERVICING
SECTION 4 SERVICING
4.1 GENERAL
4.1.4 CONFIGURING TRANSCEIVER FOR
TESTING
CAUTION
Multi-Net versions of this transceiver have a test
mode which can be selected to perform testing. This
mode is described in Section 3.13 of the manual listed
operated manually. To select the test mode, turn power
on with the top two options switches pressed (to right
of display).
LTR-Net models may automatically transmit during
normal operation and at power off to send registration
and de-registration messages. Therefore, when a
signal generator is connected to these models, be sure
to use an isolation pad.
4.1.1 PERIODIC CHECKS
LTR-Net and SMARTNET/SmartZone trans-
ceivers do not have a separate test mode that can be
selected to perform testing. With these transceivers,
temporary conventional channels should be
This transceiver should be placed on a periodic
maintenance schedule to ensure that it continues to
operate properly. Important checks are receiver sensi-
tivity and transmitter frequency, deviation, and power
output.
programmed to control the transceiver manually.
If adjustments must be made to the various audio
and data levels, a computer and special tune software
are required. The software and procedure is different
with each operating protocol. Refer to the separate
ment instructions.
4.1.2 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND
COMPONENT LAYOUTS
Schematic diagrams and component layouts for
the various PC boards used in this transceiver are
located in the back of this manual. Included are RF
and audio/logic board and interconnect schematics.
4.2 SURFACE MOUNTED DEVICES (SMDs)
4.2.1 SERVICING TECHNIQUES
The component layouts permit easy location of
components and measurement points. For the RF and
audio/logic boards, a component locator guide and
grid around the boards are provided to aid in locating
components. All boards in this transceiver have
components mounted on one side only. Therefore,
most servicing can be done without removing the
board from the chassis.
Most of the components used in this transceiver
are the surface mounted type. Since these components
and the circuit traces on which they are mounted are
very small in size, special care must be used when
they are replaced. Multi-leaded components such as
integrated circuits must usually be removed using a
heat gun or some other type of heat source that heats
the entire device. Take care so that nearby compo-
nents are not damaged. Surface mounted components
should not be reused since they may be damaged by
the unsoldering process.
4.1.3 REPLACEMENT PARTS
A replacement parts list for this transceiver is
board and chassis parts and another listing includes
the audio/logic board parts. Parts are listed alphanu-
merically according to designator. For information on
of the transceiver is also included at the end of Section
6 to show the various mechanical parts.
4.2.2 IDENTIFYING SMD RESISTORS
The value of resistors is indicated by a number
printed on the resistor. A three-digit number is used to
identify ±5% and ±10% resistors, and a four-digit
number is used to identify ±1% resistors. Refer to the
following information.
February 2001
4-1
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SERVICING
± 5% and ± 10% Resistors (P.N. 569-0105-xxx)
coefficients are indicated by this bar. For example,
“A2” indicates a 100 pF NPO capacitor.
The three-digit number used to identify ±5% and
±10% resistors corresponds to the last three digits of
the EFJohnson part number. This number is derived as
follows. For example, “273” indicates a 27k ohm
resistor and “339” indicates a 3.3 ohm resistor.
XX = NPO XX = N150
XX = N330 XX = N470
|XX = X7R
XX = N220
XX = N750
X X X
Table 4-1 Ceramic SMD Capacitor Identification
Multiplier
0 = 0
1 =10
2 = 100
3 = 1000
American EIA Standard Japanese EIA Standard
Value in ohms
First Letter/
Number
Value
(pF)
First Letter/
Number
Value
(pF)
A
B
C
D
E
H
I
10
11
12
13
15
16
18
20
22
24
27
30
33
36
39
43
47
51
56
62
68
75
82
91
A
B
C
D
E
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.7
3.0
3.3
3.6
3.9
4.3
4.7
5.1
5.6
6.2
6.8
7.5
8.2
9.1
4 = 10,000
5 = 100,000
6 = 1,000,000
7 = 10,000,000
8 = .01
9 = .1
F
G
H
J
± 1% Resistors (P.N. 569-0111-xxx)
J
K
L
N
O
R
S
Some resistors with a ±1% tolerance are identified
by a four-digit number and others may not have a
marking. When identified with a four-digit number,
the first three digits are the value and the fourth is the
multiplier. For example, “5761” indicates a 5.76k ohm
resistor.
K
L
M
N
P
T
V
W
X
Y
Z
3
Q
R
S
4.2.3 SMD CAPACITOR IDENTIFICATION
T
Ceramic SMD Capacitors (P.N. 510-36xx-xxx)
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
Ceramic SMD capacitors are identified using
either an American or Japanese EIA standard. The
American standard uses a single letter or number to
indicate the value, and the color of this letter or
number to indicate the multiplier. The Japanese stan-
dard uses a letter to indicate the value followed by a
number to indicate the multiplier. The values for both
standards are shown in the following table. For
example, if there is a single black “E” on the capacitor,
it uses the American standard and its value is 15 pF.
The same value is identified with the Japanese stan-
dard by “E1”.
4
7
9
Multi-
plier
Second
Number
Multi-
plier
Color
Orange
Black
Green
Blue
0.1
0
1
2
3
4
5
1
1
10
10
100
100
1000
10,000
1000
10,000
100,000
Violet
Red
The Japanese standard may also utilize a bar to
indicate the temperature coefficient. The following
February 2001
4-2
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SERVICING
U804
Synthesizer IC
14.850 MHz
TCXO
Buffer
Amplifier
fR
Reference
Counter
VCO
Control
U806
VCO
To Rx
and Tx
Q801
Phase
Detector
Module
fV
¸ 64/65
N
Prescaler
Counter
Prescaler
Control
Lock
Detect
Figure 4-1 Simplified Synthesizer Block Diagram
Table 4-2 SMD Inductor Identification
Tantalum SMD Capacitors (P.N. 510-26xx-xxx)
Tantalum SMD capacitor identification varies
with vendor and physical size of the capacitor. The
positive (+) end is usually indicated by a colored band
or beveled edge. The value and voltage may be
indicated by printing on the capacitor or by using a
special code.
Multiplier
(Last PN Digit)
Color
1st Digit 2nd Digit
Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Violet
Gray
White
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 (7)
10 (8)
100 (9)
1000 (0)
10,000 (1)
100,000 (2)
---
---
---
0.1 (6)
4.2.4 SMD INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION
SMD inductors (P.N. 542-9000-xxx) use three
colored dots to indicate the value. The two dots on the
left side indicate the first and second digits of the
value in nanohenries, and the single dot on the right
example, brown, black, and red dots indicate a value
of 10 nH x 100 which is 1000 nH (1.0 µH). The last
three digits of the part number are also the value and
multiplier.
is low. This is detected by the logic which then
disables both the transmitter and receiver.
When the VCO is unlocked, the fR and fV inputs
to the phase detector in U804 are usually not the same
U804 then causes the VCO control voltage to go to the
high or low end of its operating range. This, in turn,
causes the VCO to oscillate at the high or low end of
its frequency range.
4.2.5 TRANSISTOR/DIODE IDENTIFICATION
Surface mounted transistors and diodes are iden-
tified by a special number. Refer to page 6-1 for more
information.
4.3 SYNTHESIZER TROUBLESHOOTING
VCO and the prescaler, N counter, and phase detector
in U804. Therefore, if any of these components mal-
function, improper signals appear throughout the loop.
However, correct operation of the counters can still be
verified by measuring the input and output frequencies
to check the divide number. Proceed as follows:
4.3.1 INTRODUCTION
When there is a synthesizer malfunction, the
VCO is usually not locked on frequency. When the
VCO is unlocked, the LOCK output on U804, pin 18,
February 2001
4-3
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SERVICING
4.3.2 REFERENCE OSCILLATOR (U806)
Shift 1
(Pin 4)
Shift 2
(Pin 3)
Mode
Check the signal at U806, pin 8. With 800 MHz
models, it should be 17.500 MHz, and with UHF and
900 MHz models, 14.850 MHz. The level should be
approximately 400 mV rms. If this signal is not
present, replace the reference oscillator because it is
not serviceable.
UHF MODELS
Rx Mode 430-449 MHz
449-470 MHz
L
H
L
L
L
470-491 MHz
L
491-512 MHz
H
L
L
Tx Mode 430-449 MHz
449-470 MHz
H
H
H
H
H
L
470-491 MHz
491-512 MHz
H
800/900 MHz MODELS
Normal Mode
Talk-around Mode
H
L
L
H
4.3.3 VCO MODULE
Frequency - If the VCO is locked on frequency, in the
receive mode the output frequency should be the
receive frequency – 52.950 MHz (800 MHz models)
or the receive frequency – 45 MHz (UHF and 900
MHz models). In the transmit mode it should be the
transmit frequency. If it is not locked on frequency, it
should be near the low end of its operating frequency
range when the control voltage is low and near the
high end of its range when the control voltage is high.
The VCO is a separate assembly that is covered
by a metal shield and soldered directly to the RF PC
board. This module cannot be repaired. One reason for
this is that the center frequency is set by laser tuning
ceramic resonator L101 (UHF) or L907 (800/900
MHz) and cannot be readjusted if it changes as a result
of changing a part. In addition, the VCO has a ceramic
substrate that can easily be damaged by excessive
heat. It is also recommended that modules that have
been removed using a standard soldering iron not be
reused.
4.3.4 SYNTHESIZER IC (U804)
Since U804 does not have output pins from the
various counters, their operation cannot be checked.
However, the following signals can be checked to
verify proper operation of U804.
Perform the following checks on the VCO
module to determine if it is defective.
Supply Voltage - The supply voltage at pin 15 should
be 5.0 VDC (UHF) or 7.0 VDC (800/900 MHz).
Ref Osc In (pin 8) - Check the reference oscillator
output frequency and level as described in Section
Output Level - The output level on pins 1 or 2 can be
measured with an RF voltmeter or some other type of
high-impedance meter. The typical output level at
these points should be 0 dBm.
VCO RF In (pin 6) - Check the VCO output as
described in the preceding section.
VCO Control Voltage (pins 13, 14) - If the VCO
frequency is too low, the signal on these pins should
be high with very narrow negative-going pulses.
Conversely, if the VCO frequency is too high, the
signal should be low with very narrow positive-going
pulses.
Control Voltage - Check the DC voltage on pin 7
with a channel near the middle of the band selected. If
the VCO is locked on frequency, it should be a steady
voltage between 1.1 and 5.2 volts. If it is not locked
on frequency, it should be near the lower (1.1 V) or
upper (5.2 V) end of its range.
Lock Detect Output (pin 18) - This output should be
high when the synthesizer is locked on frequency and
low when it is unlocked.
Frequency Shift Inputs - The pin shift signals on
pins 4 and 3 should be as follows (L = 0V, H = 5V):
February 2001
4-4
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SERVICING
4.3.5 DETERMINING SYNTHESIZER COUNTER
DIVIDE NUMBERS
4.5 TRANSMITTER SERVICING
To isolate a transmitter problem to a specific
stage, check the DC and RF voltages shown on the
schematic diagram.
NOTE: For more information on the operation of the
Overall Div No. (K) = VCO freq ÷ .050
Example: 813.4875 ÷ .050 = 16,269.75
“A” Divide No. = 64 x Fraction (Integer K ÷ 64)
4.6 AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD SERVICING
4.6.1 DIGITAL CIRCUITS
Because of the complexity and dynamic operation
of the digital portion of the audio/logic board,
Example: 16,269 ÷ 64 = 254.20312
Fraction 254.20312 = 0.20312
64 x 0.20312 = 13
servicing may be difficult. Special test equipment and
knowledge of the operating software are usually
needed to isolate a problem. Therefore, if a problem is
suspected with the digital circuitry, it may be best to
first make sure that the proper supply voltages are
present and then replace the audio/logic board.
“N” Divide No. = Integer [K ÷ 64] – A
Example: Integer 254.20312 = 254
254 – 13 = 241
4.6.2 ANALOG CIRCUITS
Fractional-N Div No. = (Fraction K) x 8
The analog circuits on the audio/logic board can
be checked by measuring the AC and DC voltages
shown on the schematic diagram.
Example: Fraction 16,269.75 = 0.75
0.75 x 8 = 6
4.4 RECEIVER SERVICING
To isolate a receiver problem to a specific
section, check the DC and RF voltages shown on the
schematic diagram.
With UHF models only, the front end filter
frequency shift inputs on U800, pins 6 and 7 should be
as follows (L = 0V, H = 5V):
Shift F1 Shift F2
Frequency
(Pin 6)
(Pin 7)
430-440 MHz
440-450 MHz
450-460 MHz
460-470 MHz
470-480 MHz
480-491 MHz
491-502 MHz
502-512 MHz
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
L
H
H
L
L
H
H
L
L
February 2001
4-5
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
SECTION 5 PARTS LIST
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
HW006 Insert, 2-56 RF brd
537-2501-031
596-2102-006
596-1304-008
575-9406-406
HW007 Lockwasher, No. 2
FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY AND
MECHANICAL PARTS
HW008 Washer, split lock No. #4
HW009 Screw, 6-32 x .1875 rd hd Torx
HW 010 Screw, 4-40 x 1/8 pan hd zps (spkr) 575-1604-004
HW 011 No. 4 washer 596-1104-008
Screw, 6-32 x 5/16” pan hd Torx 575-0006-010
A 400 Display PC board assembly,
complete board
585-3000-340
A 475 Display wire harness
023-9800-475
See MP700
A 700 Plastic front panel assembly
HW 012 No. 4 swage spacer
574-5100-116
575-0604-008
017-2226-026
574-3001-038
574-3001-039
575-1606-008
596-1306-008
Screw, 4-40 x 1/4” pan hd
HW 021 Support bar (SN/SZ)
C 001 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd
C 002 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd
C 003 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd
C 004 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V smd
C 005 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V smd
C 006 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V smd
C 007 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 008 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
510-2624-109
510-2624-109
510-2624-109
510-3605-103
510-3615-100
510-3606-104
510-3615-240
510-3605-103
HW 021 Fish paper, .0625 x 3.1(SN/SZ)
HW 022 Board clamp (SN/SZ)
HW 023 Screw, 6-32 x 1/4 (SN/SZ)
HW 024 Washer, split #6 (SN/SZ)
HW 025 1/4” hex spacer 6-32 x 3/8 (SN/SZ) 537-9047-106
HW 026 Washer, flat #8 (SN/SZ)
HW 027 Washer, insulating #6 (SN/SZ)
HW 028 Screw, 2-56 x 3/16 (SN/SZ)
HW701 Washer, .438 x.274 x.030
HW 702 Spanner nut, 3/8 x 7mm
HW 703 Screw, 2-28 x 1/4” ph phil cps
596-2408-012
596-4406-010
575-1602-006
596-9410-010
013-1313-018
575-5602-008
CR 001 Green LED
CR 002 Yellow LED
CR 003 Red LED
549-4001-203
549-4001-202
549-4001-201
CR 004 LED, dual color, red/grn (included 549-4001-215
in A400)
J 001 Connector housing, 2-pin (speaker 515-9031-281
jack)
DS 001 LED green
549-4001-145
549-4001-145
549-4001-145
549-4001-145
549-4001-145
Connector, 12-pin (display boards) 515-7111-287
DS002 LED green smd
DS 003 LED green smd
DS 004 LED green smd
DS 005 LED green smd
Connector, 12-pin (display
harness)
515-7100-928
Modular jack, 8-pin spec (mic jack) 515-2006-040
J 002 Connector, 12-pin (interface bd)
515-7100-946
515-7100-928
Connector, 12-pin (display
harness)
EP 010 Ferrite noise suppressor (J201/
J302)
515-9034-065
J 003 Connector, 20-pin (interface bd)
515-7100-945
J 701 Connector housing, 2-pin (spkr jk) 515-9031-281
EP 181 Ground clip, DSP board (SN/SZ) 017-2229-016
EP 182 Ground clip, J style 017-2229-017
LS 001 Speaker, 3 x 2, 8-ohm
589-1015-003
HW 001 Screw, 4-40 x 1/4” flt hd (rem hd) 575-8204-008
MP 001 Chassis, metal (800/900 MHz)
Chassis, metal (UHF)
015-0980-002
015-0980-004
017-2227-051
017-2226-024
578-0003-001
017-2227-053
Nut, RF hex .375 x 24
HW002 Screw, #2-56 x 3/4 ss phil ph
HW003 Screw, 6-32 pan Torx
560-9060-010
575-9902-024
575-0006-008
575-1204-006
575-1604-010
575-1604-008
Display cover (remote head)
MP 002 Speaker box/bracket
1/4 in. coil shield
HW004 Screw, No. 4 x 3/16” flt hd zps
HW005 Screw, 4-40 x 5/16” pan hd zps
Screw, 4-40 x 1/4” pan hd
Cable housing (remote head)
February 2001
5-1
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY AND MECHANICAL PARTS (CONT’D)
Ref No
MP 003 TO-220 clip
Speaker plate (remote head)
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
017-2226-022
017-2227-055
018-1134-105
017-2229-005
574-3002-140
017-2229-003
Q 007 NPN general purpose
Q 100 NPN UHF low noise
576-0003-658
576-0003-651
MP 004 Foam mounting pad
MP 005 Mounting bracket, 98xx
MP 006 Acoustic insert
R 001 Pot 50k ohm w/push-on sw
R 002 22 ohm ±10% 2W wire-wound
R 003 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 004 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 005 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 006 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 007 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 008 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 009 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 010 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 011 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 012 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 013 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 014 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 015 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 016 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 017 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 018 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 020 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 021 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 023 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 024 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 025 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 026 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 027 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 029 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 030 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 031 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 032 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 033 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 034 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 035 68 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 036 68 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 037 22 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 038 22 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 039 22 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 040 22 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 041 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 042 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 043 Thermistor, 10k ohm ±5%
R 044 95.3k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 046 4.7k ohm trimmer smd
R 047 8.06k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
562-0018-075
569-2004-220
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-472
569-0105-472
569-0105-472
569-0105-472
569-0105-472
569-0105-102
569-0105-102
569-0105-102
569-0105-102
569-0115-181
569-0115-181
569-0115-680
569-0115-680
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0115-220
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-3013-007
569-0111-495
562-0138-472
569-0111-388
MP 007 Low pass filter shield
Foam mounting pad (remote head) 018-1134-105
MP 008 RF shield, PA cavity (except
following)
017-2229-012
RF shield, PA cavity (430-470
MHz, low power only)
017-2229-013
MP 010 Cover, top
017-2227-001
017-2227-003
018-1132-018
MP 011 Cover, bottom
MP 012 Insulator (under RF bd)
MP 013 Alum clad foam shield (on cover) 574-3001-035
MP 014 Alum clad foam pad
MP 015 Foam, RF cavity
MP 016 RF cavity shield
MP 509 Heat sink sleeving (Q509)
MP 600 Jumper strap
574-3001-036
574-3001-037
017-2227-007
016-2229-001
017-2224-340
MP 700 Front panel assembly
Front mount models
587-9840-005
017-2227-059
032-0793-007
587-9840-001
587-9840-002
587-9840-003
587-9840-105
032-0792-010
018-1136-124
574-3002-141
018-1136-126
017-2225-752
Remote mount models
MP 701 Elastomeric key pad
MP 702 Key cap set, M-Net (5 caps)
Key cap set, LTR-Net (5 caps)
Key cap set SN/SZ (5 caps)
Key cap set SN/SZ (25 caps)
MP 703 Control knob
MP 704 Membrane speaker
MP 705 Block, acoustic
MP 706 Speaker gasket
MP 900 Can-VCO
P 001 Connector, 2-pin right angle
(speaker harness)
515-7100-602
PC 400 PC board, display, incld in A400) 035-9800-400
PC 450 PC board, interface
035-9800-450
Q 001 NPN general purpose
Q 002 NPN general purpose
Q 003 NPN general purpose
Q 004 NPN general purpose
Q 005 NPN general purpose
Q 006 NPN general purpose
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
February 2001
5-2
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
R 048 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 049 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 050 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-102
569-0105-102
569-0105-103
39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-390
C 206 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3615-279
510-3615-339
S 001 Switch, rotary and push
583-2042-001
3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
U 001 LCD controller HD66710
U 002 Microcontroller, 68HC705P9
U 003 Regulator, 5V 1/2A 78M05
U 004 Scmitt trigger/invrtr TC7S14
544-2027-014
023-9998-401
544-2003-079
544-3123-014
C 207 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-189
510-3615-159
510-3601-339
510-3615-249
1.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
W 001 Rem pigtail cable, control unit 5 ft 597-9800-007
Data/accessory pigtail cable, 1 ft 597-9800-001
C 208 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
Data only pigtail cable, 1 ft
597-9800-005
2.4 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
W 003 Rem pigtail cable, transceiver 1 ft 597-9800-011
C 209 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 210 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 211 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-689
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS
3.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-369
510-3601-229
510-3615-169
510-3601-470
510-3615-390
510-3601-689
510-3615-519
510-3615-569
510-3615-369
510-3601-689
510-3615-439
510-3615-279
510-3615-339
A 533 Q600 Stabilizer Bd Assembly, 430- 023-9800-531
470 MHz, 40W only, includes:
C 212 2.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-103
33 ohm 1W resistor
33 ohm resistor
1.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
569-0175-330
C 213 47 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
A 900 VCO module
023-9840-931
(430-470 MHz)
VCO module
39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
023-9840-951
(470-512 MHz)
C 214 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
C 201 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3615-330
510-3615-270
5.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
27 PF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 215 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
C 202 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 203 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-101
510-3615-569
3.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 216 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
3.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-369
510-3601-689
510-3615-519
510-3601-470
4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 204 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
C 217 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
5.1 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 205 47 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
February 2001
5-3
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
C 218 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-339
C 236 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3615-220
2.4 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-249
510-3601-189
510-3615-159
18 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-180
510-3615-100
510-3615-759
C 219 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
C 237 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
1.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 220 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 221 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 222 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 223 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 224 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 225 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 226 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 227 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-101
510-3601-689
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3615-220
C 238 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 239 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-339
510-3601-189
1.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-159
510-3601-339
510-3615-279
510-3615-220
510-3615-180
510-3601-689
510-3615-569
510-3601-439
510-3615-339
510-3615-100
510-3615-689
510-3615-829
510-3615-569
C 240 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-100
510-3615-829
510-3615-479
C 241 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
C 228 8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
18 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 242 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
C 229 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 230 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 231 3.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-309
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 243 4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
2.4 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-249
510-3601-339
510-3615-249
510-3601-189
510-3615-169
510-3601-439
510-3615-339
510-3601-689
510-3615-569
3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 232 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
C 244 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
2.4 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 233 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
C 245 8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
1.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 234 4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
C 246 3.9 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 247 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 248 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 249 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 251 18 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 252 150 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 253 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 255 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
510-3601-399
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3601-180
510-3601-151
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 235 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
February 2001
5-4
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
C 256 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 258 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 259 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 260 9.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-689
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3601-919
C 299 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 300 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 301 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 302 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 303 .33 µF X7R ±10% 16V cer smd
C 304 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 305 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 306 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 307 3.9 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3602-100
510-3605-103
510-3631-334
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-399
8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-829
510-3601-919
510-3615-689
C 261 9.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
510-3615-439
C 262 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 263 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-339
510-3615-279
(470-512 MHz)
C 500 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
510-3601-101
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
2.4 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-249
.1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 264 7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 266 27 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 268 150 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 269 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 270 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 271 27 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 272 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
510-3601-759
510-3601-270
510-3601-151
510-3615-569
510-3615-220
510-3601-270
510-3605-103
C 501 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 502 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
C 274 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 275 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 276 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 277 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 278 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 281 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 282 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 283 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 284 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 285 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 286 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 287 47 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 288 7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 289 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 290 36 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 291 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 292 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 293 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 294 47 µF 10V tantalum smd
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3601-470
510-3601-759
510-3605-103
510-3601-360
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-2624-470
510-3606-104
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
C 503 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 504 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 505 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 506 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 507 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 508 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 509 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 510 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 511 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
510-3606-104
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
6.8 µF 35V tantalum smd
510-2635-689
510-2627-100
510-3601-101
510-3606-104
(all others)
C 512 10 µF 25V tantalum smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
C 295 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 296 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 297 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 298 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 513 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
February 2001
5-5
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
510-3601-101
C 530 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
510-3601-390
C 514 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
510-3606-104
510-2627-100
510-3601-101
510-3606-104
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-2627-100
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3615-569
510-3601-101
510-3601-510
510-3615-120
510-3615-100
510-3601-430
510-3615-120
510-3615-100
510-3615-560
510-0019-120
510-0019-110
510-3601-101
510-0019-390
510-0019-330
10 µF 25V tantalum smd
C 531 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
(all others)
C 515 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
.1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 532 51 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
C 516 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 517 10 µF 25V tantalum smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
C 533 43 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 518 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 519 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 520 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 521 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 522 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 523 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 534 56 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
C 535 12 pF 250V mini mica
(revised 430-470 MHz)
11 pF 250V mini mica
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
510-3605-103
510-3615-221
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
(470-512 MHz)
C 536 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
39 pF 250V mini mica
C 524 220 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
(revised 430-470 MHz)
33 pF 250V mini mica
C 525 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
(470-512 MHz)
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 537 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF ±10% 50V hi Q smd
(all others)
510-3615-100
510-3663-101
510-3615-150
510-3615-120
510-3615-100
510-3601-689
C 526 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 527 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 528 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
C 538 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
510-3601-101
510-3601-120
510-3605-103
C 529 12 pF NPO ±5% cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 539 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
February 2001
5-6
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-120
C 548 10 µF 25V tantalum smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
5.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
510-2627-100
510-3615-100
510-3615-399
510-3601-101
510-3602-240
510-3615-160
510-3615-150
510-3615-200
510-3615-100
510-3615-829
510-3615-220
510-3615-101
510-3615-300
510-3615-101
510-3602-240
510-0019-120
510-0019-110
510-3602-240
510-3615-120
510-3615-100
510-3602-240
510-3615-120
510-3615-100
510-3615-519
510-3615-479
510-4064-471
510-3615-759
510-3615-689
510-3605-103
510-3615-130
510-3615-120
510-3601-101
510-3615-130
510-3615-120
510-2627-100
510-3615-130
510-3615-120
510-4064-471
510-3601-101
510-0019-430
510-0019-330
510-3601-101
510-3615-519
510-3615-479
510-2624-479
C 540 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 549 470 µF 25V electrolytic
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
C 541 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
16 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 550 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
13 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
C 542 20 PF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 551 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
13 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
C 543 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(all others)
12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 544 30 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 552 10 µF 25V tantalum smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
13 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
C 545 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
12 pF 250V mini mica
12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 553 470 µF 25V electrolytic
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
C 554 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
43 pF 250V mini mica
(revised 430-470 MHz)
11 pF 250V mini mica
(470-512 MHz)
C 546 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
(revised 430-470 MHz)
33 pF 250V mini mica
(470-512 MHz)
10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 555 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
5.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
C 547 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 556 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
February 2001
5-7
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
5.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-519
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
510-3601-101
510-3615-479
510-3605-103
510-3615-209
510-3615-109
510-3601-101
510-3615-100
510-3601-101
510-3615-120
510-3615-100
510-3601-101
510-2627-100
510-2624-479
510-4064-471
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-2627-100
510-2627-100
510-4064-471
510-3605-103
C 567 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
510-3615-330
510-3601-101
510-3602-150
510-2624-479
510-3602-150
510-3605-103
510-3615-279
510-3601-101
510-3601-159
510-3601-101
510-3615-200
510-3601-101
510-3615-240
510-2624-479
510-3615-220
510-3601-101
510-3615-100
510-3605-103
510-3602-150
510-3601-101
510-3602-150
510-2627-100
C 557 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
2.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
C 568 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd
(all others)
1.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 558 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 569 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 559 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
C 570 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 571 1.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 560 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10 µF 25V tantalum smd
(all others)
C 572 20 PF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 561 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
470 µF 25V electrolytic
C 573 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd
(all others)
(all others)
C 562 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 574 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 563 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 575 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 564 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10 µF 25V tantalum smd
(all others)
C 576 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(all others)
C 565 10 µF 25V tantalum smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
470 µF 25V electrolytic
C 577 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10 µF 25V tantalum smd
(all others)
(all others)
C 566 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
February 2001
5-8
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
C 578 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
510-3615-150
C 618 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3615-569
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(all others)
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3615-759
510-3615-689
4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-439
510-3615-519
510-3615-439
C 579 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
C 619 5.1 pF ±5% NPO 805 smd
(430-470 MHz)
7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 620 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 621 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3615-279
510-3615-279
C 581 0.1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 600 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
510-3605-104
510-3605-103
C 622 5.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3615-519
510-3615-339
510-3615-479
510-3615-339
510-3615-479
510-3615-339
C 601 470 pF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-471
C 602 68 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 603 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 604 68 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 605 6.8 µF 35V tantalum smd
(470-512 MHz, 40 watt)
510-3601-680
510-3605-103
510-3601-680
510-2635-689
3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 623 4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 606 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz, 40 watt)
510-3601-101
C 624 4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
C 607 6.8 µF 35V tantalum smd
C 608 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 609 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(40 watt)
510-2635-689
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 625 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 626 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3615-279
510-3615-569
4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(25 watt)
510-3615-479
C 610 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 611 68 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 612 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 613 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 614 100 pF ±10% 50V hi Q cer smd
C 615 56 pF 250V mini mica
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-101
510-3601-680
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3663-101
510-0019-560
4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-439
510-3615-330
510-3615-270
510-3615-470
510-3615-270
C 627 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz, 25 watt)
27 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz, 40 watt)
47 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz, 25 watt)
47 pF 250V mini mica
510-0019-470
510-3615-330
510-3615-240
510-3615-470
510-3615-240
510-0019-470
(470-512 MHz)
27 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz, 40 watt)
C 616 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz, 25 watt)
24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz, 40 watt)
C 628 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3615-399
510-3615-309
510-3615-399
510-3615-309
47 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz, 25 watt)
3.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz, 40 watt)
C 629 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
C 617 47 pF 250V mini mica
3.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
February 2001
5-9
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
C 630 2.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3615-229
C 644 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz, 40 watt)
510-3615-120
1.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-159
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz, 40 watt)
510-3615-689
510-0019-470
510-0019-390
510-3615-100
510-0019-430
510-0019-270
510-0019-270
C 631 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 632 56 pF 250V mini mica
(430-470 MHz, 40 watt)
27 pF 250V mini mica
510-3615-330
510-0019-560
C 645 47 pF 250V mini mica
(430-470 MHz, 40 watt)
39 pF 250V mini mica
510-0019-270
510-0019-470
510-0019-430
510-3615-229
510-3615-279
510-3615-339
510-3615-279
510-3615-339
510-0019-180
510-0019-150
510-0019-560
510-0019-470
(470-512 MHz, 40 watt)
(470-512 MHz, 40 watt)
C 633 47 pF 250V mini mica
(430-470 MHz, 40 watt)
43 pF 250V mini mica
C 646 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz, 25 watt)
43 pF 250V mini mica
(430-470 MHz, 40 watt)
(470-512 MHz, 40 watt)
C 634 2.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
27 pF 250V mini mica
(470-512 MHz, 25 watt)
27 pF 250V mini mica
2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
(470-512 MHz, 40 watt)
C 647 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 648 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 649 68 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 650 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(25 watt)
510-3615-120
510-3615-101
510-3601-680
510-3615-120
C 635 3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
C 636 3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(40 watt)
510-3615-220
C 637 18 pF 250V mini mica
(430-470 MHz, 40W)
C 651 2.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 652 30 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 653 68 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 655 3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3615-229
510-3615-300
510-3601-680
510-3615-339
15 pF 250V mini mica
(470-512 MHz, 40W)
C 638 56 pF 250V mini mica
(430-470 MHz)
3.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-309
510-3663-150
510-3615-759
510-3601-479
47 pF 250V mini mica
(470-512 MHz)
C 657 15 pF ±10% 50V hi Q cer smd
(430-470 MHz, 40W)
C 640 47 pF 250V mini mica
C 641 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
510-0019-470
510-3615-330
7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz, 40W)
C 642 6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz, 25 watt)
56 pF 250V mini mica
510-3615-689
510-0019-560
510-3615-479
510-0019-270
510-3615-399
510-3615-279
C 658 4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz, 40W)
C 800 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 801 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 802 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 803 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 804 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 805 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 807 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 808 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 809 150 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 810 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3601-151
510-3601-101
(430-470 MHz, 40 watt)
4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz, 25 watt)
27 pF 250V mini mica
(470-512 MHz, 40 watt)
C 643 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
February 2001
5-10
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
C 811 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 812 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 813 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 814 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
510-2624-479
510-3605-103
CR 203 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 204 Band switching diode
CR 205 Band switching diode
CR 206 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 207 Pin switching diode
CR 208 Pin switching diode
CR 209 Pin switching diode
CR 210 Pin switching diode
CR 211 Dual switching diode SOT-23
CR 212 Dual switching diode SOT-23
CR 500 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 501 Dual switching diode SOT-233
CR 502 Dual switching diode SOT-23
CR 503 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 504 Switching diode SOT-23
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
523-1504-002
523-1504-035
523-1504-035
523-1504-002
523-1504-001
523-1504-001
523-1504-001
523-1504-001
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-002
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
C 815 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 816 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102
C 817 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 818 9.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-101
510-3601-919
8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(470-512 MHz)
510-3615-829
C 819 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd
C 820 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
510-2624-109
510-3601-101
C 821 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102
C 822 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 823 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 824 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 825 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd
C 826 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 827 9.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(430-470 MHz)
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-2624-109
510-3601-689
510-3601-919
5.1V zener SOT-23
523-2016-519
523-2016-479
523-1504-023
523-1504-002
523-1504-023
(revised 430-470 MHz)
4.7V zener SOT-23
(470-512 MHz, 40W only)
CR 505 Dual switching diode SOT-23
(470-512 MHz)
6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
510-3615-689
(470-512 MHz)
CR 506 Switching diode SOT-23
(470-512 MHz)
C 828 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 829 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 830 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 831 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd
C 832 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 833 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 834 .22 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 835 .01 µF NPO ±2% 50V cer smd
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
510-2624-109
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3607-224
510-3617-103
CR 507 Dual switching diode SOT-23
(470-512 MHz)
CR 600 Transient suppressor
CR 601 Pin diode
523-2906-001
523-1504-032
523-1504-016
523-1504-032
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
523-2016-519
CR 602 HC diode
CR 603 Pin diode
CR 800 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 801 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 802 5.1V zener SOT-23
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
C 836 4700 pF NPO ±2% 50V cer smd 510-3616-472
C 837 .01 µF NPO ±2% 50V cer smd
C 838 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd
510-3617-103
510-2624-479
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
C 839 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 840 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
EP 001 Transistor ground tab
EP 001 Ferrite bead smd
(470-512 MHz)
017-2225-527
517-2503-010
C 841 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102
C 842 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
510-3615-399
EP 002 Ferrite bead smd
(470-512 MHz)
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(all others)
510-3615-829
EP 003 Ferrite bead smd
(470-512 MHz)
CR 200 Pin switching diode
CR 201 Band switching diode
CR 202 Band switching diode
523-1504-001
523-1504-035
523-1504-035
EP 200 Mini crystal pin insulator
EP 500 Ferrite bead smd
(430-470 MHz)
010-0345-280
517-2503-001
February 2001
5-11
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
EP 501 Ferrite bead smd
(430-470 MHz)
517-2503-010
L 501 5T 18.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-005
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
EP 501 .055 ID x .015 teflon tubing
EP 600 Ferrite bead smd
EP 601 Ferrite bead smd
EP 602 Ferrite bead smd
EP 603 Ferrite bead smd
EP 606 Ferrite bead, .296 x.296
058-0053-515
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
517-2002-006
3T 24 AWG .080 id inductor
(revised 430-470 MHz)
542-0030-003
542-0030-002
542-0030-004
542-0030-003
542-0030-002
2T 24 AWG .080 id inductor
(470-512 MHz)
L 502 12.5 nH smd air core inductor
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
3T 24 AWG .080 id inductor
(revised 430-470 MHz)
F 500 4 amp fuse smd very fast blow
534-5000-140
2T 24 AWG .080 id inductor
(470-512 MHz)
J 201 Connector, 2 x 10 pin male (RF bd) 515-7100-944
J 501 Connector 1 x 8 pin male (RF bd) 515-7100-942
L 503 9T 35.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-009
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
J 600 Connector, 8-pin female
J 601 Antenna jack, right angle
515-7102-115
515-3011-020
2T 24 AWG .080 id inductor
(all others)
542-0030-002
L 200 0.5in long smd resonator
L 201 0.5in long smd resonator
L 202 15 nH inductor
(430-470 MHz)
542-9004-005
542-9004-005
542-9003-157
L 504 1T 2.5 nH smd air core inductor
L 505 8.0 nH smd air core inductor
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
2T 24 AWG .080 id inductor
(all others)
542-0030-001
542-0030-003
542-0030-002
542-0030-003
12 nH inductor
542-9003-127
(470-512 MHz)
L 506 8.0 nH smd air core inductor
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
L 203 12 nH inductor
L 204 0.5in long smd resonator
L 205 47 nH inductor
(430-470 MHz)
542-9003-127
542-9004-005
542-9003-477
9T 35.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-009
(all others)
L 507 8.0 nH smd air core inductor
(430-470 MHz)
542-0030-003
56 nH inductor
542-9003-567
(470-512 MHz)
L 600 4T .1 ID inductor
L 601 4T .1 ID inductor
L 602 4T .080 ID inductor
L 603 3T .060 ID inductor
(430-470 MHz)
542-0020-044
542-0020-044
542-0020-034
542-0020-013
L 206 0.5in long smd resonator
L 207 15 nH inductor
L 208 .68 µH smd inductor
L 209 12 nH inductor
L 210 22 nH inductor
L 211 12 nH inductor
L 213 .68 µH smd inductor
L 215 .68 µH smd inductor
L 217 .27 µH ±5% smd inductor
L 218 455 kHz variable with cap
L 219 .22 µH ±5% smd
L 220 Smd inductor
542-9004-005
542-9003-157
542-9000-688
542-9003-127
542-9003-227
542-9003-127
542-9000-688
542-9000-688
542-9000-278
542-1012-010
542-9000-228
542-9003-277
3T .1 ID inductor
542-0020-043
542-0020-043
016-0020-053
(470-512 MHz)
L 604 3T .1 ID inductor
(430-470 MHz)
3T .12 ID inductor
(470-512 MHz)
L 605 4T .1 ID inductor
L 606 3T .1 ID inductor
L 607 7T 35.5 nH air core inductor
(430-470 MHz, 40W)
9T 35.5 nH air core inductor
(all others)
542-0020-044
542-0020-043
542-0030-007
L 500 5T 18.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-005
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
542-0030-009
542-0030-009
6T 17.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-006
(all others)
L 608 9T 35.5 nH air core inductor
February 2001
5-12
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
L 800 22 nH inductor
L 801 12 nH inductor
L 802 39 nH inductor
542-9003-227
542-9003-127
542-9003-397
NPN general purpose
(all others)
576-0003-658
Q 505 NPN general purpose
Q 506 NPN low noise amp
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
PNP general purpose
(all others)
576-0003-658
576-0003-618
MP 013 .120 isodamp foam
MP 131 Shim substrate
MP 208 1/4 in. coil shield
MP 213 1/4 in. coil shield
MP 215 1/4 in. coil shield
MP 509 Heat sink sleeving
(430-470 MHz)
018-1132-019
010-0345-450
578-0003-001
578-0003-001
578-0003-001
016-2229-001
576-0003-612
576-0003-618
576-0003-658
576-0004-401
576-0003-658
576-0006-120
576-0003-618
576-0002-057
576-0003-618
576-0006-450
576-0006-027
576-0002-070
576-0001-300
576-0002-057
576-0003-612
576-0001-300
576-0001-300
576-0006-027
576-0003-612
576-0001-300
Q 507 NPN low noise amp
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
NPN general purpose
(all others)
MP 900 Can, VCO
017-2225-752
023-4110-012
Q 508 NPN UHF 1.5W amp
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
NPN gernal purpose
P 001 Power connector assembly, dual
(all others)
PC 200 PC board, RF
Unrevised 430-470 MHz
All others
Q 509 N-channel FET UHF 7W amp
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
NPN low noise amp
035-9840-200
035-9840-250
PC 600 PC board, PA
430-470 MHz, 25 watt
470-512 MHz, 25 watt
All 40 watt
(all others)
035-9843-500
035-9843-550
035-9844-520
Q 510 PNP med power switch
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
NPN low noise amp
(all others)
Q 200 PNP general purpose
Q 201 NPN low noise medium power
Q 202 N-channel dual MOSFET
Q 203 PNP general purpose
Q 204 NPN low noise med power amp
Q 205 NPN digital w/resistors
Q 206 NPN digital w/resistors
Q 207 VHF/UHF amp
Q 500 PNP power Darlington
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
NPN low noise amp
576-0003-612
576-0003-636
576-0006-234
576-0003-612
576-0003-636
576-0003-616
576-0003-616
576-0003-634
576-0007-013
Q 511 N-channel RF power MOSFET
(470-512 MHz)
Q 512 NPN high current amp
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
NPN UHF 10W amp
(all others)
Q 513 NPN low noise amp
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
PNP med power switch
(all others)
576-0001-300
576-0003-658
576-0007-013
Q 514 PNP general purpose
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
NPN low noise amp
(all others)
Q 501 NPN general purpose
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
PNP power Darlington
(all others)
Q 515 NPN low noise amp
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
NPN high current amp
(all others)
(all others)
Q 502 NPN general purpose
Q 503 NPN general purpose
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
PNP general purpose
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
Q 516 PNP general purpose
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
NPN low noise amp
576-0003-612
576-0003-612
(all others)
Q 504 PNP general purpose
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
(all others)
February 2001
5-13
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Q 517 NPN general purpose
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
PNP general purpose
576-0003-658
R 233 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 234 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 237 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 238 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 239 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 240 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 241 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 242 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 243 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 244 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 245 680 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 246 390 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 247 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 248 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 249 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 250 390 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 251 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 252 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 253 3.3k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 254 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 255 56k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 256 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 257 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 258 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 259 330 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 260 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(430-470 MHz)
569-0105-223
569-0105-223
569-0105-203
569-0105-203
569-0105-511
569-0105-511
569-0105-203
569-0105-203
569-0105-100
569-0105-153
569-0105-681
569-0105-391
569-0105-472
569-0105-181
569-0105-470
569-0105-391
569-0105-101
569-0105-101
569-0105-332
569-0105-222
569-0105-563
569-0105-273
569-0105-623
569-0105-103
569-0105-331
569-0115-101
576-0003-612
(all others)
Q 600 NPN 50W amplifier
Q 601 NPN 50W amplifier
Q 602 NPN general purpose amp
Q 800 NPN low noise amp
Q 801 NPN low noise med power amp
576-0004-402
576-0004-402
576-0003-658
576-0001-300
576-0003-636
R 200 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 201 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 202 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 203 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 204 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 205 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 206 3.9k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 207 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 208 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 209 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 210 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 211 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 212 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 213 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 214 330 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(430-470 MHz)
569-0105-102
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-102
569-0105-392
569-0105-101
569-0105-472
569-0105-471
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-331
270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-271
(470-512 MHz)
R 261 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(430-470 MHz)
569-0115-100
R 215 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 216 390 ohm ±5% 1/8W smdl
R 217 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 218 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 219 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 220 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 221 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 222 3.3k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 223 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 224 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 225 270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 226 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 227 270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 228 8.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 229 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 231 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 232 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-103
569-0105-391
569-0105-473
569-0105-103
569-0105-101
569-0105-101
569-0105-102
569-0105-332
569-0105-472
569-0105-102
569-0105-271
569-0105-180
569-0105-271
569-0105-822
569-0105-001
569-0105-472
569-0105-472
R 500 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 501 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 502 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 503 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(430-470 MHz)
569-0105-222
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
R 504 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(430-470 MHz)
569-0105-102
569-0105-103
10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(470-512 MHz)
R 505 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 506 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
569-0105-103
569-0105-102
569-0105-103
569-0105-102
R 507 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
February 2001
5-14
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
R 508 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
569-0105-224
R 521 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
569-0105-470
569-0105-103
569-0105-472
569-0105-122
569-0105-472
569-0105-271
569-0105-103
569-0105-470
569-0105-473
569-0105-103
569-0105-473
569-0105-103
569-0105-332
569-0105-100
562-0135-502
569-0105-470
569-0105-103
R 509 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 510 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
569-0105-103
569-0105-122
R 522 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
569-0105-103
569-0105-121
569-0105-681
569-0105-473
569-0105-102
569-0105-102
569-0105-224
569-0105-473
R 523 270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 511 120 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
680 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 524 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 512 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 525 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 513 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 526 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
3.3k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 514 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
R 515 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 516 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
569-0105-103
569-0105-472
R 527 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
5k ohm smd top adj
569-0105-122
(all others)
R 528 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 517 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
120 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
569-0105-103
569-0105-121
569-0105-101
569-0105-473
569-0105-272
569-0105-102
569-0105-470
569-0105-473
R 518 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 529 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
68 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
569-0105-100
569-0115-680
569-0105-182
569-0115-680
569-0105-182
569-0105-103
R 519 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 530 1.8k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
68 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 520 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 531 1.8k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
February 2001
5-15
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
R 532 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
15 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
569-0105-180
1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
569-0105-102
569-0115-150
569-0105-511
569-0105-103
569-0105-104
569-0105-330
569-0105-104
569-0105-152
569-0111-501
569-0105-122
569-0105-102
569-0175-510
569-0111-425
569-0105-511
569-0111-461
569-0105-104
569-0105-103
569-0105-104
569-0111-472
569-0111-501
569-0111-385
569-0115-101
569-0111-409
R 544 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 545 17.8k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 546 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
569-0115-100
569-0111-425
569-0105-101
R 533 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
42.2k ±1% 1/8W smd
569-0111-461
(all others)
R 534 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
33 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 547 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 548 54.9k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 549 7.5k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 550 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
569-0105-103
569-0111-472
569-0111-385
569-0105-103
R 535 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
1.5k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
12.1k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
(all others)
569-0111-409
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-151
569-0105-181
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0175-222
569-0175-222
R 551 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
R 536 100k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 552 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
R 553 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
R 537 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
51 ohm ±5% 1W smd
R 554 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
(all others)
R 555 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
R 538 17.8k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 556 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
R 557 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
R 539 42.2k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 558 2.2k ohm ±5% 1W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
R 559 2.2k ohm ±5% 1W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
R 540 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 600 .030 ohm ±5% 2W WW smd
R 601 10k ohm ±5% thermistor
R 602 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 603 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 604 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd
R 605 330 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 606 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(430-470 MHz, 40W)
569-2019-307
569-3013-007
569-0105-224
569-0105-224
569-0135-101
569-0105-331
569-0105-104
R 541 54.9k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
(all others)
R 542 7.5k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all others)
68k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-683
569-0105-104
(all others)
R 543 12.1k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
(unrevised 430-470 MHz)
R 607 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(all 25W)
February 2001
5-16
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
75k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(430-470 MHz 40W)
56k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(470-512 MHz 40W)
569-0105-753
R 822 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 823 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 824 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 825 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 826 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 827 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 828 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 829 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 830 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 831 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 832 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 833 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 834 12k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 835 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 836 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 837 68 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 838 24k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 839 39 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 840 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 841 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 842 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 843 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 844 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 845 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 846 5.6k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 847 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 848 18k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 849 470k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 850 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 851 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 852 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 853 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 854 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 855 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(revised 430-470 MHz)
569-0105-103
569-0105-333
569-0105-001
569-0105-101
569-0105-103
569-0105-472
569-0105-001
569-0105-472
569-0105-101
569-0105-101
569-0105-102
569-0105-153
569-0105-123
569-0105-101
569-0105-180
569-0105-680
569-0105-243
569-0105-390
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-151
569-0105-151
569-0105-102
569-0105-100
569-0105-562
569-0105-180
569-0105-183
569-0105-474
569-0105-101
569-0105-473
569-0105-102
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-151
569-0105-563
R 608 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 609 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd
R 610 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd
R 611 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 612 330 ohm ±5% 1W smd
(430-470 MHz 40W)
569-0105-224
569-0135-101
569-0135-101
569-0105-472
569-0175-331
100 ohm ±5% 1W smd
569-0175-101
569-0175-471
569-0175-101
569-0175-331
569-0175-331
569-0175-331
(470-512 MHz 40W)
R 613 470 ohm ±5% 1W smd
(25 watt and 470-512 MHz 40W)
100 ohm ±5% 1W smd
(430-470 MHz 40 watt)
R 614 330 ohm ±5% 1W smd
(430-470 MHz 40 watt)
R 615 330 ohm ±5% 1W smd
(430-470 MHz 40 watt)
R 616 330 ohm ±5% 1W smd
(430-470 MHz 40 watt)
R 800 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 801 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 802 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 803 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 804 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 805 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 806 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 807 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 808 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 809 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 810 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 811 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 812 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 813 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 814 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 815 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 816 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 817 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 818 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 819 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 820 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 821 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-203
569-0105-203
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-001
569-0105-001
569-0105-001
47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-470
569-0105-820
(all others)
R 856 82 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
U 201 FM IF system SA676DK
U 500 Op amp, dual 2904
544-2002-037
544-2019-004
544-2003-081
U 501 Regulator, 8V 0.5A 78M08
U 502 Regulator, adj 180mA TK11900 544-2603-093
U 800 Shift register, 8-stage 4094
U 801 Shift register, 8-stage 4094
544-3016-094
544-3016-094
February 2001
5-17
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS
Ref No.
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
U 802 Potentiometer, 4-chnl AD8403
U 803 Op amp, dual 2904
544-0004-211
544-2019-004
544-3954-027
518-7009-523
C 244 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 245 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
510-3605-103
510-3615-101
510-3615-300
U 804 Synthesizer SA7025
C 246 30 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
U 806 TCXO, 14.85 MHz ±2.0 ppm
16 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
510-3601-160
Z 202 450 kHz 9 kHz bw ceramic filter 532-2006-034
Z 204 45 MHz 4-pole crystal filter 532-0009-027
C 247 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 248 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 249 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 250 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 255 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
510-3615-390
510-3605-103
510-3615-390
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3601-399
Z 205 450 khz, 20 kHz bw ceramic filter 532-2004-013
Z 206 450 khz, 20 kHz bw ceramic filter 532-2004-013
C 264 3.9 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
510-3601-339
Ref No
Description
Part No.
C 265 47 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
510-3601-470
510-3601-110
C 266 11 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
800/900 MHZ RF AND PA BOARDS
A 020 Pwr connector assembly includes:
30 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
510-3601-300
510-3601-390
510-3601-151
510-3601-150
510-3601-689
510-3601-270
510-3601-150
510-3601-270
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
.001 µF 500V feedthrough
Contact (2)
Shield
Connector body
13 AWG tinned copper wire
510-3151-102
515-9033-006
017-2227-031
515-9033-012
597-0271-013
C 268 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
150 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
A 533 Stabilization board, Q651 (800/900 023-9884-531
MHz, 30W only) includes:
C 269 15 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models only)
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-103
.01 µH smd inductor
33 ohm resistors
C 270 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
542-9001-107
27 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer
(900 MHz models)
A 900 VCO module, 800 MHz
VCO module, 900 MHz
023-9880-901
023-9890-901
C 271 15 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
C 202 12 pF NPO ±5% cer smd
(800 MHz models)
510-3601-120
510-3615-100
27 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
C 272 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
C 214 8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 222 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 223 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 224 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 225 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 226 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
510-3615-829
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3615-390
510-3605-103
510-3615-390
510-3615-189
.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
C 274 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102
C 275 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 276 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 277 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 278 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 280 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 281 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 282 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 283 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
C 227 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
2.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
510-3615-229
C 231 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 232 56 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
510-3601-390
510-3601-560
February 2001
5-18
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
C 284 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 285 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 286 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3601-330
C 524 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 525 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 526 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 527 1.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 528 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 529 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 530 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 531 1 µF ±10% 50V X7R cer smd
C 532 1 µF 16V tantalum smd
510-3601-390
510-3601-390
510-3605-103
510-3615-169
510-3605-103
510-3601-390
510-3601-390
510-3606-105
510-2625-109
510-3605-103
510-2627-100
510-4064-471
510-3605-103
510-3601-390
510-2627-100
510-4064-471
510-3601-390
510-3601-390
510-2624-479
510-3605-103
510-3601-390
510-3601-390
510-2624-479
510-3601-390
510-3605-103
510-3601-390
510-2627-100
510-3605-103
C 287 33 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
47 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
510-3601-470
C 288 7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 289 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
510-3601-759
510-3605-103
510-3601-240
C 290 24 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
C 547 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 548 10 µF 25V tantalum smd
36 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
510-3601-360
C 549 470 µF 25V electrolytic
C 550 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 551 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 552 10 µF 25V tantalum smd
C 291 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 292 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 293 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 294 47 µF 10V tantalum smd
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-2624-470
510-3606-104
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3602-100
510-3605-103
510-3631-334
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3601-101
510-3601-390
510-3606-104
510-3605-103
510-3601-390
510-3606-104
510-3605-103
510-3601-390
510-3606-104
510-3601-390
510-3601-569
510-3601-160
510-3601-390
510-3615-169
510-3615-689
510-3601-390
510-3615-439
510-3601-100
C 553 470 µF 25V electrolytic
C 554 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 555 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 556 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd
C 557 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 558 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 559 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 561 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd
C 562 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 563 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 564 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 565 10 µF 25V tantalum smd
C 295 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 296 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 297 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 298 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 299 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 300 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 301 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 302 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 303 .33 µF X7R ±10% 16V cer smd
C 304 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 305 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 306 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 500 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 501 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 502 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 503 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 504 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 505 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 511 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 513 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 514 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 515 5.6 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 516 16 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 517 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 518 1.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 519 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 520 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 522 4.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 523 10 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 566 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 599 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473
C 600 .018 µF X7R ±10% cer smd
C 601 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 603 1 µF ±10% 16V 50V cer smd
C 604 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
510-3605-183
510-3615-390
510-3606-105
510-3615-390
C 605 .018 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-183
C 606 1 µF ±10% 16V 50V cer smd
C 607 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
510-3606-105
510-3615-390
C 608 .018 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-183
C 609 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390
C 610 .018 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-183
C 611 1 µF ±10% 16V 50V cer smd
C 612 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 613 56 pF ±10% 50V high q smd
510-3606-105
510-3605-103
510-3653-560
510-0019-409
C 614 4 pF 250V mini mica
(30W 800/900 MHz models)
C 615 1 µF ±10% 16V 50V cer smd
510-3606-105
February 2001
5-19
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
C 619 1 µF ±10% 16V 50V cer smd
C 620 1.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 621 56 pF ±10% 50V high q smd
C 622 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 623 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 624 3.9 pF ±10% 50V high q smd
C 625 7.5 pF ±10% 50V high q smd
C 626 7.5 pF ±10% 50V high q smd
C 627 3.9 pF ±10% 50V high q smd
C 628 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 629 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 630 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 631 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 632 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 633 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(15W 800 MHz/30W 900 MHz)
12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(15W 900 MHz)
510-3606-105
510-3615-109
510-3653-560
510-3615-189
510-3615-120
510-3653-399
510-3663-759
510-3663-759
510-3653-399
510-3615-390
510-3605-103
510-3615-390
510-3615-390
510-3615-390
510-3615-100
150 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
510-3601-151
C 811 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 812 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 813 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 814 10 µF 16V tantalum smd
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3605-103
510-2625-100
510-3605-103
C 815 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 816 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102
C 817 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 818 5.6 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 819 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd
510-3601-101
510-3601-569
510-2624-109
510-3601-101
C 820 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 821 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102
C 822 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 823 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 824 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 825 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd
510-3615-390
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-2624-109
510-3601-120
510-3615-120
510-3653-560
C 826 12 pF NPO ±5% cer smd
(800 MHz models)
56 pF ±10% 50V high q smd
5.6 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
510-3601-569
(30W, 800 MHz)
C 634 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 635 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 636 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 637 .018 µF X7R k50V cer smd
C 638 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 639 3.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 640 2.2 µF 16V tantalum smd
C 651 3.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 652 10 pF 250V mini mica
C 653 12 pF 250V mini mica
C 654 18 pF 250V mini mica
(30W, 800 MHz)
510-3615-390
510-3615-189
510-3615-390
510-3605-183
510-3615-390
510-3615-369
510-2625-229
510-3615-309
510-0019-100
510-0019-120
510-0019-180
C 827 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 828 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 829 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 830 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 831 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd
510-3615-390
510-3605-103
510-3615-390
510-3605-103
510-2624-109
510-3605-103
510-3615-390
510-3610-104
510-3617-103
C 832 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 833 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 834 0.1 µF X7R ±5% 50V cer smd
C 835 .01 µF NPO ±2% 50V cer smd
C 836 4700 pF NPO ±2% 50V cer smd 510-3616-472
C 838 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd
510-2624-479
510-3615-390
510-3605-103
C 839 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
C 840 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
12 pF 250V mini mica
510-0019-120
510-0019-180
510-0019-150
(30W, 900 MHz)
C 841 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102
C 655 18 pF 250V mini mica
(30W, 800 MHz)
C 842 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
510-3615-390
15 pF 250V mini mica
27 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
510-3601-270
(30W, 900 MHz)
C 656 1.0 to 4.5 pF smd var
512-1008-001
510-3653-339
C 843 5.6 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 844 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 845 10 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 846 10 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 847 4.7 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 848 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
510-3601-569
510-3605-103
510-3601-100
510-3601-100
510-3601-479
510-3615-390
C 657 3.3 pF ±10% 50V high q smd
(800 MHz models only)
C 807 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 808 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
510-3605-103
510-3601-101
510-3601-331
C 809 330 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
February 2001
5-20
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
C 849 47 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
(800 MHz models)
510-3601-470
J 600 Connector, 8-pin female (PA bd) 515-7102-115
J 601 Antenna jack, right angle
515-3011-020
27 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
(900 MHz models)
510-3601-270
510-3615-390
L 200 12 nH smd inductor
(800 MHz models only)
542-9003-127
542-9003-397
C 850 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
L 201 39 µH smd inductor
(800 MHz models only)
CR 200 PIN switching diode
CR 203 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 207 PIN switching diode
CR 208 PIN switching diode
CR 209 PIN switching diode
CR 210 PIN switching diode
CR 500 Switching diode SOT-23
(30W models only)
523-1504-001
523-1504-002
523-1504-001
523-1504-001
523-1504-001
523-1504-001
523-1504-002
L 207 .047 µH smd inductor
542-9001-477
542-1012-015
L 213 Variable inductor
(800 MHz models)
.68 µH smd inductor
(900 MHz models)
542-9000-688
542-9000-399
542-1012-015
542-9000-688
L 214 3.9 µH inductor
(800 MHz models)
L 215 Variable inductor
(800 MHz models)
CR 501 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 502 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 503 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 504 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 505 Dual sw diode SOT-23
CR 506 Dual sw diode SOT-23
CR 600 Transient suppressor
CR 601 Zener diode 12V
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
523-2906-001
523-2016-120
523-1504-032
523-1504-016
523-1504-032
523-1504-032
523-1504-002
523-1504-001
523-1504-001
523-2016-519
.68 µH smd inductor
(900 MHz models)
L 217 .27 µH smd inductor
L 218 455 kHz variable w/cap
L 219 .22 µH inductor
542-9000-278
542-1012-010
542-9000-228
542-9001-398
542-0030-003
542-0030-003
542-0030-009
542-0030-004
542-0030-009
542-9001-337
L 220 0.39 µH smd inductor
L 501 8 nH smd inductor
L 502 8 nH smd inductor
L 503 9T 35.5 nH inductor
L 504 12.5 nH smd inductor
L 601 9T 35.5 nH inductor
L 602 .033 µH smd inductor
(15W models)
CR 602 PIN diode
CR 603 HC diode
CR 604 PIN diode
CR 603 PIN diode
CR 800 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 801 PIN switching diode
CR 802 PIN switching diode
CR 803 5.1V zener SOT-23
8T 22 AWG .090 ID inductor
(30W models)
542-0016-008
L 603 .033 µH smd inductor
L 604 8.0 nH smd inductor
L 651 8T 22 AWG .090 ID inductor
L 800 .047 µH smd inductor
L 801 .047 µH smd inductor
542-9001-337
542-0030-003
542-0016-008
542-9001-477
542-9001-477
EP 010 Ferrite noise suppressor
(J201/J302)
515-9034-065
EP 200 Crystal pin insulator
EP 500 .055” x .015” teflon tubing
EP 501 Ferrite bead
010-0345-280
058-0053-515
517-2503-002
058-0053-510
517-2503-002
517-2503-010
517-2503-010
EP 502 .03” teflon tubing
EP 502 Ferrite bead
MP 002 1/4 in. coil shield
578-0003-001
016-2229-001
017-2224-340
537-5001-008
See A020
MP 509 Heat sink sleeving (Q509)
MP 600 Jumper strap
EP 600 Ferrite bead smd
EP 601 Ferrite bead smd
MP 601 RF shield (900 MHz)
P 001 Power connector, dual
F 500 Fuse, 4A smd very fast blow
534-5000-140
PC 200 PC board, RF
800 MHz models (rev 2)
900 MHz models (rev 2)
J 201 Connector, 2 x 10 pin male (RF bd) 515-7100-944
J 501 Connector 1 x 8 pin male (RF bd) 515-7100-942
035-9880-200
035-9890-200
February 2001
5-21
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No
PC 500 PC board, power amp
800/900 MHz 15W (rev 2)
800/900 MHz 30W (rev 3)
Q 200 PNP switching
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
R 212 270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 213 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 214 560 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-271
569-0105-472
569-0105-561
569-0105-151
035-9882-500
035-9884-500
576-0003-612
576-0003-618
576-0003-618
576-0003-612
576-0003-616
576-0003-616
576-0003-634
576-0007-013
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-612
576-0003-658
576-0003-604
R 215 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
Q 201 NPN low noise high freq
Q 202 NPN low noise high freq
Q 203 PNP switching
270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(900 MHz models)
569-0105-271
569-0105-390
569-0105-180
569-0105-151
569-0105-271
569-0105-181
569-0105-101
R 216 39 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
Q 205 NPN digital w/resistors
Q 206 NPN digital w/resistors
Q 207 VHF/UHF amp
18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(900 MHz models)
Q 500 PNP power Darlington
Q 501 NPN general purpose
Q 502 NPN general purpose
Q 503 NPN general purpose
Q 504 PNP switching
R 217 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(900 MHz models)
R 218 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
Q 505 NPN general purpose
Q 506 NPN low noise amp
100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(900 MHz models)
Q 507 NPN 750 mW UHF/800 MHz amp 576-0004-098
R 219 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 221 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 222 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 226 Zero ohm jumper
569-0105-101
569-0105-222
569-0105-472
569-0105-001
569-0105-822
569-0105-001
569-0105-472
569-0105-472
569-0105-223
569-0105-223
569-0105-203
569-0105-203
569-0105-511
569-0105-511
569-0105-203
569-0105-203
569-0105-100
569-0105-153
569-0105-681
569-0105-391
569-0105-472
569-0105-181
569-0105-470
569-0105-391
569-0105-101
569-0105-101
569-0105-332
Q 508 PNP switching
576-0003-612
576-0003-658
576-0002-057
576-0001-300
576-0006-027
576-0001-300
576-0003-612
Q 509 NPN general purpose
Q 510 PNP med power amp/switch
Q 511 NPN low noise amp
Q 512 NPN high current
Q 513 NPN low noise amp
Q 514 PNP switching
R 228 8.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 229 Zero ohm jumper
R 231 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 232 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 233 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 234 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 237 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 238 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 239 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 240 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 241 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 242 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 243 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 244 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 245 680 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 246 390 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 247 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 248 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 249 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 250 390 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 251 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 252 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 253 3.3k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
Q 600 PNP switching xstr
Q 602 NPN general purpose
Q 651 NPN 806-870 MHz 45W amp
Q 800 NPN low noise amp
Q 801 NPN low noise high freq
Q 802 PNP switching
576-0003-612
576-0003-658
576-0004-817
576-0001-300
576-0003-618
576-0003-612
576-0003-616
576-0003-616
576-0003-616
576-0003-612
Q 803 NPN digital w/resistors
Q 804 NPN digital w/resistors
Q 805 NPN digital w/resistors
Q 806 PNP switching
R 200 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 205 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 206 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 207 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 208 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 209 220 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 210 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 211 270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-102
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-101
569-0105-472
569-0105-221
569-0105-180
569-0105-271
February 2001
5-22
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
R 254 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 255 56k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 256 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 257 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
569-0105-222
569-0105-563
569-0105-273
569-0105-623
R 527 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 528 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 529 680 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 530 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 531 680 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 533 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 534 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 535 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 536 100k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 537 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 538 17.8k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 539 42.2k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 540 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 541 54.9k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 542 7.5k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 543 12.1k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 546 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 547 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 548 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 549 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0115-100
569-0115-101
569-0115-681
569-0115-100
569-0115-681
569-0105-511
569-0105-104
569-0105-104
569-0111-501
569-0105-102
569-0111-425
569-0111-461
569-0105-103
569-0111-472
569-0111-385
569-0111-409
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-102
569-0105-102
47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-473
(900 MHz models)
R 258 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 259 330 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 500 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 501 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-103
569-0105-331
569-0105-222
569-0105-103
R 502 11.0k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
569-0101-405
569-0101-401
10.0k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
(900 MHz models)
R 503 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 504 1.15k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 505 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 506 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 507 1.15k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 508 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 509 11.0k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
569-0105-103
569-0101-307
569-0105-103
569-0105-102
569-0101-307
569-0105-224
569-0101-405
R 600 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 601 .030 ohm 2W ±5% smd ww
(all 15W, 800 MHz 30W)
569-0115-471
569-2019-307
10.0k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
569-0101-401
.015 ohm 2W ±5% smd ww
(900 MHz, 30W)
569-2019-157
(900 MHz models)
R 510 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 511 56 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
569-0105-122
569-0105-560
R 602 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 603 330 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 604 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd
R 605 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 606 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 607 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 608 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 609 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd
R 610 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd
R 611 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 612 1k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 613 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 614 330 ohm ±5% 1W smd
R 615 100 ohm ±5% 1/8 smd
(15W models)
569-0105-224
569-0105-331
569-0135-101
569-0105-104
569-0105-224
569-0105-224
569-0105-224
569-0135-101
569-0135-101
569-0105-472
569-0115-102
569-0115-103
569-0175-331
569-0105-101
120 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-121
(900 MHz models)
R 512 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 513 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 514 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 515 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 516 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 517 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 518 51 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 519 5.1k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 520 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 521 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 522 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 523 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 524 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 525 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 526 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-473
569-0105-102
569-0105-473
569-0105-472
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-510
569-0105-512
569-0105-122
569-0105-101
569-0105-101
569-0105-101
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0115-101
2k ohm ±5% 1W smd
569-0175-202
(30W models)
R616 100 ohm ±5% 1/8 smd
R617 430 ohm ±5% 1/8 smd
R618 10 ohm ±5% 1/8 smd
569-0105-101
569-0115-431
569-0115-100
February 2001
5-23
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
R619 430 ohm ±5% 1/8 smd
569-0115-431
R 835 560 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 836 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 837 68k ohm ±5% cer smd
569-0115-561
569-0105-333
569-0105-683
569-0105-273
R 800 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 801 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 802 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 803 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 804 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 805 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 806 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 807 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 808 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 809 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 810 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 811 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 812 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 813 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 814 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 815 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 816 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 817 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 818 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 819 Zero ohm jumper
569-0105-203
569-0105-203
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-103
569-0105-203
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-001
569-0105-001
569-0105-001
569-0105-472
R 838 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
24k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(900 MHz models)
569-0105-243
R 839 Zero ohm jumper
569-0105-001
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-100
569-0105-103
R 840 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 841 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 845 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 846 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
11k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(900 MHz models)
569-0105-113
R 848 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 849 470k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 850 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-153
569-0105-474
569-0105-101
569-0105-104
R 851 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(900 MHz models)
569-0105-473
R 852 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 853 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 854 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 855 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 856 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 857 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 858 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 859 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 860 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-102
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-470
569-0105-102
569-0105-102
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-472
569-0105-150
R 820 Zero ohm jumper
R 821 Zero ohm jumper
R 822 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(900 MHz models)
569-0105-104
R 823 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 824 Zero ohm jumper
569-0105-104
569-0105-001
569-0115-561
569-0105-472
R 825 560 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 861 15 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
R 826 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
0 ohm jumper
(900 MHz models)
569-0105-001
10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(900 MHz models)
569-0105-103
R 862 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 863 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-223
569-0105-223
R 827 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 828 Zero ohm jumper
569-0105-472
569-0105-001
569-0105-153
R 829 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(800 MHz models)
RT 601 10k ohm ±5% thermistor
569-3013-007
10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-103
S 001 Switch, rotary and push
U 201 FM IF system SA676DK
U 500 Op amp, dual 2904
583-2042-001
544-2002-037
544-2019-004
544-2003-081
544-2603-093
544-4001-127
(900 MHz models)
R 830 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 831 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 832 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 833 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 834 12k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-101
569-0105-101
569-0105-181
569-0105-153
569-0105-123
U 501 Regulator, 8V 0.7A 78M08
U 502 Regulator, adjust 180 mA
U 600 Power module, 20W 870 MHz
(800 MHz models)
February 2001
5-24
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Power module, 18W 900 MHz
(900 MHz models)
544-4001-008
C 106 .22 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 107 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 108 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 109 470 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 110 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 111 10 µF 16V tantalum smd
510-3606-224
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3601-471
510-3605-103
510-2625-100
510-2625-100
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
U 800 Shift register, 8-stage 4094
U 801 Shift register, 8-stage 4094
U 802 Potentiometer, 4-ch AD8403
U 803 Op amp, dual 2904
544-3016-094
544-3016-094
544-0004-211
544-2019-004
544-3954-027
518-7009-521
U 804 Synthesizer SA7025
C 112 10 µF 16V tantalum smd
U 806 17.5 MHz TCXO ±1.5 ppm
(800 MHz models)
C 113 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 114 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 115 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 116 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 117 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 118 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 119 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 120 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 121 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
14.85MHz TCXO ±1.0 ppm
(900 MHz models)
518-7009-524
Z 200 860 MHz 20 MHz bw 3-p filter
(800 MHz models)
532-2007-011
532-2007-012
532-2007-011
532-2007-012
938 MHz 6 MHz bw 3-p filter
(900 MHz models)
Z 201 860 MHz 20 MHz bw 3-p
(800 MHz models)
C 300 .0012 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-122
938 MHz 6 MHz bw 3-p filter
(900 MHz models)
C 301 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 302 .0012 µF X7R ±10% cer smd
C 303 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
510-3605-103
510-3605-122
510-3605-103
Z 202 450 kHz 9 kHz bw ceramic filter 532-2006-034
Z 203 807 MHz 18 MHz bw 2-p filter
(800 MHz models)
532-2006-011
C 304 .033 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-333
888 MHz 3-pole ceramic filter
(900 MHz models)
532-2006-042
C 305 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 306 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
510-3606-104
510-3605-103
Z 204 52.95 MHz 15 kHz bw 4-p filter 532-0009-009
(800 MHz models)
C 307 .0033 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-332
C 308 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 309 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd
510-3605-103
510-2626-479
510-3605-222
510-3601-821
45 MHz 7.5 kHz bw 4-p filter
(900 MHz models)
532-0009-028
C 310 .0022 µF X7R ±10% 50V smd
C 311 820 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
Z 205 450 kHz 9 kHz bw ceramic filter 532-2006-034
Z 206 450 kHz ceramic filter
532-2004-016
C 312 .039 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-393
C 313 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 314 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 315 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-2624-479
C 316 .0018 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-182
C 317 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 318 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 319 1.0 µF 35V tantalum smd
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-2628-109
510-3601-681
Ref No
Description
Part No.
C 320 680 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd
AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD (ALL MODELS)
C 321 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473
C 322 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd 510-2626-479
C 323 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473
C 324 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd 510-2626-479
C 325 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473
C 100 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 101 470 pF NPO ±5% cer smd
C 102 22 pF NPO ±5% cer smd
C 103 22 pF NPO ±5% cer smd
C 104 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 105 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
510-3605-103
510-3601-471
510-3601-220
510-3601-220
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
C 326 220 µF 25V electrolytic
C 327 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 328 1.0 µF 35V tantalum smd
510-4425-221
510-3606-104
510-2628-109
February 2001
5-25
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD (CONT’D)
Ref No
C 329 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473
C 330 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
CR 109 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 110 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 111 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 112 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 113 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 114 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 115 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 116 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 118 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 119 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 120 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 121 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 122 18V zener SOT-23
CR 123 18V zener SOT-23
CR 128 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 129 5.6V zener SOT-23
523-2016-569
523-2016-569
523-2016-569
523-2016-569
523-2016-569
523-1504-002
523-2016-569
523-2016-569
523-1504-002
523-2016-569
523-1504-002
523-1504-002
523-2016-180
523-2016-180
523-1504-002
523-2016-569
C 331 .0033 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-332
C 332 .0047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-472
C 333 .0068 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-682
C 334 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd
C 335 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd
C 336 560 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
510-2626-479
510-2626-479
510-3601-561
C 337 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473
C 338 56 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 339 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd
510-3601-560
510-2626-479
510-3605-103
510-3606-104
C 340 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 341 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 342 .0033 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-332
C 343 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103
C 344 .0022 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-222
C 345 470 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd
C 346 .22 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 347 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 348 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd
510-3601-471
510-3606-224
510-3605-103
510-2626-479
CR 300 Dual sw diode SOT-23
523-1504-023
523-1504-023
CR 301 Dual sw diode SOT-23
(early versions)
Switching diode SOT-23
(later versions w/separate diodes)
523-1504-012
523-2016-339
C 349 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473
C 350 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 351 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 352 .22 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 353 .22 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 354 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd
510-3605-103
510-3605-103
510-3606-224
510-3606-224
510-2626-479
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
510-3606-104
CR 302 3.3V zener SOT-23
(early versions)
Switching diode SOT-23
(later versions)
523-1504-012
CR 303 18V zener SOT-23
523-2016-180
523-1504-002
523-1504-024
523-2016-339
C 355 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 356 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 357 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 358 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 359 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 360 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 361 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 362 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
C 363 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd
CR 304 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 305 Dual diodes-com anodes
CR306 3.3V zener SOT-23
(later versions)
DS 003 LED, green
DS 004 LED, red
549-4003-011
549-4003-012
F 100 Fuse, 2.0 A smd
F 300 Fuse, 0.6A smd
534-5001-009
534-5001-002
C 364 470 pF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-471
CR 100 18V zener SOT-23
CR 101 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 102 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 103 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 104 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 105 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 106 Switching diode SOT-23
CR 107 5.6V zener SOT-23
CR 108 5.6V zener SOT-23
523-2016-180
523-2016-569
523-2016-569
523-2016-569
523-2016-569
523-2016-569
523-1504-002
523-2016-569
523-2016-569
J 100 Connector, 20-pin
515-7111-286
515-7111-255
515-7111-262
515-7111-230
515-2001-011
J 101 Connector, 6-pin male
J 301 Connector, 13-pin male
J 302 Connector, 20-pin female
J 303 3.6mm spkr jack enclosed
J 304 Modular jack, 8-pin spec (mic jk) 515-2006-040
MP 101 Isodamp foam
MP 450 Shim substrate
018-1132-019
010-0345-450
February 2001
5-26
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD (CONT’D)
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
PC 100 PC board, audio/logic
035-9800-100
R 120 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 121 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 122 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 123 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 124 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 125 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 126 1M ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 127 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 128 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 129 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 130 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 131 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 132 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 133 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 134 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 135 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 136 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 137 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 138 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 139 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 140 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 141 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 142 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 143 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 144 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 145 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 146 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 147 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 148 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 149 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 150 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 151 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 152 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 153 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 154 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 155 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 156 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 157 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 158 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 159 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 160 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 161 24.3k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 162 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 164 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 165 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-473
569-0105-103
569-0105-473
569-0105-105
569-0105-103
569-0105-102
569-0105-103
569-0105-473
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-103
569-0105-471
569-0105-103
569-0105-473
569-0105-471
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-272
569-0105-102
569-0105-103
569-0105-471
569-0105-473
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-471
569-0105-471
569-0105-471
569-0105-103
569-0105-471
569-0105-103
569-0105-471
569-0105-473
569-0105-471
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0111-438
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-473
Q 100 N-channel MOSFET DPAK
Q 101 NPN general purpose
Q 102 NPN general purpose
Q 103 PNP low noise amp
576-0006-114
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-657
576-0003-616
576-0003-657
576-0003-616
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-616
576-0003-658
576-0003-658
576-0003-616
576-0003-616
576-0003-616
576-0003-616
576-0003-616
576-0003-658
576-0003-616
576-0003-616
Q 104 NPN digital, w/resistors
Q 105 PNP low noise amp
Q 106 NPN digital w/resistors
Q 107 PNP low noise amp
Q 108 NPN general purpose
Q 109 NPN general purpose
Q 110 NPN general purpose
Q 111 NPN digital, w/resistors
Q 115 NPN general purpose
Q 300 NPN general purpose
Q 301 NPN digital, w/resistors
Q 302 NPN digital, w/resistors
Q 303 NPN digital, w/resistors
Q 304 NPN digital, w/resistors
Q 305 NPN digital, w/resistors
Q 306 NPN general purpose
Q 307 NPN digital, w/resistors
Q 308 NPN digital, w/resistors
R 100 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 101 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 102 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 103 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 104 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 105 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 106 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 107 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 108 680k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 109 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 110 1M ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 111 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 112 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 113 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 114 Zero ohm smd jumper
R 115 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 116 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 117 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 118 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 119 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-102
569-0105-473
569-0105-103
569-0105-102
569-0105-473
569-0105-103
569-0105-472
569-0105-473
569-0105-684
569-0105-473
569-0105-105
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-001
569-0105-103
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-471
569-0105-473
February 2001
5-27
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD (CONT’D)
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
R 166 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 167 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 168 3.40k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd
R 169 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 170 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 171 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 172 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 173 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 174 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 175 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 176 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 177 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 178 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 179 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 193 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 194 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 196 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 197 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 198 Zero ohm smd jumper
R 199 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 200 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-103
569-0105-473
569-0111-352
569-0105-223
569-0115-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-223
569-0105-223
569-0105-472
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-101
569-0105-471
569-0105-471
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0115-103
569-0105-001
569-0115-103
569-0105-102
R 321 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 322 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 323 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 324 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 325 5.6k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 326 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 327 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 328 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 329 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 330 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 331 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 332 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 333 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 334 390k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 335 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 336 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 337 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 338 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 339 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 340 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 341 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 342 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 343 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 344 560k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 345 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 346 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 347 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 348 150k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 349 1.5k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 350 5.6k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 351 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 352 820k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 353 18k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 354 Zero ohm smd jumper
R 355 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 356 180k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 357 Zero ohm smd jumper
R 358 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 359 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 360 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 362 Zero ohm smd jumper
R 363 Zero ohm smd jumper
R 364 Zero ohm smd jumper
R 365 470k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 366 Zero ohm smd jumper
569-0105-471
569-0105-103
569-0105-623
569-0105-333
569-0105-562
569-0105-333
569-0105-333
569-0105-623
569-0105-333
569-0105-623
569-0105-333
569-0105-473
569-0105-623
569-0105-394
569-0105-333
569-0105-623
569-0105-333
569-0105-623
569-0105-103
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-333
569-0105-273
569-0105-564
569-0105-623
569-0105-623
569-0105-103
569-0105-154
569-0105-152
569-0105-562
569-0105-102
569-0105-824
569-0105-183
569-0115-001
569-0105-104
569-0105-184
569-0115-001
569-0105-472
569-0105-472
569-0105-471
560-0105-001
560-0105-001
560-0105-001
569-0105-474
560-0105-001
R 300 6.8k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 301 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 302 620 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 303 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 304 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 305 390k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 306 180k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 307 5.6k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-682
569-0105-472
569-0105-621
569-0105-104
569-0105-103
569-0105-394
569-0105-184
569-0105-562
569-0105-104
R 308 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(early versions)
150k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
(later versions)
569-0105-154
R 310 150k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 311 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 312 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 313 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 314 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 315 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 316 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 317 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 318 Thermistor, 10k ohm ±5%
R 319 330k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 320 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-154
569-0105-203
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-104
569-0105-104
569-0105-473
569-0105-273
569-3013-007
569-0105-334
569-0105-623
February 2001
5-28
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD (CONT’D)
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
R 367 470k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 368 Zero ohm smd jumper
R 369 5.6k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 370 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 371 39k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 372 82k ohm ±5% cer smd
R 373 3.3k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 374 68k ohm ±5% cer smd
R 375 150k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 376 Zero ohm smd jumper
R 377 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 378 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 379 6.8k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 380 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 381 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 382 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 383 Zero ohm smd jumper
R 384 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 385 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 386 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 387 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 388 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 389 82k ohm ±5% cer smd
R 390 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 391 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 392 330k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 393 330k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 394 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 395 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 397 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 399 Zero ohm smd jumper
R 400 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 401 620 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 402 330k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 403 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 404 120k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 405 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 406 620 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 407 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 408 150k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 409 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 410 6.8k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 411 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 412 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
569-0105-474
560-0105-001
569-0105-562
569-0105-471
569-0105-393
569-0105-823
569-0105-332
569-0105-683
569-0105-154
560-0105-001
569-0105-472
569-0105-471
569-0105-682
569-0105-102
569-0105-102
569-0105-472
569-0115-001
569-0105-472
569-0105-472
569-0105-273
569-0105-473
569-0105-473
569-0105-823
569-0105-104
569-0105-104
569-0105-334
569-0105-334
569-0105-103
569-0105-273
569-0105-103
569-0115-001
569-0105-203
569-0105-621
569-0105-334
569-0105-203
569-0105-124
569-0105-103
569-0105-621
569-0105-103
569-0105-154
569-0105-103
569-0105-682
569-0105-223
569-0105-102
R 413 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 414 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 415 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 416 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 417 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 418 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 419 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 420 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 421 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 422 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 423 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 424 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 425 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 426 7.5k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
R 428 51 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd
RT 301 10k ohm thermistor
569-0105-102
569-0105-472
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-273
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-103
569-0105-102
569-0105-472
569-0105-102
569-0105-472
569-0105-752
569-0105-510
569-3013-007
U 100 Low volt sensor MC33164D
U 101 Microcomputer, MC68HC11
544-2003-074
544-5001-018
U 102 4k x 8 bit serial EEPROM X25320 544-5001-416
U 103 OR, 2-input quad 74HC32
U 104 NAND, 2-input quad 74HC00
U 105 Regulator, 5V .5A 78M05
U 106 Demux, 10 of 8 74HC138
544-3766-032
544-3766-000
544-2003-079
544-3766-138
U 107 8k x 8 CMOS static RAM AT3864 544-5002-115
U 108 EPROM, Flash 128k x 8
AT29C010
544-5001-211
U 109 Mux, 2-input quad 74HC157
U 110 D-flip flop octal 74HC574
U 111 D-flip flop octal 74HC574
U 112 D-flip flop octal 74HC574
U 300 Op amp, quad MC3303
U 301 Op amp, quad MC3303
U 302 Op amp, quad MC3303
U 303 Op amp, quad MC3303
U 304 Op amp, dual 2904
544-3766-157
544-3766-574
544-3766-574
544-3766-574
544-2020-008
544-2020-008
544-2020-008
544-2020-008
544-2019-004
544-3016-094
544-2006-025
544-3016-066
544-3016-066
U 305 Shift reg. 8-stage MC4094
U 306 Audio amp, 3W w/vol control
U 307 Bilateral switch, quad MC4066
U 308 Bilateral switch, quad MC4066
Y 100 9.8304 MHz crystal
521-0009-830
February 2001
5-29
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
Ref No
Description
Part No.
Ref No
Description
Part No.
AMPLIFIED DYNAMIC MICROPHONE
PART NO. 250-0740-300
9800-SERIES RADIO MOUNTING KIT
PART NO. 023-9800-030
C 001 3.3 µF 16V tantalum chip
C 002 220 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer chip
EP001 Contact .038" diameter
EP002 Mic cord w/mod connector
EP004 Terminal (on hanger)
HW001 Screw 4-20 x 3/8
HW004 Screw 2-56 x 3/8
MK001 Dynamic mic cartridge
MP001 Case front black
510-2625-339
510-3602-221
586-9008-100
597-2002-113
022-0069-011
575-5604-012
575-1602-012
589-1011-003
032-0426-100
032-0427-100
032-0428-050
032-0429-075
018-1033-002
017-1885-030
013-1216-005
017-2222-005
018-0798-009
015-0876-026
032-0429-085
017-2222-007
018-0798-012
559-0039-026
035-0441-020
576-0003-658
569-0115-513
569-0115-180
583-1004-031
HW001 Screw, No. 10 self drilling (4)
575-9077-545
MP 001 Tri knob (2)
547-0016-008
9800-SERIES REMOTE MOUNTING KIT
PART NO. 023-9800-040
HW001 Screw, No. 10 self drilling (4)
HW 002 Flat washer, vulcanized (2)
MP 004 Mounting bracket, rem ctrl unit
MP 001 Tri knob (2)
575-9077-545
596-6400-030
017-2227-057
547-0016-008
MP002 Case back black
MP003 Actuator black
MP004 Cartridge gasket
DC POWER CABLE AND HARDWARE KIT
PART NO. 023-9800-410 (10 Ft)
MP005 Blast filter
MP006 Switch bracket
PART NO. 023-9800-422 (22 Ft)
MP007 Hanger button
A 001 Mic clip ground wire assembly
023-7171-911
MP008 Crimp retainer
MP009 Rubber bumper
EP101 Power connector contact (2)
EP104 Ring term, 3/8” 10-12 AWG (1)
EP105 Ring term, 3/4" 10-12 AWG (1)
F 201 Fuse kit, 15A and 7A
FH101 Fuseholder assembly
includes:
515-9033-006
586-0001-019
586-0001-036
534-0003-100
MP010 Backing plate
MP011 Strain relief, mic cord
MP012 Shim support, rubber bumper
MP020 Foam support
NP001 Nameplate
PC001 PC board, amplifier
Q 001 NPN amplifier SOT-23
R 001 51k ohm ±5% 1/8W chip
R 002 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W chip
S 001 Leaf switch SPST
Body
534-1004-031
534-1004-032
534-1004-037
534-1004-035
Knob w/washer
Contact, 14-16 AWG (2)
Spring
HW201 Screw, 4-24 x 5/16"sheet metal (3) 575-3604-010
MP201 HD mic clip
023-3514-001
515-9033-012
597-7021-202
597-7021-206
15 WATT, 4.7-OHM SPEAKER (BLACK)
PART NO. 250-0151-010
P 101 Power connector housing, dual
W 101 Wire, 12 AWG stranded red
W 103 Wire, 12 AWG stranded blue
HW000 Screw, self-drilling
HW001 Strain relief (in case back)
HW003 Screw, 4-20 x 1/2 pan head
HW005 Foam gasket
575-9077-543
574-0003-008
575-5604-016
018-1126-001
596-9210-012
589-1016-004
032-0760-004
547-0016-004
032-0758-004
032-0759-004
559-0072-010
515-0020-003
597-2006-100
ACCESSORY WIRE KIT
PART NO. 023-9750-011
F 001 Fuse, 1A 250V FB AGC
FH001 Fuseholder includes:
Fuse contact, 16-20 AWG (2)
HW006 Retaining washer
534-0003-020
LS001 Speaker, 5'' 15W 4.7 ohm
MP000 Mounting bracket (black)
MP000 Tri knob 10-32
586-9004-001
534-1004-031
534-1004-032
534-1004-035
515-1501-055
515-1501-050
Body
MP001 Case front (black)
Knob
MP002 Case back (black)
Spring
NP001 Overlay, speaker front
P 001 Miniature phone plug
W 001 Cable, 2-cond 18 AWG
HW001 Crimp pin contact (7)
P 100 Receptacle housing, 8-pin (2)
February 2001
5-30
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PARTS LIST
A475
HW703 (3)
MP701
MP700
Interface
Board
HW701 (2)
MP702 (5)
Display Board
(A400)
MP705
MP703 (2)
MP704
HW701 (2)
HW702 (2)
FRONT PANEL EXPLODED VIEW
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
5-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HW009 (2)
MP014
MP015
HW009 (2)
MP010
HW009 (2)
MP016
MP013
HW009 (2)
MP003
HW006 (2)
MP012
RF Board
HW003 (7)
MP011
MP008
HW003 (7)
MP007
J001
HW001
HW002 (2)
HW007 (2)
Power Amplifier
Board
MP006
MP001
(Chassis)
HW004 (2)
MP1
(Part of -030 Mtg Kit)
MP004
LS001
MP005
MP002
(Speaker Box/Bracket)
HW001 (4)
(Part of -030 Mtg Kit)
HW010 (4)
Audio/Logic
Board
MP705
HW003 (5)
A700
HW004 (2)
FRONT AND TOP MECHANICAL PARTS
BOTTOM MECHANICAL PARTS
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
5-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HW009 (2)
MP010
MP001
(Chassis)
W003
MP001
(Part of -040 Mtg Kit)
HW009 (2)
MP004
(Part of -040 Mtg Kit)
MP011
HW001
(Part of -040 Mtg Kit)
HW009 (2)
HW002
(Part of -040 Mtg Kit)
MP001
(Display Cover)
HW009 (2)
MP001
(Part of -030 Mtg Kit)
HW001 (4)
HW001 (2)
HW001 (4)
MP700
HW004 (2)
(Part of -030 Mtg Kit)
MP005
REMOTE TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL PARTS
MP705
A700
W001
MP002
(Cable Housing)
MP003
MP007 (Foam Mtg Pad)
MP006 (Acoustic Insert)
LS001
MP002
(Speaker Box/Bracket)
HW010
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT MECHANICAL PARTS
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
5-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
SECTION 6 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS
TRANSISTOR AND DIODE BASING DIAGRAMS
TRANSISTORS
C
C
TOP
Part Number
Basing Diagram Identification
TOP
VIEW
E
E
VIEW
576-0001-300
576-0002-057
576-0002-070
576-0003-604
576-0003-612
576-0003-616
576-0003-618
576-0003-634
576-0003-636
576-0003-651
576-0003-657
576-0003-658
576-0004-098
576-0004-401
576-0004-402
576-0004-817
576-0006-027
576-0006-114
576-0006-120
576-0006-234
576-0006-450
576-0007-013
1
2
3
1R
-
-
B
C
B
3
C
E
B
E
1
2
4
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
3604
2T
26
10
3B
R25
24
2A
1A
-
GND
E
OUT
C
E
E
B
B
E
E
TOP
VIEW
TOP
VIEW
E
E
TOP
VIEW
B
E
GND
C
C
B
6
IN
1
4
4
5
C
B C B
E
E
C
E
E
6
-
7
-
TOP
VIEW
TOP
VIEW
TOP
VIEW
8
-
B
9
-
B
E
C
B E B
10
11
12
11
2
-
-
7
8
9
G1
G2
MO
-
-
D
D
TOP
VIEW
TOP
VIEW
TOP
VIEW
S
G
D
Number on Schematic
G
S
S
D
DIODES
10
11
12
523-1504-001
523-1504-002
523-1504-016
523-1504-023
523-1504-024
523-1504-032
523-1504-035
523-2016-120
523-2016-180
523-2016-339
523-2016-519
523-2016-569
-
-
-
-
-
-
4D
5A
5F
A7
A1
-
AS
Y2
Y6
-
-
-
-
-
W6 or Z14
Z2
Z3
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AMPLIFIED DYNAMIC MICROPHONE SCHEMATIC AND MECHANICAL PARTS
Part No. 250-0740-300
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
RF
Board
TRANSCEIVER TOP PHOTO (800 MHZ SHOWN)
Audio/
Logic
Board
PA
Board
TRANSCEIVER BOTTOM PHOTO (800 MHZ, 30W SHOWN)
February 2001
6-3
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
DISPLAY BOARD
BACKLIGHT
U2
MICROCONTROLLER
5V
U4
TC7S14
5V
MC68HC05
R48
1k
DS1
DS2
DS3
DS4
DS5
5
1
27
4
2
OSC1
5V
R35
68
3
R47
28
14
C5
10pF
C7
24pF
VCC
GND
R45
Q2
3658
26
OSC2
PA BOARD
RF BOARD
AUDIO / LOGIC BOARD
INTERFACE BOARD
R29
1k
8.06k
INTERNAL
SPEAKER
J201
J302
J100
J3
R39
22
R40
22
J600
J501
P1
J2
J1
J1
23
24
P1
PD5
20
UNSW BAT
UNSW BAT
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
UNSW BAT
TRANSMIT
UNSW BAT
GND
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
TRANSMIT
SPKR (+)
SPKR (-)
1
1
2
+
_
+
_
POWER
JACK
SP1
J2
TCMP
UNSW BAT
GND
4
UNSW BAT
GND
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
R30
1k
R33
180
CR4
BUSY (GRN)
R36
68
6
GND
Q3
3658
J1
CLOCK
DATA
DATA
GND
R31
13
11
12
GND
GND
GND
8
GND
DISPLAY CLOCK
DISPLAY DATA IN
DISPLAY DATA OUT
VOL WIPER
GND
3
4
5
1
3
4
5
1
SCK
SDO
SDI
16
15
PC6
PC7
5V
Q4
3658
R10
10k
1k
R11
10k
TEMP
TEMP
SW BAT
10
12
14
16
18
SW BAT
CUR SENSE
TRANSMIT
FORWARD PWR
CUR SENSE
TRANSMIT
RF STROBE
SERIAL DATA
TX WB DATA
TX AUDIO
RX AUDIO
RSSI
RF STROBE
SERIAL DATA
TX WB DATA
TX AUDIO
RX AUDIO
RSSI
Q7
R49
1k
R34
OFF
R1
ON-OFF
VOLUME
CONTROL
1
R32
50k
RESET
FORWARD
PWR
180
Q5
3658
R50
10k
GND
ON
TX (RED)
1k
R12
10k
SOURCE
SW BAT
RESET
20 10
19 11
17 12
15 13
13 14
11 15
RESET
10 11
11 10
11
2
11
2
DISPLAY DRIVER
DISPLAY
A2
EXCITER RF
RX RF
EXCITER RF
RX RF
SW BAT
5V
SW BAT
U1
R2
47
HD66710
VK2360
TX DATA
TX DATA
LOCK DET
SERIAL CLOCK
8V
SW BAT
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J601
10
9
63
62
61
68
69
70
71
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
1
2
LOCK DET
SERIAL CLOCK
8V
RxD
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
PC4
PC3
PC2
PC1
PC0
E
SEG1
SEG2
SEG1
R41
10k
R20
10k
ANTENNA
JACK
59
SEG2
C
TxD
R / W
RS
3
SEG3
SEG3
SERV RQST
HANGER
3
8
SERV RQST
RX AUDIO
GND
6
7
8
7
PA7
PC5
4
SEG4
SEG4
R4
47k
17
7
5
TX ON
9
7
5
3
1
16
17
18
19
20
TX ON
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
SEG5
SEG5
6
6
SEG6
SEG6
GND
GND
7
SEG7
SEG7
5
5V
SELECT SWITCH
S1
ON - OFF CTRL
TEMP
ON - OFF CTRL
TEMP
PTT / PROG 1
MIC AUDIO
POWER SW
8
SEG8
SEG8
5V
4
9
SEG9
SEG9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
18
19
20
21
22
SEG10
SEG11
SEG12
SEG13
SEG14
SEG15
SEG16
SEG17
SEG18
SEG19
SEG20
SEG21
SEG22
SEG23
SEG24
SEG25
SEG26
SEG27
SEG28
SEG29
SEG30
SEG31
SEG32
SEG33
SEG34
SEG35
SEG36
SEG37
SEG38
SEG39
SEG40
SEG10
SEG11
SEG12
SEG13
SEG14
SEG15
SEG16
SEG17
SEG18
SEG19
SEG20
SEG21
SEG22
SEG23
SEG24
SEG25
SEG26
SEG27
SEG28
SEG29
SEG30
SEG31
SEG32
SEG33
SEG34
SEG35
SEG36
SEG37
SEG38
SEG39
SEG40
SYNTH STROBE
SYNTH STROBE
PBNO
PBNO
CW
A
B
R18
10k
R21
10k
4
5
3
1
8
12
9
8
12
9
R37
22
R38
22
MICROPHONE
JACK
72
73
55
R6
EXT
J1
25
2
PART OF DATA CABLE
PART NO. 597-9800-001/-005
CW
PD7
IRQ
R7
RxD
GND
A
1
TEST
GND
CCW
47k
89
90
J301
CWW
2
10
10
WHT
47k
DISPLAY HARNESS
PART NO. 023-9800-047
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SW BAT
RX FILTER
TX FILTER
TxD
58
A
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
1
GRN
YEL
MIC AUDIO
HANGER
PTT
2
3
BLU
ORN
GRY
4
SW BAT
RX AUDIO
TxD
5
RxD
5V
KEYPAD
6
TRANSMIT
DEALER-
BRN
WHT/RED
WHT/GRN
WHT/BLK
WHT/BLU
RED
B
INPUT
2
CONFIGURED
CONNECTOR
R14
10k
R15
10k
R13
10k
R16
10k
R17
10k
EXT SERV RQST
OPTION
OUTPUT
1
2
10
11
12
13
C
EXT SPKR JACK
J303
3
S1
S3
POWER SW
8V
4
5
BLK
6
GND
S2
S4
S5
7
PURPLE
PINK
NC
NC
8
NOTES:
9
OPTION
WIRE - OUTS
1
OPTION
WIRE - OUTS
2
10
11
12
13
14
1. WITH SOME MICROCONTROLLERS, R45 IS USED INSTEAD
OF THE COMPONENTS INSIDE THE DOTTED LINES.
INPUT
3
W301
W311
INPUT
PTT
2
PTT
W302
W303
W304
W305
W306
W307
W308
W309
W310
W312
W313
W314
W315
W316
W317
W318
W319
W320
TRANSMIT
TRANSMIT
5V
74
48
49
50
51
RX OUT
RX IN
1
1
RX OUT
RX IN
TX OUT
2
VCC
V1
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
38
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
39
COM1
COM2
COM1
COM2
COM3
COM4
COM5
COM6
COM7
COM8
COM9
COM10
COM11
COM12
COM13
COM14
COM15
COM16
COM17
R23
4.7k
2
5V REGULATOR
TX OUT
TX IN
1
2
COM3
U3
MC78M05
SOURCE
5V
1
TX IN
8V
2
COM4
SW BAT
COM5
J3
R24
4.7k
8V
A
VIN
VOUT
GND
COM6
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
GND
B
+
C3
1
C4
.01
C6
.1
COM7
V2
19
20
1
2
GND
COM8
ACCESSORY CABLE
PART NO. 597-9800-003
OR 597-9800-001
R25
4.7k
J2
ACCESSORY WIRE KIT
PART NO. 023-9750-011
COM9
J101
COM10
COM11
COM12
COM13
COM14
COM15
COM16
COM17
12
1
2
1
P1
SW BAT
1
2
6
7
V3
IGN SENSE
2
3
4
5
6
R26
4.7k
OUTPUT
D
5V
VIEW ANGLE ADJUST
V4
R2
SPKR OUT
HORN HONK
GND
1
R1
TO EXTERNAL ACCESSORY
4
S1
R27
4.7k
1 3 5 8B
R46
4.7k
6
5
3
8
7A
2 4
52
54
Q6
3658
V5
NC
NC
J1
C1
1
V5OUT2
RT43
10k
+
R42
10k
C8
.01
58
57
56
59
60
VCI
C2
CAUTION: LTR-Net models may automatically transmit
at any time (see Section 4.1).
C1
C2
1
OSC1
0SC2
R44
95.3k
INTERFACE BOARD LAYOUT
INTERCONNECT SCHEMATIC
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
41
49
48
57
CR4
OPT SW S2
A
C
A401
OPT SW S3
OPT SW S1
OPT SW S4
OPT SW S5
40
1
DISPLAY BOARD TOP VIEW
C8
C1
R26
R20
R41
R4
R33
C
Q4
R27
R25
R44
J1
C4
DS1
DS2
B
E
C
12
1
51
B
E
Q3
R18
R21
1
Q2
C
81
B
E
R10
B
E
14
C
C3
DS2
R47
U1
U2
U3
100
15
31
28
C6
R45
1
DS4
DS3
R24
R23
B
E
R42
R43
Q6
C
B
E
Q7
C
R46
DISPLAY BOARD BOTTOM VIEW
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
J1
C
CR10
Q2
10
9
1
U1
C10
Q3
E
B
C
CR7
C
B
J4
C5
J8
R17 C7
R16
C18
E
R18
C11
2
1
2
Orange
Black
Red
C16
U4
L1
CR5
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
B
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
B
J6
4
3
R10
9
DS1
1
8
R9
Green
Yellow
Blue
R25
R20
R21
R22
1
5
C14
R11
R6
R5
R4
R7
6
9
1
4
8
5
7
3
S1
C15
C17
Grey
U2
J2
1
16
Brown
1
8
R13
J7
1
C12
8
PROGRAMMING
CABLE
(P.N. 597-2002-200)
7A
2
1
3
5
CR1
C8
J3
CR2
J5
U3
4
5
R2
R19
6
1
4
CR3
CR4
R24
R1
8B
C13
CR8
RPI (P.N. 023-9800-000) BOARD LAYOUT
P3
P4
RS - 232 / TTL CONVERTER
4
3
2
1
C3
.1
VCC
VCC
J4
HANGER
1
2
U004
MAX232
J6
SERIAL PORT
J2
R20
10k
CR7
GND
2
16
12
14
15
13
6
R12
10k
R22
470
VCC
TI OUT
GND
DCD
RxD
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
R1 OUT
TxD
GND
4
11
2
T1 IN
R1 IN
R21
470
RxD
DTR
12V REGULATOR
5
6
NC
V
POS
V
NEG
U3
LM7L12
BATTERY
+
4
1
C17
10
C1 POS C2 POS
C16
10
SG
DSR
RTS
CTS
SI
VCC
GND
+
+
C14
4.7
+
7
C15
4.7
1
8
5
8
OUT
IN
GND
2, 3, 6, 7
3
9
TxD
C1 NEG
R2 OUT
C2 NEG
R2 IN
8
R25
10K
4
GND
7
8
9
4, 5
9
NC
10
7
+
T2 IN
12V VPP
T2 OUT
10
CR6
VCC
R13
10k
R23
10K
4
R19
1
C13
1
J4
9
7
5
6
3
4
1
2
BATTERY
10
8
P5
5V REGULATOR
4
R24
22k
2
1
3
SOURCE
VCC
U1
MC78M05
CR8
J7
J3
DC POWER JACK
CR1
3
1
C6
.1
OUT
IN
Q1
3658
GND
2
+
+
+
C10
10
C5
.1
C4
.1
C11
10
C18
10
CR2
CR4
CR3
VCC
J5
RXD
GND
A
R2
22k
R27
1k
4
R9
1k
1
2
3
4
5
6
B
R1
22k
CURRENT
LIMITER
DC - DC CONVERTER
MIC AUDIO OUT
HANGER
L1
20nH
RED
GRN
Q3
6026
CR9
R26
1
U2
R15
62
20V PROG
BATTERY
RX AUDIO IN
TxD
MC33063
DS1
CR5
1
6
7
CR10
SC
SE
VCC
IS
R14
+
C8
47
100k
R4
R10
1k
2
C17
22k
R8
47.5k
Q2
3657
S1
1
R5
R11
180
J8
+
C12
4.7
5
3
8
4
RX AUDIO OUT
CI
DC
J5
R18
1k
1
R6
R16
22k
C7
.01
R7
3.01k
TC
GND
A 1 2 3 4 5 6 B
C9
1
.001
J1
MIC AUDIO IN
1. All Resistors Are In Ohms and All Capacitors Are In
Microfarads Unless Otherwise Specified.
3. J7, 1-2 Jumper Normally Not Installed. This Jumper Is
Used Only When The RPI Power Supply Must Provide
The Battery Supply To The External Device Connected
To J4 or J5.
4. R2, R23, And R24 Can Provide These Options:
Option 1 (Default) - R2, R25 In, R23, R24 Out
Option 2 - R23 In, R2, R24, R25 Out
NOTES:
2. DCE (Default) 2-4, 1-3
DTE - 1-2, 3-4
Option 3 - R24, R25 In, R2, R23 Out
RPI (P.N. 023-9800-000) SCHEMATIC
February 2001
6-6
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES
RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE (UHF)
The following guide can be used to locate components on the 430-470 and 470-512 MHz RF board layouts on
pages 6-8 and 6-11. Refer to the grid around the board to determine the approximate location of a component.
NOTE: When the location of a component is different on the board unrevised 430-470 MHz board, the location on
the unrevised board is listed first and the location on the revised 430-512 MHz board is listed second.
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
C 241
C 242
C 243
C 244
C 245
C 246
C 247
C 248
C 249
C 251
C 252
C 253
C 255
C 256
C 258
C 259
C 260
C 261
C 262
C 263
C 264
C 266
C 268
C 269
C 270
C 271
C 272
C 274
C 275
C 276
C 277
C 278
C 281
C 282
C 283
C 284
C 285
C 286
C 287
C 288
C 289
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B4
B5
B5
B5
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B5
B5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C4
C4
C4
C5
C5
C5
B4
C4
B4
C4
C4
B4
C5
C 290
C 291
C 292
C 293
C 294
C 295
C 296
C 297
C 298
C 299
C 300
C 301
C 302
C 303
C 304
C 305
C 306
C 307
C 500
C 501
C 502
C 503
C 504
C 505
C 506
C 507
C 508
C 509
C 510
C 511
C 512
C 513
C 514
C 515
C 516
C 517
C 518
C 519
C 520
C 521
C 522
C4
C5
C 523
C 524
C 525
C 526
C 527
C 528
C 529
C 530
C 531
C 532
C 533
C 534
C 535
C 536
C 537
C 538
C 539
C 540
C 541
C 542
C 543
C 544
C 545
C 546
C 547
C 548
C 549
C 550
C 551
C 552
C 553
C 554
C 555
C 556
C 557
C 558
C 559
C 560
C 561
C 562
C 563
A1/C1
A1/B1
C1/B1
C1
A 900
C 201
C 202
C 203
C 204
C 205
C 206
C 207
C 208
C 209
C 210
C 211
C 212
C 213
C 214
C 215
C 216
C 217
C 218
C 219
C 220
C 221
C 222
C 223
C 224
C 225
C 226
C 227
C 228
C 229
C 230
C 231
C 232
C 233
C 234
C 235
C 236
C 237
C 238
C 239
C 240
C2
A4
A5
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
B5
B5
A5
A5
A5
B5/A5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B4
C5
B5
C5
C1
C1/B1
C1/B1
C1
C5
C5
C5
C4
C1
C1/A1
C1/A1
B1/A1
A1
C4
C4
C4
B4
B1
B5
A3
C1/A1
C1/B1
B1
B1/C1
B2/C1
B1/C1
B1
A3
B5
B2
A2/B2
B2
A2
B1
A2
A2
A1
A1
A3
A4
A1
A3A1
A3/A1
A3/C1
A3/C1
B3/C1
B3/C1
A3/B1
A3/C1
B4/C1
B4/C1
B4/B1
A4/B1
A3
A4
A3
A4
A3/B2
A1/A4
A2/A3
B1/B2
A1/B2
A1/C1
B1/B2
B1/C1
B1/A1
C1/A1
C1
B4/A3
B3/A3
B3/A3
A1/C1
February 2001
6-7
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES
UHF RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE (CONT’D)
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
C 564
C 565
C 566
C 567
C 568
C 569
C 570
C 571
C 572
C 573
C 574
C 575
C 576
C 577
C 578
C 579
B3
C 831
C 832
B2
B3
B3
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B3
C3
A5
A4
A4
B5
A5
B5
B4
C5
C5
C5
C5
A3
A2
A2
A2
A2
B2
A2
A3
A2
A2
C1
C1
B2
J 501
A3
Q 506
Q 507
Q 508
Q 509
Q 510
Q 511
Q 512
Q 513
Q 514
Q 515
Q 516
Q 517
Q 800
Q 801
C1
C1
A2/B3
B3/A3
B1/A3
A1/B4
A1/B4
C1/B4
C1A3
B1/A3
B1/B4
B1/B3
B1/B3
A1/B3
A1/A2
B1/B3
B1/A1
C 833
C 834
L 200
L 201
L 202
L 203
L 204
L 205
L 206
L 207
L 208
L 209
L 210
L 211
L 213
L 215
L 217
L 218
L 219
L 220
L 500
L 501
L 502
L 503
L 504
L 505
L 506
L 507
L 800
L 801
L 802
A4
B4
A5
A5
A5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B4
B4
B4
B5
C5
C4
C4
B4
B5
A1
B1/C1
C1
C1
C1
C1
C1/B1
B1
C2
C2
C3
B1/A3
A1/C1
A2/C1
A2/B1
A2/A1
A2
C 835
C 836
C 837
C 838
C 839
C 840
A2
A2
C 841
C 842
A2
A3/A2
C2
CR200
CR201
CR202
CR203
CR204
CR205
CR206
CR207
CR208
CR209
CR210
CR211
CR212
CR500
CR501
CR502
CR503
CR504
CR505
CR506
CR507
CR800
CR801
CR802
C2
R 200
R 201
R 202
R 203
R 204
R 205
R 206
R 207
R 208
R 209
R 210
R 211
R 212
R 213
R 214
R 215
R 216
R 217
R 218
R 219
R 220
R 221
R 222
R 223
R 224
R 225
R 226
R 227
R 228
R 229
R 231
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
B5
A5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
C5
C5
C4
C 800
C 801
C 802
C 803
C 805
C 807
C 808
C 809
C 810
C 811
C 812
C 813
C 814
C 815
C 816
C 817
C 818
C 819
C 820
C 821
C 822
C 823
C 824
C 825
C 826
C 827
C 828
C 829
C 830
A3
A3
A3
A4
A3
C2
C2
C4
A3
C3
C3
C1
C2
B3
C3
C1
C2
C3
C4
B3
C2
C3
C3
C4
C2/C1
C2
C3
C3
B3
Q 200
Q 201
Q 202
Q 203
Q 204
Q 205
Q 206
Q 207
Q 500
Q 501
Q 502
Q 503
Q 504
Q 505
A5
A5
B5
B4
B4
C4
EP001
EP002
EP003
EP500
EP501
A2
B1
B1
B1
A1
C4
B4
A2
A2
A2
F 500
J 201
A3
A3
B2/A2
C1/A2
C1/B2
February 2001
6-8
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES
UHF RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE (CONT’D)
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
R 232
R 233
R 234
R 237
R 238
R 239
R 240
R 241
R 242
R 243
R 244
R 245
R 246
R 247
R 248
R 249
R 250
R 251
R 252
R 253
R 254
R 255
R 256
R 257
R 258
R 259
R 260
R 261
R 500
R 501
R 502
R 503
R 504
R 505
R 506
R 507
R 508
R 509
R 510
R 511
C4
C5
R 512
R 513
R 514
R 515
R 516
R 517
R 518
R 519
R 520
R 521
R 522
R 523
R 524
R 525
R 526
R 527
R 528
R 529
R 530
R 531
R 532
R 533
R 534
R 535
R 536
R 537
R 538
R 539
R 540
R 541
R 542
R 543
R 544
R 545
R 546
R 547
R 548
R 549
R 550
R 551
B2/A2
A2/B2
B2/A2
C1/B2
C1/A2
C1/A2
A1/B2
B1/A2
C1/B2
C1
R 552
R 553
R 554
R 555
R 556
R 557
R 800
R 801
R 802
R 803
R 804
R 805
R 806
R 807
R 808
R 809
R 810
R 811
R 812
R 813
R 814
R 815
R 816
R 817
R 818
R 819
R 820
R 821
R 822
R 823
R 824
R 825
R 826
R 827
R 828
R 829
R 830
R 831
R 832
R 833
A2
A2
B1
B1
A3
A3
B2
A2
B2
B2
A2
B2
B2
A2
B2
B2
A2
B3
A3
B3
B3
B3
B3
C4
C3
C4
A3
C4
A3
B3
C4
C3
C4
C2
A3
B3
C1
C3
C2
C1
R 834
R 835
R 836
R 837
R 838
R 839
R 840
R 841
R 842
R 843
R 844
R 845
R 846
R 847
R 848
R 849
R 850
R 851
R 852
R 853
R 854
R 855
R 856
C4
C3
C2
C2
B3
C2
C4
C4
C2
C2
C1
B3
B3
C2
B3
B2
C4
B2
B2
B2
B2
B3
B2
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
B4
B4
C4
B1/C1
B1/C1
B1/A3
C1/A3
C1/B2
B1
C4
C4
C4
B4
B4
B4
C1/B1
C1
C5/B5
C5
C1
C1
C5
C5
B1
A3/C1
A3/B1
A2/C1
A2/C1
A2/A1
A2/A3
B3
C4/B5
C4
C4
B4
U 201
U 500
U 501
U 502
U 800
U 801
U 802
U 803
U 804
U 806
C5
B2
B4
B3
C4
B3
B4
C4
B3
C3
A2
A2
B2
A2/B2
A2
B3/A2
A2
A2
B3/A2
B2
B2
A2
B2/A2
A2/B2
A2/B2
B2/A2
B2/A2
A2/B2
A2
A2
C1/B3
B3
Z 202
Z 204
Z 205
Z 206
C5
C5
C5
C5
A2
A2
A2/B3
A2
February 2001
6-9
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES
RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE (800/900 MHZ)
The following guide can be used to locate components on the 800 MHz RF board layout on page 6-16 and the
900 MHz RF board layout on page 6-17. Refer to the grid around the board to determine the approximate location
of a component.
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
A 900
C 202
C 214
C 222
C 223
C 224
C 225
C 226
C 227
C 228
C 231
C 232
C 244
C 245
C 246
C 247
C 248
C 249
C 250
C 255
C 264
C 265
C 266
C 267
C 268
C 269
C 270
C 271
C 272
C 273
C 274
C 275
C 276
C 277
C 278
C 280
C 281
C 282
C 283
C 284
C 285
C 286
A2
C4
C5
C5
B5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B4
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A4
A4
A4
A5
A5
A5
A5
B4
B4
B4
B4
C 287
C 288
C 289
C 290
C 291
C 292
C 293
C 294
C 295
C 296
C 297
C 298
C 299
C 300
C 301
C 302
C 303
C 304
C 305
C 306
C 500
C 501
C 502
C 503
C 504
C 505
C 506
C 507
C 508
C 509
C 510
C 511
C 512
C 513
C 514
C 515
C 516
C 517
C 518
C 519
C 520
C 521
B4
B4
A5
B4
A5
B4
A5
B5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A4
A4
A4
A4
B4
B4
C3
C3
B2
C2
B2
C2
C2
C2
C3
C4
C4
C3
C4
C3
C2
C1
C1
A1
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
C 522
C 523
C 524
C 525
C 526
C 527
C 528
C 529
C 530
C 531
C 532
C 537
C 547
C 548
C 549
C 550
C 551
C 552
C 553
C 554
C 555
C 556
C 557
C 558
C 559
C 560
C 561
C 562
C 563
C 564
C 565
C 566
C 599
C 800
C 801
C 802
C 803
C 804
C 805
C 806
C 807
C 808
B1
B1
C1
B1
B1
C1
B1
A1
C1
B1
C1
A1
B2
C3
C3
C3
C3
B3
B3
C3
C3
B4
B4
B4
C3
C3
B4
B3
B3
B3
C2
B3
C2
C3
C3
C3
C4
C3
C3
C3
A1
A1
C 809
C 810
C 811
C 812
C 813
C 814
C 815
C 816
C 817
C 818
C 819
C 820
C 821
C 822
C 823
C 824
C 825
C 826
C 827
C 828
C 829
C 830
C 831
C 832
C 833
C 834
C 835
C 836
C 837
C 838
C 839
C 840
C 841
C 842
C 843
C 844
C 845
C 846
C 847
C 848
C 849
C 850
A4
C3
A3
A3
A1
A2
B3
B3
A1
A1
B3
A4
B3
A2
A3
A3
A4
A2
A1
A3
A3
B3
B2
B3
B3
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
A3
A3
A3
A1
A1
B1
B1
A1
A3
A2
February 2001
6-10
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES
800/900 MHz RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE (CONT’D)
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Q 205
Q 206
Q 207
Q 500
Q 501
Q 502
Q 503
Q 504
Q 505
Q 506
Q 507
Q 508
Q 509
Q 510
Q 511
Q 512
Q 513
Q 514
Q 800
Q 801
Q 802
Q 803
Q 804
Q 805
Q 806
A4
A4
B4
C2
C2
C1
B2
B1
B2
B1
C1
C2
C3
C2
C2
C2
C2
C3
A2
A1
A1
A3
A3
B1
B1
R 229
R 230
R 231
R 232
R 233
R 234
R 237
R 238
R 239
R 240
R 241
R 242
R 243
R 244
R 245
R 246
R 247
R 248
R 249
R 250
R 251
R 252
R 253
R 254
R 255
R 256
R 257
R 258
R 259
R 500
R 501
R 502
R 503
R 504
R 505
R 506
R 507
R 508
R 509
R 510
R 511
R 512
R 513
R 514
R 515
R 516
R 517
A5
A5
A4
A4
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B5
A5
A5
B5
B5
A4
A4
B4
B2
C2
C2
B2
C2
B2
C2
C2
B2
B2
C2
C2
B2
C1
B2
B1
B1
B2
R 518
R 519
R 520
R 521
R 522
R 523
R 524
R 525
R 526
R 527
R 528
R 529
R 530
R 531
R 533
R 534
R 535
R 536
R 537
R 538
R 539
R 540
R 541
R 542
R 543
R 544
R 545
R 546
R 547
R 548
R 549
R 800
R 801
R 802
R 803
R 804
R 805
R 806
R 807
R 808
R 809
R 810
R 811
R 812
R 813
R 814
R 815
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
B1
C2
C2
C2
C2
B1
C1
C1
C1
C3
C3
C2
C2
C3
C2
B3
B3
C2
C2
B3
C2
C2
C3
C3
B1
C1
B2
C2
B2
B2
C2
B2
B2
C2
B2
B2
C2
B3
C3
B3
B3
B3
CR 200
CR 203
CR 207
CR 208
CR 209
CR 210
CR 500
CR 501
CR 502
CR 503
CR 504
CR 505
CR 506
CR 800
CR 801
CR 802
CR 803
C4
C5
A5
A5
A5
A5
C2
C2
C2
B2
C2
C2
C2
A1
A1
B2
B2
EP 501
EP 502
B1
C1
F 500
C3
J 201
J 501
C3
C3
R 200
R 205
R 206
R 207
R 208
R 209
R 210
R 211
R 212
R 213
R 214
R 215
R 216
R 217
R 218
R 219
R 221
R 222
R 225
R 226
R 228
C4
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B4
B4
A5
L 200
L 201
L 207
L 213
L 214
L 215
L 217
L 218
L 219
L 220
L 501
L 502
L 503
L 504
L 800
L 801
Q 200
Q 201
Q 202
Q 203
C4
B4
B5
B5
A5
A5
B4
A4
B4
B5
B1
C1
C1
B1
A1
B2
C5
C5
B5
B5
February 2001
6-11
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES
800/900 MHz RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE (CONT’D)
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
R 816
R 817
R 818
R 819
R 820
R 821
R 822
R 823
R 824
R 825
R 826
R 827
R 828
R 829
R 830
R 831
R 832
B3
A4
A3
A4
C3
A4
C3
B3
A4
A3
A4
A2
C3
B3
A1
A3
A1
R 833
R 834
R 835
R 836
R 837
R 838
R 839
R 840
R 841
R 842
R 843
R 845
R 846
R 848
R 849
R 850
R 851
A1
A4
A3
A1
A1
B3
A2
A4
A4
A2
A2
B3
B3
B3
B2
A4
B2
R 852
R 853
R 854
R 855
R 856
R 857
R 858
R 859
R 860
R 861
R 862
R 863
B2
B2
B2
B3
A1
B1
B1
B1
A1
A1
A1
B1
U 800
U 801
U 802
U 803
U 804
U 806
A4
B3
B3
A4
B3
A3
Z 200
Z 201
Z 202
Z 203
Z 204A
Z 204B
Z 205
Z 206
C5
C5
A5
B4
B5
A5
A4
A5
U 201
U 500
U 501
U 502
A4
B2
B4
B3
AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE
The following guide can be used to locate components on the audio/logic board layout on pages 6-22. Refer
to the grid around the board to determine the approximate location of a component.
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
C 100
C 101
C 102
C 103
C 104
C 105
C 106
C 107
C 108
C 109
C 110
C 111
C 112
C 113
C 114
C 115
C 116
C 117
C 118
C 119
C 120
A3
C1
C1
C1
A1
C1
C1
A1
C2
C2
C1
A2
B2
C1
C2
B2
A1
A2
B2
A2
B2
C 121
C 300
C 301
C 302
C 303
C 304
C 305
C 306
C 307
C 308
C 309
C 310
C 311
C 312
C 313
C 314
C 315
C 316
C 317
C 318
C 319
B3
C4
C4
C4
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
C4
B5
C 320
C 321
C 322
C 323
C 324
C 325
C 326
C 327
C 328
C 329
C 330
C 331
C 332
C 333
C 334
C 335
C 336
C 337
C 338
C 339
C 340
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
C4
B4
A4
B5
C3
B5
A4
A4
A3
A4
A4
A4
A4
A4
A3
A4
C 341
C 342
C 343
C 344
C 345
C 346
C 347
C 348
C 349
C 350
C 351
C 352
C 353
C 354
C 355
C 356
C 357
C 358
C 359
C 360
C 361
A4
A3
A4
A3
A4
B4
B4
B3
B4
B4
B4
B4
A4
B3
C5
B5
A4
A4
C5
B4
B4
February 2001
6-12
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES
AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE (CONT’D)
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
C 362
C 363
C 364
B4
C1
A4
Q 101
Q 102
Q 103
Q 104
Q 105
Q 106
Q 107
Q 108
Q 109
Q 110
Q 111
Q 112
Q 113
Q 114
Q 115
C1
C1
B4
B4
B4
B4
C3
C3
C3
C3
A3
D4
D4
D5
D5
R 121
R 122
R 123
R 124
R 125
R 126
R 127
R 128
R 129
R 130
R 131
R 132
R 133
R 134
R 135
R 136
R 137
R 138
R 139
R 140
R 141
R 142
R 143
R 144
R 145
R 146
R 147
R 148
R 149
R 150
R 151
R 152
R 153
R 154
R 155
R 156
R 157
R 158
R 159
R 160
R 161
R 162
R 163
R 164
R 165
R 166
R 167
R 168
A2
C1
B4
C1
A1
A1
B2
B4
C1
B2
C1
B4
B2
B2
B2
A1
A1
A1
B4
A1
C2
C2
A2
B4
B4
C3
C2
C2
B2
C2
C2
B2
C2
A3
C2
C2
C2
C2
C3
C2
C1
C2
C1
C2
C3
C3
C3
C1
R 169
R 170
R 171
R 172
R 173
R 174
R 175
R 176
R 177
R 197
R 198
R 199
R 200
R 300
R 301
R 302
R 303
R 304
R 305
R 306
R 307
R 308
R 309
R 310
R 311
R 312
R 313
R 314
R 315
R 316
R 317
R 318
R 319
R 320
R 321
R 322
R 323
R 324
R 325
R 326
R 327
R 328
R 329
R 330
R 331
R 332
R 333
R 334
C3
C2
C3
C3
C3
C2
C3
C3
B3
C2
D5
C2
D5
C4
C5
C4
B5
C5
C4
C5
C5
C5
C4
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
C3
C3
C5
C4
C3
B5
C3
B5
C4
C3
C4
C4
B5
C4
B5
CR100
CR101
CR102
CR103
CR104
CR105
CR106
CR107
CR108
CR109
CR110
CR111
CR112
CR113
CR114
CR115
CR116
CR117
CR118
CR119
CR120
CR121
CR122
CR123
CR129
CR300
CR301
CR302
CR303
CR304
CR305
DS003
DS004
F 100
C1
A2
C2
C1
C1
A1
C2
A1
C3
C2
A3
C2
C2
C2
C3
C2
C2
C1
C3
C2
C3
C2
C2
C3
C3
C5
C5
A4
C1
C2
C2
D5
D5
A3
B3
Q 300
Q 301
Q 302
Q 303
Q 304
Q 305
Q 306
Q 307
Q 308
Q 309
C5
C4
A4
B2
B3
B4
A3
B4
C5
D5
R 100
R 101
R 102
R 103
R 104
R 105
R 106
R 107
R 108
R 109
R 110
R 111
R 112
R 113
R 114
R 115
R 116
R 117
R 118
R 119
R 120
A3
A3
C1
C1
C1
C2
C1
B2
C1
C1
A1
A2
A2
A2
A1
C2
B2
B2
C2
B2
B2
F 300
J 100
J 101
J 301
J 302
J 303
J 305
C4
A3
C3
A3
A5
C4
Q 100
A2
February 2001
6-13
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES
AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE (CONT’D)
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
Comp. Location
R 335
R 336
R 337
R 338
R 339
R 340
R 341
R 342
R 343
R 344
R 345
R 346
R 347
R 348
R 349
R 350
R 351
R 352
R 353
R 354
R 355
R 356
R 357
R 358
R 359
R 360
R 361
R 362
R 363
R 364
R 365
R 366
R 367
R 368
R 369
R 370
R 371
C4
C4
B2
C4
B5
B5
B5
C4
B5
B5
C4
C4
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B3
B5
A4
C3
C4
B5
A4
C3
B3
B3
B3
A3
B3
A3
B4
A3
A3
A3
R 372
R 373
R 374
R 375
R 376
R 377
R 378
R 379
R 380
R 381
R 382
R 383
R 384
R 385
R 386
R 387
R 388
R 389
R 390
R 391
R 392
R 393
R 394
R 395
R 397
R 398
R 399
R 400
R 401
R 402
R 403
R 404
R 405
R 406
R 407
R 408
R 409
A4
A4
A4
A4
B4
B4
A3
B3
A4
A4
A3
B3
B4
B3
A4
A4
A3
A4
A4
A4
A4
A3
B4
A4
A3
C3
C3
B4
B3
B4
B4
B4
A4
B4
B4
B4
A4
R 410
R 411
R 412
R 413
R 414
R 415
R 416
R 417
R 418
R 419
R 420
R 421
R 422
R 423
R 424
R 425
R 426
R 427
R 443
B4
B4
B4
A4
B3
B4
C5
C5
A4
C5
B4
C1
C1
C2
C3
B5
A4
C4
C4
U 304
U 305
U 306
U 307
U 308
C5
C4
A4
C4
B4
W 100
W 101
W 102
W 103
W 301
W 302
W 303
W 304
W 305
W 306
W 307
W 308
W 309
W 310
W 311
W 312
W 313
W 314
W 315
W 316
W 317
W 318
W 319
W 320
Y 100
B2
B2
B2
B2
B3
B3
B3
B3
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B3
B3
B3
B3
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
C1
U 100
U 101
U 102
U 103
U 104
U 105
U 106
U 107
U 108
U 109
U 110
U 111
U 112
U 300
U 301
U 302
U 303
C1
B1
C2
C2
B2
B3
A2
A1
A2
B2
A2
B2
B2
C5
B5
A4
A4
February 2001
6-14
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
0.3V P-P WITH -47dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
0.1V P-P WITH -47dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
C302
.01uF
R257
62k
8V
W202
8V
C301
10
5.5V
SECOND MIXER/
DETECTOR
450 kHz CERAMIC
FILTER
C223
.01uF
C224
100
0.1V P-P WITH -30dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
Z205
L218
R207
100
RECEIVER
R252
100
R205
1k
C247
0.01uF
C249
.01uF
R217
47k
C298
.01uF
R253
3.3k
R254
2.2k
6.8
FIRST MIXER
2.9V DC
C294
47uF
PART OF
J201
5.2
+
6.3
Q200
3612
R259
330
C295
.1uF
C225
.01uF
C226
100
45 MHz CRYSTAL FILTER
R209
470
L203
12nH
R215
10k
L208
.68uH
R218
10k
C248
0.01uF
Rx Audio Out
R206
3.9k
L220
27nH
R216
390
C266
27
C271
27
C274
.001uF
20
R229
0
1.1
BANDPASS FILTER
Z204A
Z204B
7.9
16
14
6
11
LIM
OUT
10
8
C304
.01uF
C306
100
C222
.01uF
R255
56k
RF AMP
BANDPASS FILTER
C268
150
C227
22
L205
47nH
C242
6.8
C245
8.2
R208
4.7k
C235
6.8
1.4
0
IF AMP
OUT
QUAD
IN
AUDIO
OUT
LIM IN VCC
Q202
6234
C251
18
C252
150
C269
5.6
C270
22
C272
.01uF
R228
8.2k
1
C202
100
C204
6.8
C212
2.2
C214
6.8
C220
100
L202
15nH
6.8
7
9
RF IN
+
AUDIO FB
U201
SA676
.7
CR203
Q201
3636
.4
R256
27k
R258
10k
C243
4.3
C228
8.2
C234
4.3
C236
22
C241
22
C307
3.9
R214
330
L207
15nH
RSSI FB
RSSI
RSSI Out
2
RF IN
–
R219
100
C253
0.01uF
L213
0.68uH
L215
0.68uH
19
11
C213
47
C215
5.6
C221
6.8
MIXER IF AMP
C203
5.6
C205
47
OSCE
4
LIM
13
2
LIM
12
C299
1
IF
19
C300
.01uF
2
IF
17
1
GND
15
C297
.01uF
OUT
IN
OUT
<
0.6V DC WITH
C293
.01uF
C303
0.33uF
C305
100
20
18
5
NO RF SIGNAL
C231
3.0
C237
10
C244
10
C238
3.3
C296
.01uF
C201
33
8V
8V
.01uF
CR206
C206
2.7
C211
6.8
C217
2.7
C216
6.8
C284
.01uF
8V
R243
10
8V Out
C567
TRIPLER
C246
3.9
8V TX
C278
.01uF
0
(RX)
R220
100
0.6V P-P
C282
.01uF
TO J302 ON
L204
0.3nH
L206
0.3nH
100
R221
1k
C283
.01uF
C292
.01uF
AUDIO/LOGIC
BOARD
L219
.22uH
R200
1k
L200
0.3nH
L201
0.3nH
R244
15k
CR200
C288
7.5
R249
47
6.1
C263
2.7
C285
.01uF
7.9
R245
680
5.6
Q203
3612
R224
1k
SW BAT
C259
100
W201
L210
22uH
0.1V P-P WITH -47dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
1.7
Q207
3634
Sw Bat Out
R250
390
R233
22k
R234
22k
10
R222
3.3k
L217
.27uH
C232
3.3
C233
1.8
C239
1.8
C240
3.3
C287
47
WIDEBAND
1.3
CR207
CR208
C290
36
C566
100
C258
.01uF
R246
390
R247
4.7k
1.0
C207
1.8
C208
3.3
C218
3.3
C219
1.5
C260
9.1
L211
12nH
Z206
R226
18
CR204
CR205
R223
4.7k
6.1
R248
180
R251
100
C286
.01uF
CR201
CR202
R210
10k
R211
10k
R212
10k
C229
100
C230
100
450 kHz FILTERS
NARROWBAND
.7
8V
Q204
3636
C261
9.1
C262
3.3
C264
7.5
R201
10k
R202
10k
R203
10k
R213
10k
R225
270
R227
270
UNSW BAT
C209
100
C210
100
L209
12nH
R232
4.7k
8V
Unsw Bat Out
R239
510
R240
510
C256
6.8
FILTER
SELECT
R231
4.7k
R204
10k
6.6 (WB)
(NB)
CR209
CR210
4
0
R538
Z202
C571
100
510
Q206
3616
F2
F1
FIRST INJECTION AMP
Q205
3616
R237
20k
R238
20k
R241
20k
C255
100
C277
.01uF
C281
.01uF
R242
20k
F1
F2
6
7
8
0
(WB)
C276
.01uF
C289
.01uF
C291
.01uF
6.1 (NB)
C275
.01uF
SYNTHESIZER
SHIFT
REGISTER
3
2
5
6
5.5V
U800
DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER
14094
U802
AD8403
4
5
R818
10k
R817
10k
Q0
12
14
11
16
10
15
7
2
5
3
2
SDI
CLK
CS
VCC
DATA
QS
Q1
Q2
10
1
6
F1
F2
SHDN
PART OF
J201
7
R820
0
RS
A4
STROBE Q3
Tx Data In
24 B1
22 W1
23 A1
3
14
13
12
11
17
CLK
VCC
OE
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
5.5V
16
15
8
C805
100
5.5V
R829
4.7k
R823
33k
W4
8
R827
CR800
C807
.01uF
C808
100
BUFFER AMPLIFIER
4.7k
5.6
R819
0
B4
6
R822
10k
Q800
1300
GND
C813
8V
.01uF
Tx Audio In
2
4
3
B2
W2
A2
A3 19
W3 18
18
1
A900 VCO MODULE
+
C810
100
C814
4.7uF
4.7
R830
100
R856
82
C831
1uF
R849
470k
C817
100
W100
15
B3 20
21
BUFFER AMPLIFIER
Synth Strobe In
RF Strobe In
Clock In
R825
100
L105
150nH
R100
100
1
2
3
4
5V In
GND1
410mV rms
(430MHz, TX)
R824
0
W110
C803
100
R837
4
R832
L800
22nH
5
9
1
R833
15k
GND4
DGND
GND2
GND3
68
C
Shift
1
2
1k
C818
9.1
R836
18
17
R804
4.7k
C111
2.4
C811
.01uF
C812
100
C104
100
C106
100
C101
100 R101
6.8k
C100
100
L100
18nH
R102
470
C103
5.1
C822
100
L801
12nH
R839
39
R103
1k
C809
150
12
13
14
16
CR104
W111
L106
150nH
Q801
3636
1
2
R835
100
C800
100
C827
9.1
W112
CR105
Q100
3651
3
5
RF OUT
R847
18
5.5V
C826
6.8
R844
1k
R807
4.7k
C102
2.0
R842
150
R843
150
5.5V
14.850 MHz
400mV rms
SYNTHESIZER
C
Shift
C105
100
R109
10
C123
100
C107
100
R105
390
C823
.01uF
C824
100
C109
100
W109
R108
10k
R107
8.2k
SUMMING
AMPLIFIER
REF OSCILLATOR
14.850 MHz
U804
SA7025
C815
VCO
R826
10k
C108
33
RF OUT
.01uF
C829
100
R831
100
CR801
C801
100
C828
.01uF
C110
4.3
Q102
3651
Q101
3651
U806
15
7
17
16
C116
1
C112
5.6
VCC
RF
RN
R113
47k
W101
W102
W103
W104
W105
W106
W107
W108
8
R810
4.7k
C820
100
5.5V
8
14
8
W113
C113 R110
3.0 10k
VCC RF OUT
VCC
VCC
C821
Data In
2
3
9
–
+
20
Mod In
+
.001uF
C819
1uF
R838
24k
C816
.001uF
1
1
15
16
17
R834
12k
C118
9.1
R111
270
5.5V
MOD IN
7
C124
1
R112
12k
10
11
12
13
14
16
C802
100
C120
100
CR101
2.1-18.7
C115
C114
100
R850
100
4
19
5.5V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
TEST
12
R841
10k
C832
.01uF
R851
47k
R853
18
19
20
+
R821
0
U803
LM2904
8
10k
R840
10k
REF IN
AUX IN
4
L101
L107
150nH
L102
150nH
Tx Wideband Data In
GND
GND
R852
1k
C825
1uF
L103
150nH
10
CR106
R114
330
12
W114
C119
10
6
7
C804
100
C838
4.7uF
N/C
C840
.01uF
C839
100
14
+
DATA
2
3
PHP
R854
10k
4
1
3
DATA
STROBE
CLK
TO J302 ON
AUDIO/LOGIC
BOARD
C122
100
C837
.01uF
SYNTH STROBE
CLOCK
CR103
13
5
PHI
RF IN
RF IN
R848
18k
1
W115
Control
Lock Detect
18
6
C835
.01uF
C836
.0047uF
15
2
LOCK
R845
10
R846
5.6k
R828
0
1.5-5.2V DC
C842
3.9
L802
39nH
Transmit (Delayed PTT)
Temperature
C830
.01uF
3
C833
100
C834
.22uF
C841
0.001uF
C512
100
R855
150
R801
20k
SHIFT REGISTER
(D/A CONVERTER)
5.5V REGULATOR
SOURCE
5.5V
UNSW BAT
R502
10k
SW BAT
8V
U502
U801
MC14094
R800
20k
R802
10k
TK11900
4
R505
10k
Q0
R508
10k
6
2
4
3
1
R803
20k
VIN
V
OUT
2
STR
CLK
DATA
QS
J603
Q503
3612
C507
100
C574
R805
10k
Q500
1300
3
2
5
C509
100
3
4
6
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
R546
42.2k
100
R806
20k
CTRL
BYPASS
FDBK
R609
100
R608
220k
UNSW
BAT
R509
10k
R808
10k
1-5 (TX)
6
2-6 TX
0.3 RX
J501 J600
7
GND
5
25W POWER AMPLIFIER BOARD
POWER CONTROL
R547
10k
10
.4 TX
13.6 RX
R809
20k
U500A
LM2904
T/R
1
CR501
L606
R811
10k
7
C578
.01uF
R610
100
R550
12.1k
CURRENT
SENSE
R812
20k
3
+
8
4
C650
12
CR603
1
Temperature
R813
10k
R601
10k
14
13
5
C655
3.0
C643
2.7
2
–
R501
10k
R611
4.7k
16
15
C501
100
R814
20k
VCC
OE
R500
2.2k
R506
10k
Q602
3658
RX RF OUT
C652
30
R815
10k
3
4
ANTENNA SWITCH
C502
100
C604
68
8V
SW BAT
R816
20k
C500
.1uF
C603
.01uF
C653
68
CR500
C573
4.7uF
+
11.6 TX
13 RX
C575
.01uF
C576
100
R507
1k
C651
2.2
12
11
8V
C503
.01uF
Q6
Q7
510
10k
Q502
3658
8
T/R
AMP
GND
.7 TX
RX
R518
47k
R504
10k
R511
680
5
+
Forward Power
Current Sense
Q501
7013
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
CR503
8
6
UNSW BAT
(FROM PA BD)
7
0
R604
100
R606
68k
6
–
SOURCE
8V
U501
MC78M08
R513
220k
HARMONIC FILTER
L604
SOURCE
SW BAT
SUPPLY SWITCHING
8V REGULATOR
U500B
LM2904
R512
1k
3-10 TX
RX
Q505
3658
Q504
3658
CR602
R605
330
L603
3T
L602
4T
2-6 TX
0.3 RX
13.8
Q513
2057
0
SUPPLY
V
MINUS .24V
C649
68
12.9
0.6 (OFF)
R517
120
C648
100
J601
ANTENNA
R520
47k
3T
12.8
13.4 (OFF)
1
3
C504
0.1uF
C502
VIN
VOUT
R607
100k
8V (RX)
C505
.01uF
R515
10k
C568
4.7uF
C569
.01uF
R516
1.2k
CR504
5.1V
+
C614
100
GND
2
C620
2.7
C622
3.3
C626
4.3
C619
4.3
C628
3
C629
3
C630
1.5
+
+
C623
3.3
C624
3.3
C618
4.3
C506
100
C625
2.7
C564
10uF
C611
68
JACK
R540
100k
R603
220k
C565
470uF
CR601
R539
100k
C570
100
R523
10k
1.4-5.0 TX
RX
R519
1k
Q514
1300
8V TX SWITCH
R522
R541
100k
0
8.7
12.9 (OFF)
Q515
6027
R542
100
8V
4.7k
R602
220k
C508
100
9.1
13.3 (OFF)
Q507
3658
SOURCE
UNSW BAT
4.7
.1 (OFF)
CR505
1
2
F500
4A
Unsw Bat
Out
R524
47k
7.9
12.9 (OFF)
R521
4.7k
SOURCE
8V TX
CURRENT SENSE
Q508
3658
CR506
R544
10
Q516
1300
C513
100
C602
68
R545
17.8k
UNSW BAT
Q506
3612
R525
47k
A600
R543
1k
UNSW BAT
W501 W500
UNSW BAT
+
+
+
Q517
3612
On-Off Ctrl
5
9
POWER
JACK
R548
54.9k
4.3
4.0 (OFF)
C563
100
C560
10uF
C561
470uF
C562
.01uF
R549
7.5k
+
C601
470
C600
.01uF
C577
10uF
CR600
C572
100
8V
–
CR507
7.2
13.7 (OFF)
C511
6.8uF
R526
3.3k
Tx On
C521
100
C523
.01uF
C510
100
R600
.03
C516
100
C517
.01uF
EP1
+
C514
10uF
C515
0.1uF
EXCITER
R529
68
R527
5k
R528
10k
C608
100
C607
6.8uF
+
EP3
C518
100
C522
.01uF
EP601
R530
68
C616
47
C617
47
C519
.01uF
C520
100
L500
6T
FIRST AMP
FINAL AMP
C612
.01uF
C613
100
SECOND
AMP
C524
100
C525
.01uF
C528
100
C529
.01uF
L601
4T
Q601
4402
C540
100pF
C527
100
C526
L501
3T
L505
2T
C627
47
R532
15
C537
100
PREDRIVER
C531
100
.01uF
R533
10k
L502
3T
J502
C530
.01uF
R531
10k
C544
100
THIRD AMP
C541
16
C542
10
C543
100
C615
47
L503
2T
L504
1T
6.6
Q512
2070
R613
470
C640
47
C535
12
C545
12
C532
12
C546
12
C533
12
C547
12
C548
5.1
C549
7.5
C579
7.5
C609
4.7
C637
12
C634
2.7
C635
2.7
L607
6T
C642
4.7
C646
27
C638
47
Q510
3618
.7
C536
39
C554
39
Q509
3618
C558
10
C559
12
C538
C539
12
12
Q511
6450
R537
51
L506
9T
C555
5.1
C556
5.1
C557
2.0
C550
13
C551
13
R536
1.2k
C552
13
R534
33
R535
1.5k
EP602
EP2
NOTES:
RF BOARD SCHEMATIC (REVISED 430-470 MHZ)
PA BOARD SCHEMATIC (25W, 430-470 MHZ)
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS
ARE IN PICOFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C
A
B
E
C
Q510
C535
C536
C541
C542
B
E
E
E
C
S
Q509
L502
C543
R534
C547
B
D
Q512
G
C544
E
Q511
B
C
C
L501
5
33
C530
C531
L504
C526
C523
1
1
2
3
4
5
E
C527
C
C554
C521
C545
C551
L503
Q506
B
R522
E
C
Q507
B
L500
R521
CR801
C540
E
C537
EP2
R523
R844
R527
C516
R847
C826
R830
R833
R827
E
EP1
C511
L801
B
C514
B
E
C515
C822
R504
R526
R856
B
C
C
E
CR504
C
B
R843
R842
R506 R500
C
C
E
1
4
8
5
C500
R512
Q501
C
E
B
R505
C
Q503
B
R508
U500
E
E
B
Q502
R514
CR501
R853
B
B
C
R515
R513
C502
R507
R549
R545
E
R511
Q516
C
2
CR503
B
C839
C
R520
R518
R503
C838
C
A900
VCO
CR506
C577
C504
R802
E
Q515
C
E
B
Q513
R808 R805
R810
Q517
C
R807
E
B
R804
R543
1
8
C834
R846
U801
CR505
C561
R845
C833
C843
9
16
R812
20
1
11
C560
C513
C306
R813
R811
14
1
U804
R815
R822
C810
C804
C305
C805
20
19
1
10
C
R820
3
R855
C841
Q508
R828
C806
U806
Reference Oscillator
B
E
1
C565
6
R525
C802
U502
3
R823
C801
C567
4
C800
C566
R538
J201
R546
C575
C576
12
1
C506
C509
8
7
C572
C564
U501
C571
U802
R824
C508
8
R819
R817
1
C512
C803
1
R850
16
C256
L209
C258
13
24
1
2
1
8
C283
R245
R246
3
U803
R834
C507
U800
CR206
C
4
5
E
R247
C286
C568
Q203
C210
B
CR202
CR201
R244
Q204
C
R840
C825
C275
9
8
B
E
E
B
R248
C287
C284
E
B
R224
4
Q207
C
E
B
C217
C261
L210
R225
C206
Q206
C
L218
Q205
L219
C
L217
C290
C288
R249
L200
L201
R232
R227
C249
C250
C212
C301
R200
C303
R259
C201
C264
11
20
10
1
R258
R219
C304
R256
Z205
D
S
C253
C202
C220
C221
R255
C295
L208
L202
U201
Q202
G2
L207
B
R218
C251
R253
G1R214
C225
C226
C298
L203
R209
C297
L220
R252
C293
E
R216
C248
R215
C
C224
C223
R207
C296
C228 C227
E
C265
C294
R230
R228
R205
C
B
R206
C222
Z202
C273
C272
L205
5
C291
L206
L204
L215
Z206
C270
C266
C268
C231
C238
Z204A
C269
Z204B
L214
R233
CR209
L213
CR205
CR204
C229
R237
B
A
C
RF BOARD LAYOUT (430-512 MHZ)
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
L602
L603
L604
J601
C621
C625
C620
C614
C655
C643
R605
C634
C635
C636
L606
CR602
C650
CR603
R608
C637
R609
W107 W102
W108 W101
W103 W106
C613
R610
C612
L601
C119
R112
C124
EP601
C608
W104
L102
R109
W100
R607
L101
C108
R108
C649
C638
C615
C113
R110
R107
C607
8
C100
C101
L103
C
CR106
C118
CR103
C653
C611
C116
R101
L107
Q100
Q601
R102
J600
E
E
CR101
C122
W114
L100
R600
R105
C123
W105
W115
R113
C103 C102
C104
B
C640
C617
W112
W113
W109
W111
W110
R601
1
R613
VCO BOARD LAYOUT (430-512 MHZ)
(430-470 MHz)
C646
(470-512 MHz)
C646
(470-512 MHz Only)
P1
CR600
PA BOARD LAYOUT (25W, 430-512 MHZ)
February 2001
6-17
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rx RF To Receiver
J603
R609
100
R608
220k
J600
.4 TX
13.6 RX
T/R
7
L606
R610
100
C650
22
CR603
Temperature
R601
10k
5
C655
3.3
C643
3.9
R611
4.7k
Q602
3658
RX RF OUT
C652
30
3
4
ANTENNA SWITCH
C604
68
C603
.01uF
C653
68
C651
2.2
.7 TX
0 RX
Forward Power
Current Sense
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
8
R604
100
R606
100k
HARMONIC FILTER
L604
To J501 On
RF Board
CR602
R605
330
C649
68
SUPPLY V MINUS .24V
C648
100
J601
L603
L602
R607
75k
6
Antenna
Jack
C614
100
C620
2.7
C621
2.7
C619
5.1
C629
3.9
C630
2.2
C622
5.1
C626
5.6
C628
3.9
C623
4.7
C624
4.7
C618
5.6
C625
2.7
C611
68
R603
220k
CR601
R602
220k
1
2
Unsw Bat
Out
CURRENT SENSE
C602
68
P001
UNSW BAT
+
Power
Jack
UNSW BAT
C601
470
C600
.01uF
CR600
–
3A AT 40W
C608
100
C607
6.8uF
+
R600
.03
L600
W602
A533
Stabilization Board
EP601
C605
6.8uF
C606
100
+
EP600
C1
R2
33
0.01
C631
33
C616
24
C612
.01uF
C613
100
C617
47
R614
330
R615
330
R616
330
L601
C609
.01uF
C610
100
FINAL AMP
R1
33
DRIVER
Q600
4402
Q601
4402
L605
C641
33
C627
27
J602
Tx RF From
C524 On RF
Board
C633
47
C632
56
C615
56
C645
47
C647
12
R613
100
C640
47
C644
12
C642
56
C646
43
C638
56
C657
15
R612
330
L607
7T
L608
C637
18
C634
2.2
C635
3.3
C636
3.3
EP603
EP602
PA BOARD SCHEMATIC (40W, 430-470 MHZ)
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
L602
L603
L604
J601
C621
C625
C620
C655
C643
R605
C634
C635
C636
L606
CR602
C650
CR603
R608
C637
R609
L601
C613
R610
C612
(Stacked)
R614
R615
EP601
C608
R616
R607
C649
C638
C615
C607
8
C
C653
C611
Q601
J600
E
E
R600
B
C640
C617
R601
1
R613
EP603
C657
L608
C646
C633
R612
E
C642
C646
C647
Q600
B
C
C631
C641
A533
Stablization Board
(430-470 MHz Only)
L605
C632
E
C645
EP600
C606
C644
L600
C605
P1
CR600
PA BOARD LAYOUT (40W, 430-512 MHZ)
February 2001
6-19
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
0.3V P-P WITH -47dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
0.1V P-P WITH -47dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
C302
.01uF
R257
62k
8V
W202
8V
C301
10
5.5V
SECOND MIXER/
DETECTOR
450 kHz CERAMIC
FILTER
C223
.01uF
C224
100
0.1V P-P WITH -30dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
Z205
L218
R207
100
RECEIVER
R252
100
R205
1k
C247
.01uF
C249
.01uF
R217
47k
C298
R253
RF AMP
R254
2.2k
6.8
.01uF
45 MHz CRYSTAL FILTER
3.3k
2.9V DC
C294
47uF
PART OF
J201
5.2
+
6.3
Q200
3612
R259
330
C295
.1uF
C225
.01uF
C226
100
C307
3.9
R209
470
C248
.01
L203
12nH
R215
10k
L208
.68uH
R218
10k
Rx Audio Out
R206
3.9k
L220
27nH
R216
390
C266
27
C271
27
C274
.001uF
20
R229
0
1.1
BANDPASS FILTER
Z204A
Z204B
7.9
BANDPASS FILTER
16
IF AMP
OUT
14
6
11
10
8
C304
.01uF
C306
100
C222
.01uF
R255
56k
C268
150
C227
22
L205
47nH
C242
6.8
C245
8.2
R208
4.7k
C235
6.8
1.4
0
LIM QUAD
IN
AUDIO
OUT
AUDIO FB
LIM IN VCC
Q202
6234
C251
18
C252
150
C269
5.6
C270
22
C272
.01uF
R228
8.2k
1
2
OUT
C202
100
C204
6.8
C212
2.2
C214
6.8
C220
100
L202
15nH
6.8
7
9
RF IN
+
U201
SA676
.7
Q201
3636
.4
R256
27k
R258
10k
C234
4.3
C243
4.3
C236
22
C241
22
R214
330
L207
15nH
RSSI FB
RSSI
GND
RSSI Out
C228
8.2
L213
.68uH
RF IN
±
R219
100
C253
.01
L215
.68uH
19
11
C213
47
C215
5.6
C221
6.8
MIXER IF AMP
IN
CR203
C203
5.6
C205
47
OSCE
4
LIM
12
C299
2
LIM
19
C300
1
IF
17
C296
2
IF
1
OUT
20 18
OUT
5
< 0.6V DC WITH
NO RF SIGNAL
C293
.01uF
C303
.33uF
C305
100
13
15
C231
3.0
C237
10
C244
10
C238
3.3
C297
.01uF
C201
33
8V
8V
.01uF .01uF .01uF
CR206
C206
2.7
C211
6.8
C217
2.7
C216
6.8
C284
.01uF
8V
R243
10
8V Out
TRIPLER
C246
3.9
8V TX
C555
100
C278
.01uF
0
(RX)
R220
100
0.6V P-P
C282
.01uF
TO J302 ON
AUDIO/LOGIC
BOARD
L204
0.3nH
L206
0.3nH
R221
1k
C283
.01uF
C292
.01uF
L219
.22uH
R200
1k
L200
0.3nH
L201
0.3nH
R244
15k
CR200
C288
7.5
R249
47
6.1
C263
2.7
C285
.01uF
7.9
R245
680
5.6
Q203
3612
R224
1k
SW BAT
C259
100
W201
R250
390
L210
22uH
0.1V P-P WITH -47dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
1.7
Q207
3634
Sw Bat Out
10
R222
3.3k
L217
.27uH
R233
22k
R234
22k
C232
3.3
C233
1.8
C239
1.8
C240
3.3
C287
47
WIDEBAND
Z206
1.3
C290
36
C554
100
C258
.01uF
R246
390
R247
4.7k
1.0
CR207
CR209
C207
1.8
C208
3.3
C218
3.3
C219
1.8
C260
9.1
L211
12nH
R226
18
CR204
CR205
R223
4.7k
.7
6.1
R248
180
R251
100
CR208
C286
.01uF
CR201
CR202
R210
10k
R211
10k
R212
10k
C229
100
C230
100
8V
450 kHz CERAMIC FILTERS
Q204
3636
C261
9.1
C262
3.3
C264
7.5
R201
10k
R202
10k
R203
10k
R213
10
R225
270
R227
270
UNSW BAT
R533
510
C209
100
C210
100
L209
12nH
NARROWBAND
R232
4.7k
8V
Unsw Bat Out
R239
510
R240
510
C256
6.8
R204
10k
6.6 (WB)
(NB)
CR210
4
0
Z202
R231
4.7k
C559
100
Q206
3616
F2
F1
Q205
3616
R237
20k
R238
20k
R241
20k
C255
100
C277
.01uF
C281
.01uF
R242
20k
F1
F2
6
7
8
0 (WB)
6.1 (NB)
C276
.01uF
C289
.01uF
C291
.01uF
C275
.01uF
SYNTHESIZER
SHIFT
REGISTER
3
2
5
6
5.5V
U800
14094
DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER
U802
AD8403
4
5
R818 R817
10k
Q0
10k
12
14
11
16
10
15
7
2
5
SDI
CLK
CS
VCC
DATA
QS
Q1
Q2
10
1
6
F1
F2
3
2
SHDN
PART OF
J201
7
R820
0
RS
A4
STROBE Q3
Tx Data In
24 B1
22 W1
23 A1
3
14
13
12
11
17
CLK
VCC
OE
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
5.5V
16
15
8
C805
100
5.5V
R829
4.7k
R823
33k
W4
B4
8
R827
4.7k
C807
.01uF
C808
100
BUFFER AMPLIFIER
CR800
5.6
R819
0
6
R822
10k
Q800
1300
GND
C813
.01uF
8V
Tx Audio In
2
4
3
B2
W2
A2
A3 19
18
1
A900 VCO MODULE
+
C810
100
C814
4.7uF
4.7
15
4
W3 18
R830
100
R856
82
C831
1uF
R849
470k
C817
100
W100
B3 20
21
BUFFER AMPLIFIER
Synth Strobe In
RF Strobe In
Clock In
R825
100
L105
150nH
R100
100
1
2
3
4
5V In
GND1
410mV rms
(430MHz, TX)
R824
0
W110
C803
100
R837
68
R832
1k
5
9
1
R833
15k
L800
22nH
GND4
DGND
GND2
GND3
C
Shift
1
2
C818
9.1
R836
18
17
R804
4.7k
C111
2.7
C811
.01uF
C812
100
C104
100
C106
100
C101
100 R101
6.8k
C100
100
L100 R102
C103
4.7
C822
100
L801
12nH
27nH
270
R839
39
R103
C809
150
12
13
14
16
CR104
1k
W111
L106
150nH
Q801
3636
1
2
R835
100
C800
100
C827
9.1
W112
CR105
Q100
3651
3
RF OUT
R847
18
5.5V
C826
6.8
R844
1k
R807
4.7k
C102
1
R842
150
R843
150
5.5V
SYNTHESIZER
C
Shift
C105
100
R109
10
C824
100
C123
100
R105
390
C107
100
C823
.01uF
C109
100
REF OSCILLATOR
W109
R108
10k
400mV rms
R107
8.2k
SUMMING
AMPLIFIER
U804
SA7025
C815
.01uF
VCO
R826
10k
C108
33
RF OUT
C829
100
14.850 MHz
R831
100
CR801
C801
100
C828
.01uF
C110
5.1
Q102
3651
Q101
3651
U806
15
7
17
C116
1
C112
6.8
VCC
VCC
VCC
RF
RN
R113
47k
W101
W102
W103
W104
W105
W106
W107
W108
8
R810
4.7k
C820
100
5.5V
8
14
8
16
W113
C113 R110
3.0 10k
VCC RF OUT
MOD IN
5
6
C821
.001uF
Data In
2
3
9
20
Mod In
+
C819
1uF
R838
24k
C816
.001uF
1
1
15
16
17
R834
5.5V
12k
C118
12
R111
270
C124
1.0
R112
12k
10
11
12
13
14
16
C802
100
C120
100
CR101
2.1-18.7
C115
12
+
C114
100
R850
100
4
7
19
5.5V
GND GND
GND GND
TEST
R841
10k
C832
.01uF
R851
47k
R853
10k
18
19
20
+
R821
0
U803
LM2904
C825
1uF
8
R840
10k
REF IN
AUX IN
4
L101
L102
150nH
Tx Wideband Data In
GND
GND
W114
R852
1k
GND
GND
GND
L103
150nH
10
CR106
R114
330
12
L107
150nH
C119
10
N/C
C804
100
C838
4.7uF
C840
.01uF
C839
100
14
+
DATA
2
3
PHP
R854
10k
4
1
3
DATA
TO J302 ON
AUDIO/LOGIC
BOARD
C122
100
C837
.01uF
SYNTH STROBE
CLOCK
CR103
STROBE
CLK
13
5
PHI
RF IN
RF IN
R848
18k
1
W115
7
Control
Lock Detect
18
6
C835
.01uF
C836
.0047uF
15
2
LOCK
R845
10
R846
5.6k
R828
0
1.5-5.2V DC
C842
8.2
L802
47nH
Transmit (Delayed PTT)
Temperature
C830
.01uF
3
C833
100
C834
.22uF
C841
.001uF
C510
100
R855
47
R801
20k
SHIFT REGISTER
(D/A CONVERTER)
5.5V REGULATOR
SOURCE
5.5V
UNSW BAT
R552
10k
SW BAT
8V
U502
TK11900
U801
MC14094
R800
20k
R802
10k
4
R550
10k
Q0
R553
10k
6
2
4
1
R803
20k
VIN
V
OUT
2
STR
CLK
DATA
QS
J603
Q516
3612
C507
100
C562
100
R805
10k
Q515
1300
3
2
5
C509
100
3
4
6
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
R539
42.2k
R806
20k
CTRL
FDBK 3
GND
R609
100
R608
220k
UNSW
BAT
R551
10k
R808
10k
1-5 (TX)
6
2-6 TX
0.3 RX
J501 J600
.4 TX
13.6 RX
BYPASS
1
25W POWER AMPLIFIER BOARD
POWER CONTROL
R540
10k
10
R809
20k
U500A
LM2904
T/R
5
CR501
7
L606
R811
10k
C566
.01uF
7
R610
100
R543
12.1k
CURRENT
SENSE
R812
20k
3
+
8
4
C650
12
CR603
1
Temperature
R813
10k
R601
10k
14
13
5
C655
3.3
C643
3.9
2
R502
10k
R611
4.7k
16
15
C500
100
R814
20k
VCC
OE
R500
2.2k
C652
30
Q602
3658
R503
10k
RX RF OUT
R815
10k
3
4
ANTENNA SWITCH
C503
100
C604
68
8V
SW BAT
R816
20k
C501
.1uF
C603
.01uF
C653
68
CR500
C561
4.7uF
C651
2.2
+
11.6 TX
13 RX
C563
.01uF
C564
100
R504
1k
12
11
8V
C502
.01
R505
10k
CR503
Q501
3658
8
T/R
AMP
.7 TX
RX
GND Q7
R512
47k
R501
10k
R506
1k
5
+
Forward Power
Q500
7013
0
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
8
6
UNSW BAT
(FROM PA BD)
7
R605
330
R604
100
R606
68k
6
SOURCE
8V
U501
MC78M08
R508
220k
HARMONIC FILTER
SOURCE
SW BAT
SUPPLY SWITCHING
8V REGULATOR
U500B
LM2904
R507
1k
3-10 TX
RX
Q503
3658
Q502
3658
CR602
SUPPLY V MINUS .24V
13.8
Q510
2057
0
C649
68
12.9
0.6 (OFF)
2-6 TX
0.3 RX
R511
120
C648
100
L603
L604
L602
J601
R514
47k
12.8
13.4 (OFF)
1
3
C504
.1uF
C502
VIN
VOUT
R607
100k
8V (RX)
C505
.01uF
CR802
5.1V
R509
10k
Current Sense
C556 C557
4.7uF .01uF
R510
1.2k
Antenna
Jack
+
C614
100
GND
2
C620
2.7
C621
2.7
C622
5.1
C626
5.6
C619
5.1
C628
3.9
C629
3.9
C630
2.2
+
+
C623
4.7
C624
4.7
C618
5.6
C506
100
C625
2.7
C552
10uF
C611
68
R535
100k
R603
220k
C553
470uF
8V TX SWITCH
CR601
R513
1k
R534
100k
C558
100
R517
10k
1.4-5.0 TX
RX
Q511
1300
R536
100k
0
R516
8V
8.7
12.9 (OFF)
Q512
6027
R260
100
4.7k
R602
220k
C508
100
9.1
13.3 (OFF)
Q505
3658
SOURCE
UNSW BAT
4.7
.1 (OFF)
CR211
1
2
F500
4A
Unsw Bat
Out
Source
8V TX
7.9
12.9 (OFF)
R515
4.7k
CURRENT SENSE
Q517
3658
CR504
R261
10
Q504
3612
Q513
1300
C511
100
C602
68
R538
17.8k
R556
47k
UNSW BAT
P001
+
2A AT MAX POWER
UNSW BAT
R557
47k
R537
1k
C548
10uF
C551
100
+
+
Power
Jack
Q514
3612
On-Off Ctrl
5
9
UNSW BAT
R541
54.9k
C601
470
C600
.01uF
4.3
4.0 (OFF)
C549
470uF
R542
7.5k
CR600
C550
.01uF
+
C565
10uF
±
C560
100
8V
R518
100
EXCITER
CR212
7.2
13.7 (OFF)
Tx On
C514
.1uF
C513
.1uF
R600
.03
+
C512
10uF
SW BAT
225mA
THIRD AMP
W602
R519
2.7k
+
C517
10uF
C518
100
C608
100
C607
6.8uF
+
8V TX
EP501
E
P
R521
47
EP500
EP601
FIRST AMP
SECOUND AMP
6.6
C616
33
C617
47
8V TX
PREDRIVER
R524
R554
150
C515
100
C516
.01uF
C577
15
FINAL AMP
C612
.01uF
C613
100
R520
47
R523
270
C572 C573 C574 C575
22
C525
100
C526
.01uF
C520
100
C521
100
C527
100
C528
R526
10k
C519
.01uF
R522
1.2k
C523
100
C522
.01uF
.01uF
L503
20
24
10
L502
R525
10k
L500
R546
100
L501
18.5nH
Q601
4402
L601
47
3V RF
3-10
C524
220
C627
33
J602
5.8 C533
43
C579
100
R555
180
13
Q508
4401
R527
10
C529
12
6.6
R528
47
L504
.7
Q507
3618
.4
C615
56
.7
Q506
3618
C576
15
C640
47
C568
15
C545
24
C569
15
C546
24
C547 C535
24 12
C642
6.8
C638
56
C646
10
Q509
6120
R529
10
R613
470
C534
56
C531
5.6
C532
51
C538
15
C541
24
C542
20
C543
22
C544
30
C567
33
C637
15
C634
2.2
C635
3.3
C636
3.3
L607
C530
39
C536
100
L507
C537
10
R531
1.8k
L505
8nH
L506
C570
2.7
C540
3.9
R530
1.8k
C539
6.8
R532
18
C571
1.5
E
EP602
P
C578
15
0.5V RF
0.5-3.0
2V RF
NOTES:
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS
ARE IN PICOFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
RF BOARD SCHEMATIC (UNREVISED 430-470 MHZ)
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C
B
A
C547
R521
C528
L506
L503
E
Q509
R529
C532
C525
C526
R520
R527
C536
L502
C570
C
Q508
C
B
Q504
L504
C579
L507
B
E
E
E
C
R515
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
R530
E
C574
C543
C573
C542
C572
L501
Q506
C
R522
B
E
R516
B
L500
C522
C523
C535
L505
C517
R833
C512
EP501
C817
C826
C822
R830
R827
E
C513
L801
B
R847
B
R501
C
B
C
C
E
E
CR802
R856
B
R843
R842
R503
R500
U500
C
C
E
1
8
5
C501
R507
Q500
C
E
B
R550
Q516
B
C
Q501
B
E
E
B
4
R553
R542
R538
R545
CR501
R853
B
C
R509
R508
C503
R504
E
R506
Q513
C
CR503
B
C839
C
R514
R512
R544
C838
C
A900
VCO
CR504
C565
C504
R802
E
Q512
C
E
B
Q510
R805
R808
Q514
C
R810 R807
R804
E
B
R537
1
8
C834
R846
U801
CR211
C549
R845
C833
C843
9
16
R812
20
11
C548
C511
C306
R822
R813
R811
14
1
U804
R815
C305
C805
R820
R828
20
19
1
C810
C804
1
10
C
R855
Q517
C841
U806
Reference Oscillator
B
E
1
C553
6
C806
C801
R557
C802
U502
3
R823
4
C800
C554
R533
J201
R539
C563
C564
12
1
C555
C560
C506
C509
8
7
C552
U501
C559
U802
R824
8
C508
R819
R817
1
C510
C803
1
R850
16
C256
L209
C258
13
24
1
2
1
8
C283
R245
R246
3
U803
R834
C507
U800
CR206
C
4
5
E
R247
C286
C556
Q203
C210
B
CR202
CR201
R244
Q204
C
R840
C825
C275
9
8
B
E
E
B
R248
C287
E
B
R224
Q207
C
E
B
C217
C261
L210
R225
C206
Q206
C
L218
Q205
C284
L219
C
L217
C290
C288
R249
L200
L201
R232
R227
C249
C250
C212
C301
R200
C303
R259
C201
C264
11
20
10
1
R258
R219
C304
R256
Z205
D
S
C253
C202
C220
C221
R255
C295
L208
L202
U201
Q202
G2
L207
B
R218
C251
R253
G1R214
C225
C226
C298
C297
L203
R209
L220
R252
C293
E
R216
C248
R215
C
C224
C223
R207
C296
C228
C227
C265
C294
E
R205
R230
R228
C
B
R206
C222
Z202
C273
C272
L205
C291
L206
L204
L215
Z206
C270
C266
C268
C231
C238
Z204A
C269
Z204B
L214
R233
CR209
L213
CR205
CR204
C229
R237
A
C
B
RF BOARD LAYOUT (UNREVISED 430-470 MHZ)
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
Go To Page 6-22
6-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
0.3V P-P WITH -47dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
0.1V P-P WITH -47dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
C302
.01uF
R257
62k
8V
W202
8V
C301
10
5.5V
SECOND MIXER/
DETECTOR
450 kHz CERAMIC
FILTER
C223
.01uF
C224
100
0.1V P-P WITH -30dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
Z205
L218
R207
100
RECEIVER
R252
100
R205
1k
C247
.01uF
C249
.01uF
R217
47k
C298
.01uF
RF AMP
R253
3.3k
R254
2.2k
6.8
2.9V DC
C294
47uF
PART OF
J201
5.2
+
6.3
Q200
3612
R259
330
C295
.1uF
C225
.01uF
C226
100
45 MHz CRYSTAL FILTER
R209
470
L203
12nH
R215
10k
L208
.68uH
R218
10k
C248
0.01uF
Rx Audio Out
R206
3.9k
L220
27nH
R216
390
C266
27
C271
27
C274
.001uF
20
R229
0
1.1
BANDPASS FILTER
Z204A
Z204B
7.9
BANDPASS FILTER
16
14
6
11
LIM
OUT
10
8
C304
.01uF
C306
100
C222
.01uF
R255
56k
C268
150
C227
10
L205
56nH
C242
5.6
C245
5.6
R208
4.7k
C235
5.6
1.4
0
IF AMP
OUT
QUAD
IN
AUDIO
OUT
LIM IN VCC
Q202
6234
C251
18
C252
150
C269
5.6
C270
22
C272
.01uF
R228
8.2k
1
C202
100
C204
5.1
C212
1.6
C214
5.1
C220
100
L202
12nH
6.8
7
9
RF IN
+
AUDIO FB
U201
SA676
.7
Q201
3636
.4
R256
27k
R258
10k
C234
3.3
C243
3.3
C236
18
C241
18
C307
4.3
R214
270
L207
15nH
RSSI FB
RSSI
RSSI Out
C228
4.7
L213
.68uH
2
RF IN
–
R219
100
C253
.01uF
L215
.68uH
19
11
C213
39
C215
3.6
C221
6.8
MIXER IF AMP
CR203
C203
3.6
C205
39
OSCE
4
LIM
13
2
LIM
1
IF
19
2
IF
17
1
GND
15
C297
.01uF
OUT
IN
OUT
<
0.6V DC WITH
C293
.01uF
C303
.33uF
C305
100
20
18
12
5
NO RF SIGNAL
C231
2.4
C237
7.5
C244
6.8
C238
3.3
C299
.01uF
C300
.01uF
C296
.01uF
C201
27
8V
8V
CR206
C206
3.3
C211
3.6
C217
3.3
C216
4.3
C284
.01uF
8V
R243
10
8V Out
C567
TRIPLER
C246
3.9
8V TX
C278
.01uF
0
(RX)
R220
100
0.6V P-P
C282
.01uF
TO J302 ON
L204
0.3nH
L206
0.3nH
100
R221
1k
C283
.01uF
C292
.01uF
AUDIO/LOGIC
BOARD
L219
.22uH
R200
1k
L200
0.3nH
L201
0.3nH
R244
15k
CR200
C288
7.5
R249
47
6.1
C263
2.4
C285
.01uF
7.9
R245
680
5.6
Q203
3612
R224
1k
SW BAT
C259
100
W201
L210
22uH
0.1V P-P WITH -47dBm
INJECTED AT ANT JACK
1.7
Q207
3634
Sw Bat Out
R250
390
10
R222
3.3k
L217
.27uH
R233
22k
R234
22k
C232
2.4
C233
1.6
C239
1.5
C240
2.7
C287
47
WIDEBAND
Z206
1.3
C290
36
C566
100
C258
.01uF
R246
390
R247
4.7k
1.0
CR207
CR209
C207
1.5
C208
2.4
C218
2.4
C219
1.5
C260
8.2
L211
12nH
R226
18
CR204
CR205
R223
4.7k
6.1
R248
180
R251
100
CR208
C286
.01uF
CR201
CR202
R210
10k
R211
10k
R212
10k
C229
100
C230
100
.7
8V
450 kHz CERAMIC FILTERS
Q204
3636
C261
6.8
C262
3.3
C264
7.5
R201
10k
R202
10k
R203
10k
R213
10k
R225
270
R227
270
UNSW BAT
C209
100
C210
100
L209
12nH
NARROWBAND
R232
4.7k
8V
Unsw Bat Out
R239
510
R240
510
C256
6.8
R204
10k
6.6 (WB)
(NB)
CR210
4
0
R538
Z202
R231
4.7k
C571
100
510
Q206
3616
F2
F1
Q205
3616
R237
20k
R238
20k
R241
20k
C255
100
C277
.01uF
C281
.01uF
R242
20k
F1
F2
6
7
8
0
(WB)
C276
.01uF
C289
.01uF
C291
.01uF
6.1 (NB)
C275
.01uF
SYNTHESIZER
SHIFT
REGISTER
3
2
5
6
5.5V
U800
DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER
14094
U802
AD8403
4
5
R818
10k
R817
10k
Q0
12
14
11
16
10
15
7
2
5
3
2
SDI
CLK
CS
VCC
DATA
QS
Q1
Q2
10
1
6
F1
F2
SHDN
PART OF
J201
7
R820
0
RS
A4
STROBE Q3
Tx Data In
24 B1
22 W1
23 A1
3
14
13
12
11
17
CLK
VCC
OE
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
5.5V
16
15
8
C805
100
5.5V
R829
4.7k
R823
33k
W4
B4
8
R827
4.7k
C807
.01uF
C808
100
BUFFER AMPLIFIER
CR800
5.6
R819
0
6
R822
10k
Q800
1300
GND
C813
8V
.01uF
Tx Audio In
2
4
3
B2
W2
A2
A3 19
18
1
A900 VCO MODULE
+
C810
100
C814
4.7uF
4.7
W3 18
R830
100
R856
82
C831
1uF
R849
470k
C817
100
W100
15
B3 20
21
BUFFER AMPLIFIER
Synth Strobe In
RF Strobe In
Clock In
R825
100
L105
150nH
R100
100
1
2
3
4
5V In
GND1
410mV rms
(430MHz, TX)
R824
0
W110
C803
100
R837
68
4
R832
1k
5
9
1
R833
15k
L800
22nH
GND4
DGND
GND2
GND3
C
Shift
1
2
C818
8.2
R836
18
17
R804
4.7k
C111
2.4
C811
.01uF
C812
100
C104
100
C106
100
C101
100 R101
6.8k
C100
100
L100
18nH
R102
470
C103
5.1
C822
100
L801
12nH
R839
39
R103
1k
C809
150
12
13
14
16
CR104
W111
L106
150nH
Q801
3636
1
2
R835
100
C800
100
C827
6.8
W112
CR105
Q100
3651
3
RF OUT
R847
18
5.5V
C826
6.8
R844
1k
R807
4.7k
C102
1
R842
150
R843
150
5.5V
14.850 MHz
400mV rms
SYNTHESIZER
C
Shift
C105
100
R109
10
C123
100
C107
100
R105
390
C823
.01uF
C824
100
C109
100
W109
R108
10k
R107
8.2k
SUMMING
AMPLIFIER
REF OSCILLATOR
14.850 MHz
U804
SA7025
C815
VCO
R826
10k
C108
33
RF OUT
.01uF
C829
100
R831
100
CR801
C801
100
C828
.01uF
C110
4.3
Q102
3651
Q101
3651
U806
15
7
17
16
C116
1
C112
5.6
VCC
RF
RN
R113
47k
W101
W102
W103
W104
W105
W106
W107
W108
8
R810
4.7k
C820
100
5.5V
8
14
8
W113
C113 R110
3.0 10k
VCC RF OUT
VCC
VCC
5
6
C821
Data In
2
3
9
–
+
20
Mod In
+
.001uF
C819
1uF
R838
24k
C816
.001uF
1
1
15
16
17
R834
5.5V
C118
9.1
R111
270
MOD IN
7
C124
1
R112
12k
10
11
12
13
14
16
C802
100
12k
C120
100
CR101
2.1-18.7
C115
C114
100
R850
100
4
19
5.5V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
TEST
12
R841
10k
C832
.01uF
R851
47k
R853
10k
18
19
20
+
R821
0
U803
LM2904
8
R840
10k
REF IN
AUX IN
4
L101
L107
150nH
L102
150nH
Tx Wideband Data In
GND
GND
W114
R852
1k
C825
1uF
L103
150nH
10
CR106
R114
330
12
C119
10
N/C
C804
100
C838
4.7uF
C840
.01uF
C839
100
14
+
DATA
2
3
PHP
R854
10k
4
1
3
DATA
STROBE
CLK
TO J302 ON
AUDIO/LOGIC
BOARD
C122
100
C837
.01uF
SYNTH STROBE
CLOCK
CR103
13
5
PHI
RF IN
RF IN
R848
18k
1
W115
7
Control
Lock Detect
18
6
C835
.01uF
C836
.0047uF
15
2
LOCK
R845
10
R846
5.6k
R828
0
1.5-5.2V DC
C842
8.2
L802
47nH
Transmit (Delayed PTT)
Temperature
C830
.01uF
3
C833
100
C834
.22uF
C841
.001uF
C512
100
R855
47
R801
20k
SHIFT REGISTER
(D/A CONVERTER)
5.5V REGULATOR
SOURCE
5.5V
UNSW BAT
R502
10k
SW BAT
8V
U502
U801
MC14094
R800
20k
R802
10k
TK11900
4
R505
10k
Q0
R508
10k
6
2
4
3
1
R803
20k
VIN
V
OUT
2
STR
CLK
DATA
QS
J603
Q503
3612
C507
100
C574
R805
10k
Q500
1300
3
2
5
C509
100
3
4
6
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
R546
42.2k
100
R806
20k
CTRL
BYPASS
FDBK
R609
100
R608
220k
UNSW
BAT
R509
10k
R808
10k
1-5 (TX)
6
2-6 TX
0.3 RX
J501 J600
7
GND
5
25W POWER AMPLIFIER BOARD
POWER CONTROL
R547
10k
10
.4 TX
13.6 RX
R809
20k
U500A
LM2904
T/R
1
CR501
L606
R811
10k
7
C578
.01uF
R610
100
R550
12.1k
CURRENT
SENSE
R812
20k
3
+
8
4
C650
12
CR603
1
Temperature
R813
10k
R601
10k
14
13
5
C655
3.0
C643
2.7
2
–
R501
10k
R611
4.7k
16
15
C501
100
R814
20k
VCC
OE
R500
2.2k
R506
10k
Q602
3658
RX RF OUT
C652
30
R815
10k
3
4
ANTENNA SWITCH
C502
100
C604
68
8V
SW BAT
R816
20k
C500
.1uF
C603
.01uF
C653
68
CR500
C573
4.7uF
+
11.6 TX
13 RX
C575
.01uF
C576
100
R507
1k
C651
2.2
12
11
8V
C503
.01uF
Q6
Q7
510
10k
Q502
3658
8
T/R
AMP
GND
.7 TX
RX
R518
47k
R504
10k
R511
680
5
+
Forward Power
Current Sense
Q501
7013
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
CR503
8
6
UNSW BAT
(FROM PA BD)
7
0
R604
100
R606
68k
6
–
SOURCE
8V
U501
MC78M08
R513
220k
HARMONIC FILTER
SOURCE
SW BAT
SUPPLY SWITCHING
8V REGULATOR
U500B
LM2904
R512
1k
3-10 TX
RX
Q505
3658
Q504
3658
CR602
R605
330
L603
3T
L604
3T
L602
4T
2-6 TX
0.3 RX
13.8
Q513
2057
0
SUPPLY
V
MINUS .24V
C649
68
12.9
0.6 (OFF)
R517
120
C648
100
J601
ANTENNA
R520
47k
12.8
13.4 (OFF)
1
3
C504
0.1uF
C502
VIN
VOUT
R607
100k
8V (RX)
C505
.01uF
R515
10k
C568
4.7uF
C569
.01uF
R516
1.2k
CR504
4.7V
(Not Used
w/25W PA)
+
C614
100
GND
2
C620
2.7
C622
3.3
C626
4.3
C619
4.3
C628
3
C629
3
C630
1.5
+
+
C623
3.3
C624
3.3
C618
4.3
C506
100
C625
2.7
C564
10uF
C611
68
JACK
R540
100k
R603
220k
C565
470uF
CR601
R539
100k
C570
100
R523
10k
1.4-5.0 TX
RX
R519
1k
Q514
1300
8V TX SWITCH
R522
R541
100k
0
8.7
12.9 (OFF)
Q515
6027
R542
100
8V
4.7k
R602
220k
C508
100
9.1
13.3 (OFF)
Q507
3658
SOURCE
UNSW BAT
4.7
.1 (OFF)
CR505
1
2
F500
4A
Unsw Bat
Out
R524
47k
7.9
12.9 (OFF)
R521
4.7k
SOURCE
8V TX
CURRENT SENSE
Q508
3658
CR506
R544
10
Q516
1300
C513
100
C602
68
R545
17.8k
UNSW BAT
Q506
3612
R525
47k
A600
R543
1k
UNSW BAT
W501 W500
UNSW BAT
+
+
+
Q517
3612
On-Off Ctrl
5
9
POWER
JACK
R548
54.9k
4.3
4.0 (OFF)
C563
100
C560
10uF
C561
470uF
C562
.01uF
R549
7.5k
+
C601
470
C600
.01uF
C577
10uF
CR600
C572
100
8V
–
CR507
7.2
13.7 (OFF)
C511
6.8uF
R527
5k
Tx On
C521
100
C523
.01uF
C510
100
R600
.03
C516
100
C517
.01uF
EP1
+
C514
10uF
C515
0.1uF
EXCITER
R529
68
R528
10k
C608
100
C607
6.8uF
+
EP3
C518
100
C522
.01uF
EP601
R530
68
C616
47
C617
47
C519
.01uF
C520
100
L500
6T
FIRST AMP
FINAL AMP
C612
.01uF
C613
100
SECOND
AMP
C524
100
C525
.01uF
C528
100
C529
.01uF
L601
4T
Q601
4402
C540
100pF
C527
100
C526
L501
2T
L505
2T
C627
47
R532
15
C537
100
PREDRIVER
C531
100
.01uF
R533
10k
L502
2T
J502
C530
.01uF
R531
10k
C544
100
THIRD AMP
C541
15
C542
8.2
C543
100
C615
47
L503
2T
L504
1T
6.6
Q512
2070
R613
470
C640
47
C535
11
C545
11
C532
10
C546
10
C533
10
C547
10
C548
4.7
C549
6.8
C579
6.8
C609
4.7
C637
12
C634
2.7
C635
2.7
L607
6T
C642
4.7
C646
27
C638
47
Q510
3618
.7
C536
36
C554
36
Q509
3618
C558
10
C559
10
C538
C539
10
10
Q511
6450
R537
51
L506
9T
C555
4.7
C556
4.7
C557
1
C550
12
C551
12
R536
1.2k
C552
12
R534
33
R535
1.2k
EP602
EP2
NOTES:
RF BOARD SCHEMATIC (470-512 MHZ)
PA BOARD SCHEMATIC (25W, 470-512 MHZ)
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS
ARE IN PICOFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C
A
B
E
C
Q510
C535
C536
C541
C542
B
E
E
E
C
S
Q509
L502
C543
R534
B
D
Q512
G
C544
E
Q511
B
C
L501
C530
C531
L504
C526
C523
1
1
2
3
4
5
E
C527
C
C554
C521
C545
C551
L503
Q506
B
R522
E
C
Q507
B
L500
R521
CR801
C540
E
C537
EP2
R523
R844
R527
C516
R847
C826
R830
R833
R827
E
EP1
C511
L801
B
C514
B
E
C515
C822
R504
R526
R856
B
C
C
E
CR504
C
B
R843
R842
R506 R500
C
C
E
1
4
8
5
C500
R512
Q501
C
E
B
R505
C
Q503
B
R508
U500
E
E
B
Q502
R514
CR501
R853
B
B
C
R515
R513
C502
R507
R549
R545
E
R511
Q516
C
2
CR503
B
C839
C
R520
R518
R503
C838
C
A900
VCO
CR506
C577
C504
R802
E
Q515
C
E
B
Q513
R808 R805
R810
Q517
C
R807
E
B
R804
R543
1
8
C834
R846
U801
CR505
C561
R845
C833
C843
9
16
R812
20
1
11
C560
C513
C306
R813
R811
14
1
U804
R815
R822
C810
C804
C305
C805
20
19
1
10
C
R820
3
R855
C841
Q508
R828
C806
U806
Reference Oscillator
B
E
1
C565
6
R525
C802
U502
3
R823
C801
C567
4
C800
C566
R538
J201
R546
C575
C576
12
1
C506
C509
8
7
C572
C564
U501
C571
U802
R824
C508
8
R819
R817
1
C512
C803
1
R850
16
C256
L209
C258
13
24
1
2
1
8
C283
R245
R246
3
U803
R834
C507
U800
CR206
C
4
5
E
R247
C286
C568
Q203
C210
B
CR202
CR201
R244
Q204
C
R840
C825
C275
9
8
B
E
E
B
R248
C287
C284
E
B
R224
4
Q207
C
E
B
C217
C261
L210
R225
C206
Q206
C
L218
Q205
L219
C
L217
C290
C288
R249
L200
L201
R232
R227
C249
C250
C212
C301
R200
C303
R259
C201
C264
11
20
10
1
R258
R219
C304
R256
Z205
D
S
C253
C202
C220
C221
R255
C295
L208
L202
U201
Q202
G2
L207
B
R218
C251
R253
G1R214
C225
C226
C298
L203
R209
C297
L220
R252
C293
E
R216
C248
R215
C
C224
C223
R207
C296
C228 C227
E
C265
C294
R230
R228
R205
C
B
R206
C222
Z202
C273
C272
L205
5
C291
L206
L204
L215
Z206
C270
C266
C268
C231
C238
Z204A
C269
Z204B
L214
R233
CR209
L213
CR205
CR204
C229
R237
B
A
C
RF BOARD LAYOUT (430-512 MHZ)
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8oarScatic
L602
L603
L604
J601
C621
C625
C620
C614
C655
C643
R605
C634
C635
C636
L606
CR602
C650
C637
CR603
R609
R608
C613
W107 W102
W108 W101
W103 W106
R610
C612
EP601
C608
L601
C119
R112
C124
W104
L102
R109
W100
R607
L101
C108
R108
C649
C638
C615
C113
R110
R107
C607
8
C100
C101
L103
C
CR106
C118
CR103
C653
C611
C116
R101
L107
Q100
Q601
R102
J600
E
E
CR101
C122
W114
L100
R600
R105
C123
W105
W115
R113
C103 C102
C104
B
C640
C617
W112
W113
W109
W111
W110
R601
1
R613
VCO BOARD LAYOUT (430-512 MHZ)
(430-470 MHz)
C646
(470-512 MHz)
C646
(470-512 MHz Only)
P1
CR600
PA BOARD LAYOUT (25W, 430-512 MHZ)
February 2001
6-24
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rx RF To Receiver
J603
R609
100
R608
220k
J600
T/R
.4 TX
13.6 RX
7
5
L606
R610
100
C650
22
CR603
Temperature
R601
10k
C655
3.0
C643
2.7
R611
4.7k
Q602
3658
ANTENNA SWITCH
C652
30
3
4
RX RF OUT
C604
68
C603
.01uF
C653
68
C651
2.2
.7 TX
0 RX
Forward Power
Current Sense
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
8
R604
100
R606
68k
HARMONIC FILTER
L604
To J501 On
RF Board
CR602
R605
330
SUPPLY V MINUS .24V
C649
68
C648
100
J601
L603
L602
R607
56k
6
Antenna
Jack
C614
100
C620
2.7
C619
4.3
C629
3.0
C630
1.5
C622
3.3
C626
4.3
C628
3.0
C623
3.3
C624
3.3
C618
4.3
C625
2.7
C611
68
R603
220k
CR601
R602
220k
1
2
Unsw Bat
Out
CURRENT SENSE
C602
68
P001
UNSW BAT
+
Power
Jack
UNSW BAT
C601
470
C600
.01uF
CR600
–
3A AT 40W
R600
.03
L600
W602
C608
100
C605
6.8uF
C607
6.8uF
C606
100
+
+
EP600
EP601
C631
33
C616
24
C617
47
C609
.01uF
C610
100
C612
.01uF
FINAL AMP
C613
100
DRIVER
Q600
4402
Q601
4402
L605
L601
C641
33
C627
27
J602
Tx RF From
C524 on
RF Board
C632
27
C633
43
C645
39
C615
47
R613
470
C640
47
C658
4.7
C644
6.8
C642
27
C646
27
C638
47
R612
100
L608
C637
15
C634
2.7
C635
2.7
L607
EP603
EP602
PA BOARD SCHEMATIC (40W, 470-512 MHZ)
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
L602
L603
L604
J601
C621
C625
C620
C655
C643
R605
C634
C635
C636
L606
CR602
C650
CR603
R608
C637
R609
L601
C613
R610
C612
(Stacked)
R614
R615
EP601
C608
R616
R607
C649
C638
C615
C607
8
C
C653
C611
Q601
J600
E
E
R600
B
C640
C617
R601
1
R613
EP603
C657
L608
C646
C633
R612
E
C642
C646
C647
Q600
B
C
C631
C641
A533
Stablization Board
(430-470 MHz Only)
L605
C632
E
C645
EP600
C606
C644
L600
C605
P1
CR600
PA BOARD LAYOUT (40W, 430-512 MHZ)
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
Go To Page 6-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-26
0.3V p-p w/ -4.7dBm
at Antenna Jack
0.1V p-p w/ -47dBm
at Antenna Jack
C302
.01uF
R257
[2]
450 kHz CERAMIC
FILTER
SECOND MIXER/
DETECTOR
8V
W202
8V
5.5V
RECEIVER
C301
10
C223
.01uF
C224
39
Z205
L218
C250
.01uF
C249
39
R252
100
R207
100
R218
[2]
WB 0.18V rms (-47 dBm,
NB 0.09V rms (-47 dBm, 1.5 kHz dev)
3
kHz dev)
[2] TABLE
COMPONENT VALUES DETERMINED BY
FREQUENCY RANGE
1
R205
4.7k
R221
2.2k
0.1V P-P w/ -30 dBm
at Antenna Jack
C298
.01uF
R253
3.3k
R254
2.2k
6.0
C294
47uF
PART OF
J201
6.0
52.950 MHz (988x)
45 MHz (989x)
CRYSTAL FILTER
+
R259
330
C295
.1uF
5.4
Q200
3612
PART
800 MHz
900 MHz
5.4
C225
.01
C226
39
Q203
3612
2.9V DC
Rx Audio Out
C247
39
C248
.01
R209
220
R214
560
C266
[2]
C271
[2]
C274
.001uF
L220
.39uH
20
R229
R206
10k
1.8
0
C202
C227
C246
C264
C266
C268
C269
C270
C271
C272
C287
C290
C639
C809
C826
C842
C849
C907
C912
C913
C914
C916
C922
L201
L213
L214
L215
R215
R216
R217
R218
R257
R502
R509
R511
R822
R826
R829
R838
R846
R851
R861
12
1.8
30
3.9
11
39
Not Used
6.8
15
100
33
24
3.6
330
12
39
47
3.3
3.0
10
2.2
16
3.3
30
150
15
27
27
.01 uF
47
36
Not Used
150
5.6
27
27
3.0
1.8
R222
4.7k
Z204B
Z204A
1.2
16
14
6
11
LIM
OUT
10
8
C304
.01uF
C306
100
R255
56k
RF AMP
C222
.01uF
C268
[2]
C244
.01uF
IF AMP
OUT
QUAD
IN
AUDIO
OUT
LIM IN VCC
C227
[2]
C231
39 FIRST MIXER
R210
18
C265
47
C269
[2]
C270
[2]
C272
[2]
R208
4.7k
L214
[2]
R228
8.2k
1
2
R213
4.7k
7
9
6.0
6.0
C214
8.2
BANDPASS FILTER
BANDPASS FILTER
RF IN
+
AUDIO FB
R216
[2]
U201
SA676
R256
27k
1/4-WAVELENGTH
R258
10k
0.8
6.0
Q201
3618
Q202
3618
Z200
Z201
RSSI FB
RSSI
C232
56
RSSI Out
8V Out
R211
270
R212
270
L213
[2]
RF IN
–
L215
[2]
19
11
MIXER IF AMP
OUT
C245
100
C202
[2]
OSCB
4
LIM
13
2
LIM
1
IF
19
2
IF
17
1
GND
15
C297
.01uF
R215
[2]
R217
[2]
IN
OUT
CR203
0
C293
.01uF
C303
.33uF
C305
100
R200
0
Rx
20
18
12
5
0.7VDC (No Signal)
2.4VDC (-47 dBm)
8V Tx
1k
0.8 Tx
8V
C299
.01uF
C300
.01uF
C296
.01uF
C246
[2]
C284
.01uF
8V
R243
10
L207
.047uH
R219
100
CR200
TRIPLER
807 MHz (988x)
888 MHz (989x)
C555
39
TO J302 ON
AUDIO/LOGIC
BOARD
BANDPASS FILTER
C278
.01uF
C282
.01uF
0.6V p-p
C283
.01uF
C292
.01uF
C255
100
R226
0
L219
.22uH
R244
15k
C288
7.5
R249
47
900 MHz ONLY
Z203
0.1V p-p w/ -47dBm
at Antenna Jack
7.9
C285
.01uF
R245
680
17.500 MHz (988x)
14.850 MHz (989x)
SW BAT
C264
[2]
L201
[2]
W201
2.2
2.7
Not Used
2.7
39nH
2.2
2.2
1.2
1.2
1.9
Q207
3634
Sw Bat Out
R250
390
10
C287
[2]
C290
[2]
C280
.01uF
L217
.27uH
R233
22k
R234
22k
WIDEBAND
Z206
1.0
C554
39
R246
390
R247
4.7k
CR207
CR209
Not Used
.68 uH
Not Used
.68 uH
270
18
270
100
47k
10.0k
10.0k
120
100k
10k
10k
24k
11k
47k
0
1
uH
3.9uH
uH
R248
180
R251
100
CR208
C286
.01uF
8V
450 kHz CERAMIC FILTERS
1
>6.0 (WB)
<0.5 (NB)
UNSW BAT
150
39
NARROWBAND
R232
4.7k
8V
Unsw Bat Out
R239
510
R240
510
CR210
4
150
180
62k
11.0k
11.0k
56
4.7k
4.7k
15k
27k
10k
100k
15
>3.0 (WB)
(NB)
R533
510
Z202
R231
4.7k
C559
39
0
Q206
3616
Q205
3616
R237
20k
R238
20k
R241
20k
C277
.01uF
C281
.01uF
R242
20k
6
7
8
C276
.01uF
C289
.01uF
C291
.01uF
C275
.01uF
<0.5 (WB)
>6.0 (NB)
SYNTHESIZER
SHIFT
3
2
5
6
REGISTER
5.5V
DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER
U800
14094
U802
AD8403
4
R818
10k
R817
10k
Q0
2
10
1
DATA
QS
8V
12
14
11
16
10
15
7
5
5
3
2
SDI
CLK
CS
VCC
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
5.5V
6
SHDN
C807
.01uF
C808
100
PART OF
J201
R827
4.7k
STROBE
CLK
R825
560
7
CR800
R820
0
BUFFER
AMPLIFIER
RS
A4
3
Q800
1300
8V
Tx Data In
24 B1
22 W1
23 A1
14
13
12
11
7.7
17
16
15
5.5V
VCC
OE
7.0
R829
[2]
R823
100k
W4
B4
8
6
+
C814
10uF
C813
.01uF
Q803
3616
R830
100
C850
39
R836
33k
C844
.01uF
8
GND
R822
[2]
6.0
Tx Audio In
2
4
3
B2
W2
A2
A3 19
Tx/Rx SWITCH
18
Q802
3612
5.4
A900 VCO MODULE
R819
0
C827
39
W3 18
5.5V
R837
68k
3.0
C817
100
L801
.047uH
W100
BUFFER
AMPLIFIER
B3 20
21
15
4
R832
180
0
dBm
R835
560
R913
100
1/4 WAVE
LENGTH
L902
68nH
7.00VDC In
W110
(0.22 mV rms)
CR802
GND1
R824
0
5
9
GND4
DGND
1
GND2
GND3
C818
5.6
R863
22k
C
Shift
1
R833
15k
C846
10
C812
100
C901
[3]
C902
[3]
L903
R902
470
17
C811
.01uF
C903
[3]
C905
Q804
3616
C822
39
C826
[2]
5.9
Q801
R901
4.7k
12nH
R839
R861
[2]
[3]
L904
CR901
0
68uH
W109
RF OUT
L905
68nH
2
0.7
C908
[3]
3618
C847
4.7
R862
22k
R857
1k
W112
R804
4.7k
3
8-10 dBm
Q901
3651
C904
5.6
5V
RF Strobe In
Clock In
C
Shift
2
C809
[2]
R903
1k
12
13
2
3
5.5V
SYNTHESIZER
C845
10
C907
[2]
R904
10
C823
.01uF
C824
100
C906
[3]
REF OSCILLATOR
17.500 MHz (988x)
14.850 MHz (989x)
R906
12k
R907
100
7.8 (Tx)
(Rx)
C815
.01uF
U804
SA7025
R807
4.7k
C909
[3]
400 mV rms
(1.1V p-p)
C911
2.7
0
R831
100
VCO
R826
[2]
C828
.01uF
C829
39
C910
[3]
C914
[2]
C912
[2]
Q902
3641
U806
15
17
16
CR801
C831
1uF
C920
1
C915
1
C913
[2]
VDDA
RF
RN
R849
470k
R911
47k
Q806
3612
R856
1k
W111
RF Out
1
C820
100
5.5V
8
14
8
7
W113
8V
C918
1
7.2 (Tx)
8.0 (Rx)
L800
.047uH
VCC RF OUT
VCCP
VDD
5
6
C821
.001uF
2
3
+
C819
1uF
20
Mod In
R810
4.7k
+
C916
R838
[2]
C816
.001uF
R905
6.2k
2.5
1
1
15
16
17
R834
12k
C923
[3]
5.5V
MOD IN
7
1.2
[2]
R908
5.6k
W101
C917
R860
4.7k
Data In
+
CR902
8
R850
100
14
16
4
4
19
5.5V
R858
4.7k
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
TEST
Tuning
Stub
3.9
R841
10k
C832
.01uF
R851
[2]
C922
[2]
Q903
3651
W102
W103
W104
W105
W106
W107
W108
R859
10k
9
R853
10k
18
19
20
+
U803
LM2904
C848
39
R821
0
8
R840
10k
R909
3.3k
REF IN
AUX IN
4
10
11
12
13
14
16
Tx/Rx SWITCH
VSS
W114
N/C
R852
1k
L906
68nH
Tx Wideband Data In
2.8
C825
1uF
L909
68nH
10
12
L907
C921
2.2
R910
100
VSSA
CR903
CR904
TO J302 ON
AUDIO/LOGIC
BOARD
C919
[3]
<0.5 (Tx)
8.0 (Rx)
C838
4.7uF
C840
.01uF
C839
39
>3.0 (Tx)
(Rx)
14
+
2
3
PHP
R854
10k
4
3
DATA
STROBE
CLK
0
C925
[3]
R912
180
C924
[3]
Q805
3616
L908
68nH
Synth Strobe In
Lock Detect
1
13
5
PHI
RF IN
RF IN
R848
15k
1
W115
7
Control
18
6
R845
C835
.01uF
C836
.0047uF
15
LOCK
R846
[2]
10
R828
0
C841
.001uF
C842
[2]
C849
[2]
C830
.01uF
Transmit (Delayed PTT)
Temperature
2
3
C833
39
C834
0.1uF
C843
5.6
1.1-3.8V DC (Rx)
2.0-5.2V DC (Tx)
1.3-3.1V DC (Tx TA)
R855
47
R801
20k
SHIFT REGISTER
(D/A CONVERTER)
5.5V REGULATOR
SOURCE
5.5V
8V
U502
TK11900
U801
MC14094
R800
20k
R802
10k
R525
10k
R524
10k
4
UNSW BAT
Q508
Q1
6
2
4
3
1
R803
20k
VIN
V
OUT
2
3
4
6
STR
CLK
DATA
QS
R805
10k
3
5
C562
Q0
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
R539
42.2k
R806
20k
CTRL
39
FDBK
2
J603
C547
.01uF
R808
10k
6
J501 J600
3612
BYPASS
1
15W POWER AMPLIFIER BOARD
2-6 (Tx)
0.3 (Rx)
10
R809
20k
T/R
5
U500A
7
R540
10k
UNSW
BAT
POWER CONTROL
R811
10k
C566
.01uF
7
1-5 (Tx)
LM2904
R500
2.2k
R543
12.1k
CURRENT
SENSE
R812
20k
3
8
4
+
1
R813
10k
14
13
2
CR501
R610
100
R609
100
L603
.033uH
R608
220k
C634
39
R502
[2]
Temperature
16
15
C500
R814
20k
R503
10k
VCC
OE
5
39
R815
10k
C629
.01uF
R601
10k
CR500
(30W only)
C630
39
C503
39
8V
SW BAT
C599
.047
R816
20k
C501
.1uF
R611
4.7k
C561
4.7uF
C563
.01uF
C564
39
R504
1.15k
12
11
8V
To J501 On
RF Board
C502
.01
Q602
3658
CR604
Q6
Q7
R505
10k
R501
10k
Q501
3658
.9
AMP
11.6 (Tx)
0.3 (Rx)
8
T/R
C639
3.6
4.7
R508
220k
GND
C633
R512
R506
1k
C636
39
5
+
Q500
7013
CR503
UNSW BAT
(FROM PA BD)
7
10 (800 MHz)
12 (900 MHz)
47k
Current Sense
6
6
SOURCE
8V
U501
MC78M08
SOURCE
SW BAT
Q503
3658
3-10 (Tx)
(Rx)
R507
1.15k
SUPPLY SWITCHING
8V REGULATOR
U500B
CR502
.9
Q502
3658
C628
39
C635
1.8
8.0 (Rx)
0
13.1
0.6 (OFF)
LM2904
Q510
R511
[2]
R514
47k
2057
13.8
1
3
W505 W504
2-6 (Tx)
0.3 (Rx)
C504
.1uF
VIN
VOUT
C505
.01uF
R509
[2]
12.8
13.4 (OFF)
C556
4.7uF
C557
.01uF
R510
1.2k
8.6
13.3 (OFF)
3
4
+
GND
2
C558
39
+
+
C552
10uF
C553
470uF
L604
R535
100k
C622
1.8
W503 W502
R513
1k
CR803
5.1V
8V Tx SWITCH
Q511
1300
R517
10k
1.4-5.0 (Tx)
0
(Rx)
R536
100k
Q505
3658
ANTENNA
SWITCH
Forward Power
Unsw Bat Out
Unsw Bat Out
R516
8V
8
1
2
9.1
13.3 (OFF)
Q512
6027
R526
100
R605
100k
4.7k
SOURCE
UNSW BAT
R603
330
4.7
R534
100k
0.1 (OFF)
F500
4A
Q513
1300
CR505
R541
54.9k
R604
100
Source
CR504
CR603
R515
4.7k
7.9
12.9 (OFF)
8V Tx
C632
39
Q509
3658
C623
12
R527
10
4.3
R538
UNSW BAT
Q504
3612
C511
39
C361
39
R606
220k
HARMONIC FILTER
4.0 (OFF) 17.8k
R546
47k
R548
1k
R549
1k
R602
220k
R547
47k
C550
.01uF
C621
56
2A at MAX PWR
R537
1k
C551
39
R613
10k
J601
+
+
Q514
3612
On-Off Ctrl
+
R542
7.5k
C565
10uF
5
9
C548
10uF
C549
470uF
CR602
7.2
13.7 (OFF)
C625
7.5
R607
220k
8V
R612
1k
C513
.1uF
R601
C624
3.9
C626
7.5
C627
3.9
CR506
C514
39
+
.030
C532
1uF
W501 W500
L601
C620
1
Antenna
Jack
L503
C615
1uF
Tx On
Q600
3612
C520
39
C528
.01uF
R522
100
R523
100
EP502
L502
C607
39
C606
1uF
PREDRIVER
A20
C530
39
C608
.018uF
R600
470
EP600
EXCITER
.001uF
C613
56
NOTES:
UNSW BAT
C619
1uF
C612
.01uF
+
–
C526
.01uF
C525
39
C531
1uF
Power
Jack
C524
39
R521
100
DRIVER
C638
39
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN
PICOFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
C637
.018uF
C601
39
C600
.018uF
R519
5.1k
10
C603
1uF
C604 CR601
39 12V
R615
100
C640
2.2uF
C610
.018uF
C529
39
J602
CR600
C522
4.3
C605
.018uF
C609
39
C611
1
+
Q507
4098
R518
51
[2] VALUE DETERMINED BY FREQUENCY RANGE. REFER TO TABLE 1.
[3] THESE VCO CAPACITORS ARE 33 pF (800 MHz), 27 pF (900 MHz).
C527
1.6
R529
680
R531
680
L602
.033uH
Q506
3604
2
VS1
3
VS2
4
VS3
C518
1.6
C519
6.8
C523
10
L501
L504
C516
16
1
5
C515
5.6
R520
1.2k
RF IN
RF OUT
EP501
C517
39
U800
POWER AMP MODULE
RF BOARD SCHEMATIC (800/900 MHZ)
PA BOARD SCHEMATIC (15W, 800/900 MHZ)
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C
A
B
C517
L501
C522
C516
R518
C529
R521
C526
C525
C531
C521
+
L502
C530
EP501
C527
R529
C844
1
1
2
3
E
B
EP502
C827
R856
Q802
C
R531
CR801
E
C
C847
C846
Q801
C514
C532
C818
E
B
R861
C826
+
R827
CR802
C512
C
Q505
CR803
R517
B
E
R843
R842
C
Q501
R503 R500
C850
E
B
Q513
B
E
C501
R507
R545
C
R506
C837
C503
R504
R853
R542
R538
C
R509
CR503
Q511
R852
R508
B
E
A900
VCO
2
R544
+C839
R514
R512
R535
CR504
R526
CR506
C565
+
C838
R536
R805 R802
R810
R801
1
R807
R541
R804
C834
C835
8
E
B
C534
Q514
C
U801
R846
C845
C833
C551
C550
+
C
C549
C537
9
16
Q803
B
C
Q804
B
E
R812
20
1
11
+
C548
E
C306
R813
R811
U804
R815
R822
C810
C305
C511
C805
R820
10
C804
C
R855
C841
3
4
5
U806
Q509
E
R828
C806
B
C553
REF OSC
R547
C802
R823
C801
C555
+
C800
C554
R533
R539
C563
C564
1
12
13
C506
C509
C560
+
C552
C559
U802
R824
C508
R819
R817
C510
C803
R850
24
U501
R245
R246
C283
C507
R225
L201
R247
C286
R248
C287
C284
C556 +
R834
R244
R840
E
B
+ C825
Q207
C
E
B
E
B
4
5
Q206
C
C275
CR200
Q205
C
L218
L219
W201
C202
L217
C290
C288
R249
R232
W2O2
Z205
L200
C301
C303
R258
R259
C304
R256
R255
C295
C264
MP3
C298 R253 R297
C296
R252
MP2
C293
R230
R228
C273
R206
R205
R207
E
B
+
C294
Q203
C
Z202
Z206
C272
C214
R208
E
C244
B
L215
Q201
C291
E
C
C270
C232
R211
CR208
C266
R210
C228
Z204B
Z204A
Z201
R233
L213
CR209
L214 C269
R237
A
B
C
RF BOARD LAYOUT (800 MHZ)
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C
A
B
C517
L501
C522
C516
R518
C529
R521
C526
C525
C531
C521
+
L502
C530
EP501
C527
R529
C844
C827
1
1
2
3
E
B
EP502
R856
Q802
C
R531
CR801
R857
R863
C846
E
C
Q801
C514
C818
C532
E
B
R861
C826
+
R501
C599
R827
C512
C
Q505
CR803
R517
R843
R842
B
E
C
Q501
C850
R503 R500
E
B
Q513
B
E
C501
R507
R545
C
R506
C837
C503
R853
R509
R542
R538
C
CR503
R504
Q511
R852
R508
2
B
E
A900
VCO
R544
+C839
R514
R512
R535
CR504
R526
C565
+
C838
R536
R805 R802
R810
R807
R801
1
R541
R804
C834
C835
CR506
C534
8
E
B
Q514
C
U801
R846
C845
C833
+
C551
C550
C
C549
9
16
C537
Q803
E
C
Q804
B
B
R812
20
11
+
C548
C511
E
C306
R813
R811
U804
R815
R822
C810
C305
C805
R820
1
10
C804
C
R855
3
4
5
Q509
U806
REF OSC
R828
C806
B
E
C841
C553
R547
C802
R823
+
C801
C555
C800
C554
R533
R539
1
12
C506
C509
C563
C564
C560
+
C552
C559
U802
R824
R819
R817 13
C508
C510
C803
R850
24
U501
C283
R245
R246
R247
C286
R248
C287
C284
C507
R225
L201
C556 +
R244
B
Q207
C
R834
R840
E
+ C825
E
B
4
5
E
B
C275
CR200
Q206
C
Q205
C
L218
L219
W201
C202
Z203
L217
C290
C288
R249
R232
W2O2
Z205
L200
C301
C303
R258
R259
C304
R256
R255
C295
C264
MP3
C298 R253 R297
C296
R252
MP2
C293
R230
R228
C273
R206
R205
R207
E
B
+
C294
Q203
C
Z202
Z206
C214
B
R208
E
C272
MP5
C244
Q201
C
C291
E
C270
C232
R211
CR208
C266
R210
C228
Z204B
Z204A
C268
MP4
Z201
R233
CR209
L214 C269
R237
A
B
C
RF BOARD LAYOUT (900 MHZ)
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C620
J601
ANTENNA JACK
C624
R603
CR603
L604
C634
R609
R610
L603
L602
C612
W101
W108
W106
W107 W102
W103
R606
C924
R912
C921
C632
W104
W100
R908
C911
L904
L906
C636
C628
RT601
C629
C916
MP1
C922
CR903
L908
C918
R909
R913
W501
C920
R901
R905
W500
C638
C637
CR902
C923
C925
C909
C919
C906
C903
W105
W115
R910
W502
W505
W112 W110
W113
W114
W109
W111
VCO BOARD LAYOUT (800/900 MHZ)
CR601
R600
R615
C
Q600
B
E
C601
C600
A20
POWER JACK
CR600
PA BOARD LAYOUT (15W, 800/900 MHZ)
February 2001
6-30
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
RF To Receiver
J603
J501 J600
7
T/R
0.3 (Tx)
13.6 (Rx)
C634
39
R610
100
R609
100
L603
.0033uH
R608
220k
Temperature
5
C629
.01uF
R601
10k
C630
39
R611
4.7k
CR604
Q602
3658
To J501 On RF
Board
C633
56 (800 MHz)
10 (900 MHz)
C636
39
Current Sense
6
0.8 (Tx)
0 (Rx)
C628
39
C635
1.8
W505 W504
3
4
L604
C622
1.8
W503 W502
ANTENNA
SWITCH
Forward Power
Unsw Bat Out
Unsw Bat Out
8
1
2
R605
100k
R603
330
R604
100
CR603
C632
39
C623
12
C631
39
R606
220k
HARMONIC FILTER
3.6A (15W)
7.1A (30W)
R602
220k
C621
56
R613
100k
J601
Antenna
Jack
CR602
12.4 (Tx)
13.6 (Rx)
R601
0.03 (800 MHz)
0.015 (900 MHz)
C625
7.5
C620
1
(800 MHz
Only)
R607
220k
R612
1k
C624
3.9
C627
3.9
L601
C626
7.5
C615
1uF
Q600
3612
W501 W500
13.1 (Tx)
13.6 (Rx)
(900 MHz
Only)
EP601
C606
1uF
C607
39
A20
Power Jack
C608
.018uF
R600
470
EP600
11.9 (Tx)
0 (Rx)
C619
1uF
C612
.01uF
C613
56
.001uF
UNSW BAT
13.0 (Tx)
0 (Rx)
+
–
C638
39
C637
.018uF
C601
39
C600
.018uF
J602
R616
100
C610
.018uF
CR600
C603
1uF
C604
39
C609
39
+
Tx RF From
RF Board
C605
.018uF
C640
2.2uF
C611
1uF
R615
2k
L602
CR601
12V
FINAL AMP
C654
18 (800 MHz)
12 (900 MHz)
2
3
4
Q651
4817
VS1
RF IN
VS2
VS3
1
5
RF OUT
C657
3.3
(800 MHz
Only)
R618
10
C652
10
C653
12
R614
330
C614
4.0
R617
430
R619
430
C656
1-4.5
C651
3
U600
L651
C001
.01uF
POWER AMP MODULE
L001
.01uH
C655
18 (800 MHz)
15 (900 MHz)
A533
Stabilization
Bd Assembly
R001
10
PA BOARD SCHEMATIC (30W, 800/900 MHZ)
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C620
J601
ANTENNA JACK
C624
R603
CR603
L604
C634
C657
C656
L603
R609
R610
L602
C612
EP601
C619
C614
C655
R606
R615
A533
Stablization
Board
C632
C654
C636
C628
C
Q651
E
B
B
B
B
RT601
C629
W501
W500
C638
C637
C652
R614
C653
L651
W502
W505
CR601
R616
R600
C
Q600
B
E
R619
R617
C600
C601
A20
CR600
POWER JACK
PA BOARD LAYOUT (30W, 800/900 MHZ)
February 2001
6-32
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
J101
Sw Bat Out
Ign Sense
Output
Sw Bat Out
51
45
49
20
21
48
31
1
2
3
Output
D
VCC
R193
4.7k
8V HORN SW
R154
470
CR110
5.6V
Horn Honk
D
TO
R101
Ign Sw Sense
Pwr Sw Sense
Power Hold
Power Sw
ACCESSORY
CABLE
Spkr Out
4
47k
R100
1k
D
Horn Honk
MICROCONTROLLER
5
6
1
of
8
DECODER
15mV rms (RF)
15V rms (NO RF)
[a]
0V DC (9RF, UNSQ)
1.4V DC (NO RF, SQ)
[a]
6.6V DC (RF, UNSQ)
0V DC (NO RF, SQ)
[a]
Q100
6114
VCC
IC
SUPPLY
GROUND
Q111
3616
U101
68HC11
U106
74HC138
U101
U102
U103
U104
U106
U107
U108
U109
U110
U111
U112
U300
U301
U302
U303
U305
U307
U308
U309
R320
62k
S
34 (5V)
1
4
R120
4.7k
C100
.01
VCC
SHIFT REGISTER
(D/A CONVERTER)
R107
47k
8
(5V)
18
XIRO
U305
MC14094
14 (5V)
14 (5V)
16 (5V)
28 (5V)
32 (5V)
16 (5V)
20 (5V)
20 (5V)
20 (5V)
7
UNSW
BAT
22
23
4
R323
62k
R324
33k
PG5/CS101
G2A
7
R174
4.7k
R197
10k
R115
10k
W322
Ser Clock
3
2
1
4
SQUELCH
R166
VCC
10k
8
5
6
CLK
Q0
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
[3]
R170
4.7k
PG4CS102
PC0/D0
14
13
12
COMPARATOR
R328
62k
IGN SW
SENSE
Y1
Y2
Y3
Ser Data
14
16
8
68
67
BANDPASS FILTER
DATA
STR
9
R326
33k
VRH
VRL
6
1
5
U304B
LM2904
R428
51
0
1
2
3
4
5
G1
A
Sq Strobe
CR300
C300
.0012
R330
62k
CR121
U304A
LM2904
50
17
C105
.1
Q108
3658
VREF
PC1/D1 10
PC2/D2 11
PC3/D3 12
6
5
C303
.01
R329
33k
6
R301
4.7k
R111
10k
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
8
C302
.0012
3
2
R173
22k
R300
6.8k
R333
62k
CR122
18V
2
3
+
C304
.033
B
C
1
+
Squelch
R306
180k
R416
10k
R172
22k
PWR SW
SENSE
R310
150k
R331
33k
7
VCC
R305
390k
R417
27k
CR129
5.6V
R336
62k
R307
5.6k
R165
VCC
4
4
4
4
(8V)
(8V)
(8V)
(8V)
R302
620
R335
33k
14
13
12
11
R130
47k
VCC
VCC
R119
PC4D4
13
47k
LOW VOLTAGE SENSE
VCC
VCC
R338
62k
R167
47k
R318
10k
R337
33k
PC5/D6
14
15
OE
U100
33164
R421
10k
Q107
3657
R427
820k
C301
.01
C318
.01
R345
62k
47k
R171
10k
PC6/D6
15
R342
33k
16 (5V)
14 (5V)
14 (5V)
16 (5V)
17
2
1
CR118
INPUT RESET
RESET
6
7
R346
62k
PC7/D7
16
7
C106
.22
10
7
GND
4
Rx Data
8K
X
8
RAM
19
8
To RF Bd J201
140mV P-P
[b]
DATA DETECTOR
(HIGH TIER ONLY)
9
8
POWER ON-OFF
CONTROL
260mV P-P
[b]
VCC
Reset
1
U300D
MC3303
12
900mV P-P [b]
U107
AT3864
58
PF0/A0
0
LOW-PASS FILTER
POWER HOLD
R175
J302
On-Off Control
C363
.1
U300A
MC3303
CR100
18V
From Power Switch
P-PRECEIVE DATA
CR301
R102
C305
.1
280mV
[b]
R103
1k
R304
10k
57
+
18
5
U300B
MC3303
14
PF1/A1
1
3
2
10k
4.7k
C306
.01
R312
47k
+
R313
47k
Q110
3658
CR120
Prog
1
10
9
LOW-PASS FILTER
13
1
2
0
1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
R314
100k
6
5
R315
RT301
10k
R303
100k
2
56
+
R308
150k
MODB/VSTBY
PF2/A2
2
3
7
U300C
100k
CR303
18V
R176
10k
R422
1k
R104
47k
MC3303
R311
20k
55
OCTAL LATCH
R169
22k
PF3/A3
C307
.0033
R319
330k
Prog
2
8
10
+
Q101
3658
2
CR301
C308
.01
Q109
3658
8
U110
74HC574
54
R316
47k
R317
27k
2.8V DC
[b]
PF4/A4
4
7
9
3
CR302
C101
470pF
R106
4.7k
53
6
C310
.0022
PF5/A5
5
6
4
11
CLK
VCC
52
5
19
Q0
BANDWIDTH
SELECT
+
2.8V DC
[b]
C309
4.7
PF6/A6
5
37
1
2
4.5V DC
0v
OC
D0
11
4
R105
10k
51
6
18
17
10
Q300
3658
PF7/A7
7
11
0
Q1
Q2
36
50
BW Sw
39
U307D
MC14066
IO0
3
3
7
A7
12
R109
47k
VCC
MODA/LIR
[b]
R322
10k
12
13
1
2
3
4
25
24
21
23
2
IO1
IO2
D1
D2
Q102
3658
8
A8
50
16
PBO/A8
8
Q3
4
R110
1M
Not Used
25/12.5 kHz
R162
10k R164
10k
9
A9
VCC
49
15
14
CR304
4K
PB1/A7
9
15
3
5
Q4
Q5
10
47
10
11
12
A10
A11
A12
CE2
IO3
D3
Ext Serv Req
19
6
Rx Audio In
IRQ
48
10
3
20
PB2A10
10
16
17
4
5
6
7
X
8
EEPROM
IO4
IO5
D4
D5
CR119
5.6V
R114
0
EXTAL
Rx Audio
Tones
47
13
12
29
18
(HIGH TIER ONLY)
PB3A11
Q6
Q7
43
46
11
12
13
U102
X25320
R108
680k
C323
.047
26
R352
820k
Y100
9.830 MHz
VCC
46
C103
22pF
PB4/A12
18
19
6
7
8
9
SW BAT
7
VCC
IO6
IO7
D6
D7
AUDIO AMP
HOLD
VCC
VCC
45
PB5/A13
7
R126 1M
Not Used
XTAL
W323
R141
10k
R142
10k
25/12.5 kHz
160mV rms
[c]
HIGH-PASS FILTER (<300 Hz)/DE-EMPHASIS
C327
.1
44
14
+
C102
22pF
R116
47k
C326
220
PB6/A14
14
15
5
R327
33k
U307B
MC14066
800mV rms
[c]
R325
5.6k
1
20
22
27
C311
820pF
3
2
5
6
43
NC
W321
WP
CS
S0
SI
PB7/A15
3
4
C320
680pF
R153
10k
800mV rms
[c]
RX AUDIO
MUTE GATE
CE1
OE
RECEIVE AUDIO
R332
47k
32
C312
.039
C313
.01
C319
1
+
R334
390k
C321
.047
SCK
PD4/SCK
R353
18k
21
U104C
74HC00
PG6/CSGEN
U103A
MC74HC32
U307C
U306
TDA7856
External
Speaker Jack
Strobe
1
R339
10k
OCTAL LATCH
U301D
4
5
U301B
MC3303
7
MC14066
2
C314
.01
C315
4.7
C325
.047
WE
R340
47k
R341
47k
R354
R355
100k
VCC
9
MC3303
U301C
MC3303
8
U111
74HC574
1
2
8
6
6
5
13
12
R343
27k
R344
560k
0
VCC
C328
1
+
6
8
Serial Clock
3
9
14
8
9
2
OUT+
OUT
J303
5
10
R/W
1
3
R147
47k
+
INPUT
U103B
R347
10k
11
8V
10
[5]
VREF
8V
3
–
C316
.0018
CLK
+
+
MC74HC32
6
500mV rms
[c]
C317
.01
VCC
U301A
MC3303
CONT GND
R359
4.7k
4
128K
X
8
FLASH ROM
U108
AT29010
19
44
39
33
31
R348
150k
R358
4.7k
PD5/SS
1
2
Q0
33
Serial Data
6
4
5
OC
D0
5
7
4
R360
470
6
7
8V
J305
R357
0
[4]
R419
10k
5
+
Spkr (+)
Spkr (–)
R350
5.6k
C322
4.7
PD3/MOSI
0
18
17
VCC
R150
470
CR101
5.6V
4
Q1
Q2
1
2
To Internal
Speaker
E
12
11
10
9
Transmit
Dis Ser Data Out
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A0
1
2
3
4
U104B
74HC00
R349
1.5k
Q301
3616
R418
10k
C330
.1
20
D1
D2
VCC
C324
4.7
PG7/CSPRG
+
A1
8V
16
R155
R121
10k
R351
1k
Q302
3616
TO RF
BOARD
Q3
41
30
R117
47k
C329
.047
PD2/MISO
A2
10k
R424
1k
[4]
R361
U103D
MC74HC32
CR109
5.6V
3
5
15
14
R356
180k
VCC
D3
Q4
Q5
49
42
A3
Rx Filter
R156
470
35
47
46
28
12
13
8
4
5
6
7
Display Clock
11
9
W102
A4
D4
D5
R134 R133
47k 47k
R135
47k
8
W103
Rx Mute
W100 W101
7
13
12
A5
Q6
Q7
38
48
U104D
74HC00
R125
47k
VCC
R157
Speaker Mute
CR306
3.3V
6
R426
7.5k
A6
6
7
8
9
CR113
5.6V
24
25
26
27
13
VCC
12
D6
D7
VCC
PG3
PG2
PG1
PG0
11
5
Volume Control
A7
47k
R158
470
CR106
8
27
26
23
25
4
R149
A8
Dis Ser Data In
10
10k
OPTION 1
OPTION 2
9
C364
470
U103C
MC74HC32
IN
IN
2
3
A9
16
25
15
33
CR115
5.6V
29
28
U112
74HC574
OCTAL LATCH
PD1/TXD
PDO/RXD
2
1
3
10
11
12
A10
A11
A12
W301
CR111
5.6V
IN
3
R152
470
Display Strobe
TxD
IN
2
10
12
13
14
11
W311
W312
CLK
R127
10k
W302
W303
W304
PTT
PTT
11
U104A
74HC00
8V In
R151
470
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
OC
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
15
RxD
W313
W314
Transmit
TRANSMIT
C355
.1
C356
.1
C357
.1
C58
.1
C359
.1
C360
.1
C361
.1
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
13 14 15
IO0
IO1
IO2
IO3
IO4
IO5
IO6
IO7
CR112
5.6V
OUTPUT
B
DRIVER
R139
47k
OUTPUT
A
DRIVER
Serv Req
19
Output
A
R362 [5]
2-INPUT MUX
Q0
R148
10k
R128
1k
R123
47k
R144
1k
RX OUT
1
22
R140
47k
CR107
5.6V
VCC
RX OUT
2
U109
CE
OE
WE
18
17
16
Output
B
R363 [5]
R364 [5]
VCC
R138
10k
Q1
Q2
8V
8V
75HC157
24
31
1
32
W305
W306
40
SLCT
RX IN
1
1
R160
10k
PA2/IC1
PA0/IC3
Q104
3616
RX IN
2
Q103
3657
W315
W316
UNSW BAT
SOURCE
42
Q106
3616
Q105
3657
PTT
45
52
R366 [5]
15
2
3
A1
B1
A2
Q3
Q4
Q5
2
3
TX OUT
2
4
R131
10k
CR128
C109
470pF
Y1
NC2/A13
A15
TX OUT
R132
10k
15
14
R145
10k
R159
10k
64
R368 [5]
R376 [5]
PE6/AN6
Unsw Bat In
CR116
5.6V
25/12.5 kHz
2
5
4
VCC
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
E
F
8V
5
6
CR104
5.6V
W307
W308
W309
R129
10k
29
28
7
9
TX IN
1
VCC
Y2
Y3
A14
A13
13
12
TX IN
2
SW BAT
SOURCE
Q6
Q7
25/12.5 kHz
Tx Filter
R384
4.7k
W317
W318
44
34
In
2
B2
8V
16
17
18
19
Q305
3616
11
10
35
36
Squelch
Tones
A3
B3
25/12.5 kHz
Sw Bat In
U308A
MC14066
PA7/OC1/PA1
PA6/OC1/OC2
PA1/IC2
10
W319
W320
OUTPUT
A
TRANSMIT
AUDIO
R400
20k
13
OUTPUT
B
R399
[4]
0
4.4V P-P
[d]
3.7V P-P
[d]
R401
620
1
14
13
2
W310
A4
B4
8V
Rx Data
41
12
3
6
8
7
Y4
R398
[4]
C345
470pF
MIC AMPLIFIER
HIGH-PASS FILTER >300 Hz
R403
20k
AMPLIFIER
62
60
C347
.01
Ign Sw Sense
Pwr Sw Sense
+
3.6V DC
4
0
C348
C346
.22
20
21
PE5/AN5
PE4/AN4
R406
620
R402
330k
650mV rms
[d]
4.7
OE
15
650mV rms
R404
6.3V
17
R405
10k
650mV rms
[d]
[d]
[d]
VCC
120k
R389
82k
MIC AUDIO
GATE
R408
150k
Lock Detect
RSSI
65
59
0V
C350
.01
C351
.01
U308B
MC14066
R407
10k
22
23
PE3/AN3
PE0/AN0
PE1/AN1
PE2/AN2
PE7/AN7
38
C352
.22
PA4/OC1/OC4
6
5
[5]
R383
0
R409
10k
R136
10k
30
C353
.22
9
7
PRE-EMPHASIS/
LIMITER
Tx Wideband Data Out
R392
330k
R137
470
Mic
Audio
8
4
3
13
8
9
16
18
C349
.047
8V
+
C331
.0033
C332
.0047
VREF 10
14
VREF
R365
470k
VREF
61
37
39
+
SPLATTER FILTER
R161
24.3k
Sw Bat
PA5/OC1/OC3
PA3/OC1/OC5
VREF 12
R410
6.8k
U303B
MC3303
SOURCE
R411
R412
1k
+
5
U303C
MC3303
22k
U303D
MC3303
R413
1k
C333
.0068
R369
5.6k
R367
470k
63
66
R415
10k
CR105
5.6V
C334
4.7
U302B
8V
R370
470
R372
82k
VCC
U302C
MC3303
2
3
R373
R374
68k
R375
150k
C110
.01
+
MC3303
R168
3.40k
R414
C354
4.7
1
5
3.3k
VCC
+
6
8V
7
1
0
Tx Audio Out
8
4.7k
R379
6.8k
R122
10k
R124
10k
+
+
R143
2.7k
U303A
MC3303
R371
39k
R378
470
C336
560pF
9
R420
10k
C337
.047
C338
56pF
CR103
5.6V
C335
4.7
Temp
24
25
VCC
+
R382
4.7k
C339
4.7
R380
1k
Q307
3616
In
3
Mic Mute
43
R381
1k
26 27
8
9
7
28 51 13 12 14 29
2
15 30 31
1
40
41
32
3
16 33 13 12
34 35
TEST GATE
To
Interface
Board
U307A
MC14066
8V
R377
4.7k
8V
R425
4.7k
13
1
TRANSMIT DATA
Sw Bat
J3
20
J100
1
2
J301
SPKR (+)
SPKR (-)
GND
Sw Bat Out
Rx Filt Out
Tx Filt In
CR114
1
2
3
Q303
3616
Q308
3616
Test
VCC
42
40
38
Troubleshooting Test Conditions
a] Squelch voltages measured in test mode
C340
.01
C341
.1
19
2
LOW-PASS FILTER <140/211 Hz
CR305
R423
4.7k
18
17
3
4
CR108
5.6V
DATA
GATE
with Group selected. No signal and –47
1
a
R118
470
U302D
MC3303
Dis Clock Out
Dis Ser Data In
U308D
MC14066
U302A
R387
47k
R388
47k
dBm (1 mV) unmodulated signal are injected
at antenna jack.
MC3303
TxD
RxD
13
12
6
R390
100k
R391
100k
R394
10k
4
5
14
3
2
16
15
14
13
12
5
6
7
8
9
+
Tx Data
11
10
1
9
8
Tx Data Out
b] Receive data voltages measured in test
+
R393
330k
12
17
R321
470
Dis Ser Data Out
Vol Wiper
GND
R385
mode with Group
1
selected.
A
–47 dBm (1
CR102
5.6V
8V
C343
.01
Transmit
4.7k
R386
27k
C342
.0033
6
7
8
12
mV) signal, modulated with 150 Hz at 800
Hz deviation, is injected at antenna jack.
U308C
MC14066
R395
27k
TO DATA
MODEM
IN
2
c] Receive audio voltages measured in test
C344
.0022
Reset Out
VCC
Ext Serv Req
BANDWIDTH SELECT
mode with Group
1
and narrowband mode
650mV P-P
[e]
Q304
3616
Tx Data Enable
925mV P-P
SINEWAVE
[e]
R397
10k
selected.
lated with
A
1
–47 dBm (1 mV) signal, modu-
kHz at 1.5 kHz deviation, is
Sw Bat
Option
Output
1
R146
470
9
2.5V DC
20mV P-P
Q306
3658
injected at antenna jack.
C
F100
2.0A
11
10
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10
R113
10k
R177
100
[e]
d] Transmit audio voltages are measured with
1 kHz, 100 mV rms signal injected at pin 2 of
microphone jack.
BW Sw
Pwr Sw
8V Out
39
33
37
6
11
12
Sw Bat Out
Transmit
RF Strobe
Serial Data
Transmit
RF Strobe
Serial Data
1
6
7
2
F300
0.6A
CR123
18V
8V
e] Transmit data voltages measure in test
RxD
Gnd
mode with Group
2
selected.
8
NOTES:
13
12
14
TxD
1.
ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN
MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
7
Serv RQST
Rx Audio Out
GND
RSSI
RSSI
6
23
22
11
13
19
15
2.
SEE TABLE
1
FOR IC CONNECTIONS NOT SHOWN.
R170 IS REMOVED WHEN EXTERNAL IGNITION SENSE IS USED.
STD CONFIG R361/R398 OUT, R357/R399 IN.
Lock Detect
Lock Detect
5
5V REGULATOR
[3]
[4]
VCC
SOURCE
Serial Clock
Temp
Serial Clock
Temp
5
24
52
36
14
19
16
20
13
3
4
SW BAT
U105
MC78M05
=
PTT/Prog1
3
DATA MODEM INSTALLED:
JUMPERS R357/R399 IN, R361/R398 OUT
Tx On
Tx On
Mic Audio In
Power Sw
1
3
9
2
VIN
VOUT
GND
Synth Strobe
Synth Strobe
[5]
NO OPTIONS: JUMPERS R383/R354 INSTALLED
C113
.1
C114
.1
C115
.1
C116
.1
C117
.1
C118
.1
C119
.1
C120
.1
C121
.1
C104
.1
C107
.1
C108
.1
C362 C365
.1 .1
+
+
1
C111
10
C112
10
1
2
OPTION
OPTION
1
2
ONLY: JUMPERS R366/R362 INSTALLED
ONLY: JUMPERS R376/R364 INSTALLED
AND 2: JUMPERS R368/R363 INSTALLED
R112
10k
OPTIONS
1
AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD SCHEMATIC
6-33
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A
C
B
R140
C113 C106
1
8
44
60
U100
61
68
43
4
5
C102
R137
C104
1
14
R129
1
1
2
Y100
U101
U107
R103
C101
R106
R122
R102
15
28
CR303
R422
CR304
C103
C105
R115
R162
R110 R114
C107
E
R125
B
27
Q102
C
C116
16
5
10
R164
14
1
CR119
1
R153
U108
R127
1
R107
C118
R423
8
U106
R142
U102
16
1
14
30
CR111
1
4
21
8
9
U104
R151
W103 U109
W102
5
CR112
C114
10
1
R193
R155
14
R150
2
7
8
1
7
8
9
CR101
R112
U110
1
10
10
1
U103
R157
1
20
U112
20
11
8
U111
CR122
S
CR116
11
R179
20
11
20
1
C111
Q100
D
CR128
R178
C121
R159
G
3
R321
C100
R100
R101
Q304
C112
CR129
R172 R173
Q110
1
J302
6
U105
R377
R385
J101
1
13
C
Q111
CR120
J301
R175
R167
B
E
3
4
5
3
4
5
10 11
C348 C354
R424
R177
W301 W311
R146
CR108
CR123
W312
W313
W314
W302
W303
W304
C339
R379
R397
C329
R393
R388
R320
R324
1
R401
2
R326
R365
R371
R410
C358
W305 W315
W306 W316
1
7
8
8
1
C334
U303
W307
W308
W317
W318
7
8
1
U305
R335
R132
Q103
R145
R139
C337
J100
14
U302
9
16
R411
C347
R405
W319
W320
W309
W310
C351
R404
Q105
14
R123
R128
C332
R381
C345
R384
C
R420
C352
R337
E
B
C335
Q305
Q307
C
R415
R412
7
8
1
C
E
7
E
20
19
B
1
R418
R426
U307
C300
C302
R309
R305
U308
Q302
14
R358
C
C326
W321
8
14
4
1
Q301
1
R392
R389
C
Q308
E
B
R301
R307
R306
U304
W322
R428
C323
R352
R347
R350
B
E
R314
C328
C322
5
8
C306
R310
C309
R304
C312
C330
W323
U306
CR300
C308
C305
7
1
7
8
W332
1
C319
U301
R317
R316
U300
C324
14
8
9
14
R334
C311
C317
R348
R308
RT301
B
J303
C310
CR301
R322
E
C
A
C
B
AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD LAYOUT
February 2001
Part No. 001-9800-001
6-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Part Number 001-9800-001CD
1-01 hph Printed in U.S.A.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|